Class 



Book 



#5 r? 



CLASSICAL WORKS 
By the EEV. THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, ALA. 

Rector of Lyndon, and late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
The Works under the several numbers may be studied at or about the same stage of a pupil's progress. 
Keys (supplied to Tutors only) are published to those Works to which t is prefixed. 

LATIN". 
1. 

t HENRY'S FIRST LATIN BOOK. Ninth Edition. 3s. The object of this Work 
(which is founded on the principles of imitation and frequent repetition) is to enable the pupil 
to do exercises from the first day of his beginning his Accidence. It is recommended by the 
Oxford Diocesan Board of Education, as a useful work for Middle or Commercial Schools ; and 
adopted at the National Society's Training College at Chelsea. 

2. 

f A SECOND LATIN BOOK, and PRACTICAL GRAMMAR. Intended as a 

Sequel to Henry's First Latin Book. Fifth Edition, is. 
f A FIRST VERSE BOOK, Part I. ; intended as an easy Introduction to the Latin 

Hexameter and Pentameter. In 12mo. Fourth Edition. 2s. 
COMPANION to the FIRST VERSE BOOK, containing additional Exercises. Is. 

3. 

HISTORIC ANTIQUJE EPITOME, from Cornelius Nepos, Justin, tyc. With English 
Notes, Rules for Construing, Questions, Geographical Lists, &c. Fifth Edition. 4s. 

ECLOGiE OVIDIANjE ; with English Notes, &c. Part I. (from the Elegiac 
Poems.) Seventh Edition. 2s. Qd. Part II. (from the Metamorphoses.) 5s. (Just published.) 

A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION to LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. Eighth 
Edition. 6s. 6d. This Work is founded on the principles of imitation and frequent repetition. 
It is at once a Syntax, a Vocabulary, and an Exercise Book; and considerable attention 
has been paid to the subject of Synonymes. This "Work is now used at all, or nearly all, the 
public schools. 

A FIRST CLASSICAL ATLAS, containing 15 Maps, coloured in outline. 7s. 6d. 

4. 

f CORNELIUS NEPOS, Part I. With Critical Questions and Answers, and an 

imitative Exercise on each Chapter. Third Edition. In 12mo. 4s. 
VIRGILII OPERA, Vol. II. (iEn. 1—6.) Addita est Interpretatio ex Adnotationibus 

Heynii, Wunderlichii, Wagneri, Forbigeri, aliorum excerpta. In 8vo. 12s. 
ECLOGiE HORATIANiE. Pars I. (Carmina) Second Edition. 5s. Pars II. (Sermones) 

5s. Addita est FAMILIARIS INTERPRETATIO ex Adnotationibus Mitseherlichii, Doe- 

ringii, Orellii, aliorum excerpta. All the objectionable passages are omitted from this Edition. 
j A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION to LATIN VERSE COMPOSITION. 

Contents: — 1. " Ideas" for Hexameter and Elegiac Verses. 2. Alcaics. 3. Sapphics. 4. The 

other Horatian Metres. 5. Appendix of Poetical Phraseology, and Hints on Versification. 

In 8vo. Third Edition. 5s. 6d. 

5. 

SELECTIONS from CICERO, with ENGLISH NOTES from the best and most 
recent sources. Part I. (Orations : the fourth against Verres ; the Orations against Catiline ; 
and that for the Poet Archias.) 4s. Part II. (Epistles: arranged in the order of time; 
with accounts of the Consuls, events of each year, &c.) 5s. Part III. (The Tusculan Dis- 
putations.) 5s. 6d. 

ECLOG.3E HISTORICiE ; or, Selections from the Roman Historians (Caesar, Sallust, 

Livy, Curtius, Tacitus). With Latin Notes. In 12mo. 4s. 
f A SECOND PART of the Practical Introduction to Latin Prose Composition, 

containing the DOCTRINE of the LATIN PARTICLES. With Vocabulary and an Anti- 

barbarus. 8vo. Third Edition. 8s. 

6. 

f LONGER EXERCISES : being Part I. of a Companion to the "Practical Introduc- 
tion to Latin Prose Composition." 8vo. Second Edition. 4s. 

f A SECOND PART of LONGER EXERCISES; containing a Selection of Pas- 
sages of greater length, in genuine idiomatic English, for Translation into Latin. 8vo. 4s. 

MATERIALS for TRANSLATING into LATIN. From the German of Grotefend, 
with Notes and Excursuses. Second Edition. In 8vo. 7s. 6d. 

f ELLISIAN EXERCISES; adapted to the " Practical Introduction to Latin Prose 
Composition." 3s. 6d. 

Ellisian Exercises at any time in III. or IV., especially for pupils who require more practice. 
They may precede, accompany, or follow the " Practical Introduction." 



GREEK. 

t The FIRST GREEK BOOK ; on the Plan of Henry's First Latin Book. 5s. 
The SECOND GREEK BOOK. 5s. (id. (Just Published.) 

A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION to GREEK ACCIDENCE. With Easy Exer- 
cises and Vocabulary. Fifth Edition. 5s. 6d. 

+ A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION to GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. Seventh 
Edition. 6s. 6d. This Work consists of a Greek Syntax and easy Sentences to be translated 
into Greek, after given Examples, and with given Words. 

t SECOND and CONCLUDING PART of the FOREGOING WORK (on the 
GREEK PARTICLES). 6s. 6d. 

[Continued. 



CLASSICAL WORKS BY THE REV. T. K. ARNOLD, M. A, — Continued, 

GREEK.— Continued. 

A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION to GREEK CONSTRUING, arranged in a 

series of progressive Lessons, with numerous Rules. 6s. 6d. 
A GREEK GRAMMAR ; intended as a sufficient Grammar of Reference for Schools 

and Colleges. Second Edition. 10s. 6d. 
An ELEMENTARY GREEK GRAMMAR. 5s. ; or with the Dialects, 6s. 
Some Account of the GREEK DIALECTS, for the Use of Beginners; being an 

Appendix to the Elementary Greek Grammar. In 12mo. 1*. 6d. 
The OLYNTHIAC ORATIONS of DEMOSTHENES; with Copious Notes and 

Grammatical References. 3s. 
The ORATION of DEMOSTHENES on the CROWN. Edited from the Text of 

Baiter and Sauppe, uniformly with the foregoing. 4s. 6d. 
The PHILIPPIC ORATIONS of DEMOSTHENES, with English Notes. 4*. 
The O RATION of ^ESCHINES against CTESIPHON, with English Notes. 4s. 
HOMERI ILIAS, complete Edition; with English Notes and Grammatical 

References. Half-bound; 12s. (Ready.) 
HOMER'S ILIAD. Books I.— IV. : with a copious Critical Introduction, and English 

Notes. 7s. 6d. 

HOMER for BEGINNERS; the First Three Books of the ILIAD, with English 

Notes. 3s. 6d. 

The AJAX of SOPHOCLES, with English Notes, from the German of Schneidewin. 
In 12mo. 3s. 

The PHILOCTETES of SOPHOCLES, with English Notes. 3s. 
The Q5DIPUS TYRANNUS of SOPHOCLES, with English Notes. 4s. 
ECLOGUE ARISTOPHANICE, with English Notes. Part I. The Clouds. 3s. 6d. 
TH UC YD I DES, Book I. ; with English Notes, and Grammatical References. 5s. 6d. 

HANDBOOKS FOR THE CLASSICAL STUDENT (WITH QUESTIONS), under the 
General Superintendence and Editorship of the Rev. T. K. ARNOLD. 

I. HANDBOOKS of HISTORY and GEOGRAPHY. From the German of 

Putz. Translated by the Rev. R. B. PAUL : 
1. Ancient History 6s 6d j Th w k haye been al d translated into the 

II. The ATHENIAN STAGE. From the German of Witzschel. Translated 

by the Rev. R. B. PAUL. 4s. 

III. HANDBOOKS of ANTIQUITIES : 

1. Grecian Antiquities. 3s. 6d. 1 From the Swedish of Bojesen. Translated from Dr. 

2. Roman Antiquities. 3s. 6d. ) Hoffa's German version by the Rev. R. B. PAUL. 

3. Greek Mythology. (With Engravings.) From the German of Stoll. 5s. 

4. Hebrew Antiquities. By the Rev. H. BROWNE, M.A. 4s. 

IV. HANDBOOKS of SYNONYMES : 

1. Greek Synonymes. From the French of Pillon. 6s. Gd. 

2. Latin Synonymes. From the German of Doderlein. Translated by the Rev. H. H. 

ARNOLD. Second Edition, is. 

V. HANDBOOKS of VOCABULARY: 

1. Greek (in the press). 3. French. 4s. 6d. 

2. Latin (in preparation). 4. German. 4s. 

These Vocabularies contain a Collection of Nouns and Verbs, with their usual combinations, and a 
carefully arranged Selection of the most necessary Words and Phrases. 

CLASSICAL EXAMINATION PAPERS, for the Use of Schools. In 8vo. 

" price 4s. (containing 93 Papers), or 3d. for six copies of any single Paper. 
A COPIOUS and CRITICAL ENGLISH-LATIN LEXICON, founded on theGerman- 

Latin Dictionary of Georges (by the Rev. T. K. Arnold and the Rev. J. E. Riddle). Second 

Edition. £>\. 5s. 

" A very slight inspection of it will show that it aims at a far higher standard of accuracy and com- 
pleteness than any of its English predecessors." Extract from Preface. — It has been already republished 
in America (by Dr. Anthon). 

ZUMPT'S CHRONOLOGY.— ANNALES Veterum REGNORUM et POPULO- 

RUM, imprimis Romanorum, confecti a C. T. ZUMPTIO. In 12mo. 5s. 
SPELLING turned ETYMOLOGY. 2s. 6d. 

LATIN via ENGLISH ; being the Second Part of the Above. 4s. (Now ready.) 

An ENGLISH GRAMMAR for CLASSICAL SCHOOLS; being a PRACTICAL 
INTRODUCTION to ENGLISH PROSE COMPOSITION. Fifth Edition, is. 6d. ' 

The FIRST GERMAN BOOK; on the Plan of Henry's First Latin Book. Third 
Edition. 5s. 6d. The KEY, 2s. 6d. 

A READING COMPANION to the FIRST GERMAN BOOK; containing Ex- 
tracts from the best Authors, a copious Vocabulary, and Notes. 4s. 

The FIRST FRENCH BOOK; on the Plan of Henry's First Latin Book. Second 
Edition. 5s. 6d. The KEY, 2s. 6d. 

The FIRST HEBREW BOOK ; on the Plan of Henry's First Latin Book. 7s. 6d. 

By Rev. H. H. Arnold. 

The ITALIAN ANALYST; or, the Essentials of Italian Grammar, and their appli- 
cation in parsing. 3s. 6d. 
GOSPEL EXTRACTS for YOUNG CHILDREN. 3s. 



By Rev. C. Arnold. 

BOY'S ARITHMETIC, Part I. Second Edition. 3s. 6d. Ditto, Part II. 3s. Gd. 



LONDON : 

RIVINGTONS, ST. PAUL'S CHURCH YARD, & WATERLOO PLACE. 



PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION 



TO 

GREEK ACCIDENCE. 



BY 

THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M.A. 

RECTOR OF LYNDON, 
AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, 



FIFTH EDITION. 



LONDON: 

FKANCIS & JOHN BIYINGTON, 
st. Paul's church yard, and Waterloo place. 



LONDON : 

gilbert & riyington, printers, 
st. John's square. 




NOTICE. 



It is intended that the pupil should begin with the Lessons 
and Exercises (p. 55) ; learning, as he goes on, the portion 
of the Grammatical Introduction required for the coming 
lesson. 

Letters of reference, which occur towards the end of the 
work, refer to the " Differences of Idiom. 55 B. T. stand for 
Buttmann, Thiersch, respectively. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PART I. 

sect. page 
(Grammatical Introduction) 1 — 51 

1. The Alphabet 1 

2. Division of the Consonants ........ 3 

3. General Table of the Declensions. — The Article .... ib. 

4. First Declension 4 

5. Second Declension . . . . . . . . . .5 

6. Attic Declension 7 

7. Third Declension 8 

8. Contracted Nouns 10 

9. Adjectives 11 

1 0. Words that suffer syncope 13 

11. Comparatives and Superlatives . . . ib. 

12. Irregular Comparison 14 

13. The Four First Numerals . . .15 

14. Pronouns . . . . . . . . . . . ib. 

15. Barytone Verbs 16 

16. Mute Verbs 20 

17- Verbs in <7<r, tt, £ .21 

18. Liquid Verbs 22 

19. Pure Verbs .24 

20. Perfect II. . . 25 

21. Attic Future : Attic reduplication 26 

22. Moods and Persons 27 

23. Peculiarities of Augment 28 

24. Terminations of Act. Voice 30 

(Rules for Contraction) ........ 31 

(Rules for Accentuation of Act.) . . . . . . ib. 

Terminations of Pass, and Mid. 32 

(Accentuation of Pass, and Mid.) 33 

(Table of Contracted Verbs) 34, 35 



Vi 



TABLE OF CONTEXTS. 



SECT. PAGE 

25. Verbs in /u . . . 36 

26. ifii, etjti, 'irjfii, (pr}}ii 40 

27- Irregular Nouns . . . . . . . . .41 

Act. Verbs with fut. mid ' 42 

Verbs w ith fut. mid. in a passive sense 43 

Catalogue of Anomalous Verbs, 6cc. (Thiersch) . ib. 
28. Words with penult long (Buttmann) 48 

PART II. 

(Exercises ox Regular Nouxs axd Verbs) .... 55—87 
PART III. 

(Introduction.) 

Principles of Word-building 91 — 94 

Accentuation of the Nominative case of Nouns, &c. (chiefly from 

Bost) ' 95—99 

Exercises ox the Verbs in /u axd Irregular Verbs . . 99 — 126 
(Correlative Pronouns) . . . . . . . 122 — 124 

(Correlative Adverbs) 124 

(olda) 126 

Appendix I. Prepositions 127 

Appendix IT. Conjunctions ib. 

Answered Questions on the Accidence .... 128 — 136 

Table of Differences of Idiom 137 

Resolution of Contracted Syllables . . . . . . .139 

Index 141 



PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION 

TO 

GREEK ACCIDENCE. 



§ 1. THE GREEK ALPHABET. 

Large. Small. Names. Eng. Pronunc. 



A 


a 


Alpha 


a 


as in pate, pat. 


B 


f 


Beta 


b 




r 


7 


Gamma 


g 


hard, (pronounced 
sounds.) 


A 


a 


Delta 


d 




E 


£ 


Epsilon 


e 


as in met. 


z 




Zeta 


z 


(.d.) 


H 


»7. 


Eta (e) 


e 


as ee in meet. 


e 





Theta 


th 




i 


i 


Iota 


i 


(on the Continent, i 
in thee.) 


K 


/c 


Kappa 


k 




A 


\ 


Lambda 


1 




M 


/* 


xMu 


m 




N 


V 


Nu 


n 






I 


Xi 


X 










Omicron 





as in pop. 


n 


7T 


Pi 


p 




p 


P 


Rho 


rh 




2 


er 


Sigma 


s 




T 


r 


Tau 


t 




Y 


V 


UpsTlon 


u 




$ 




Phi 


ph 




X 


X 


Chi 


ch 


hard, as in chemist. 


■qr 




Psi 


ps 




£2 




Omega 


5 


as in pope. 



THE LETTERS. [§ 1 



The following characters are also sometimes used : — 

£, F, 3", zs, 1, and s - , a, 
for (3, y, d, 7r, r, and or, ov. 

2 Unfortunately the English pronunciation of the vowels is dif- 
ferent from that of the whole Continent ; and we have carried this 
difference into our pronunciation of Greek and Latin. 

3 a at the end of words takes the form of g. This form is now 
sometimes used in the middle of a compound word, when the first 
word in the compound ends in a, as 7rpoc(pEpu), This is against the 
authority of the ancients. (Kiihner.) 

4 *Pt\oi/ means simple, that is, unaspirated (e or u) : the character 
H being also used originally to mark the rough breathing (our h) ; 
and Y to mark another breathing, that of the Digamma. (Kiihner.) 

5 The diphthongs are cu (as in ay, yes) : ei (as i in fine) : ot (as 
in voice) : vi (as in Wye, the river) : av (as in paw ) : ev, rjv (as in 
pew) : ov (as in owl) : wv is Ionic. 

6 Table for examination in the letters. 



a 

a 


t 












? 


I 




i 










V 


7T 




y 


(T 


P 


y 




V 


X 


p 


X 


a 






1 


a 


y 




e 


A* 


£ 


y 




T 


T 




o> 


r 








V 




7T 


X 


P 


V 






9 


y 


* 





V 


X 


<!> 





d 


examination 


in 


the capital letters 






A 


H 


A 


Z 


P 








I 


B 




A 


$ 


M 


Z 


N 


n 


K 


r 


2 


P 


r 


N 


Y 


X 


P 


A 


A 


Z 


H 




2 


r 


* 


2 


M 


E 


r 


A 


T 


T 


H 


a 


T 


N 


z 


Y 


N 




n 


X 


P 


Y 




H 


P 


r 




e 


N 


X 




O 


e 



8 Exercise. Write the names of the letters in Greek. 



§ 2, 8.] 



TABLE OF DECLENSIONS. 



3 



§ 2. DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS. 

Smooth. Middle. Aspirate. 

{with a p sound . . 7r . . (3 . . <p 
with a k sound . . ic . . y . . x 
with a t sound . . r . . S . . 



Semivowels : A, ji, v, p (liquids), and <x. 



10 



Double: £, £, »//. 
ively with a. 



% t \p = aw?/ & or ^> sound respect- 1 1 



§3. 

General Table of the Declensions. — The Article. 

[The Attic Declension (fourth decl. of Eton Grammar) is given below. See 24.] 
I. 



12 



Nom. 

Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
Dual. 

n:a.v. 

G. D. 

Plur. 
N. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 



[1st, Eton Gr.] 
mas. 
VQ, ag, 



ov 



[2d, Eton Gr.] 

fern. 
V, a, a, 



tjg or ag 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



y or q. 
i]V or av 
r\ or a 

a 

aiv 



aig 
ag 



The Article : 6, the. 



TOV 
TOV 



Sing. 

/• 
V 

Ttjg 
ry 

TT]V 



n. 

TO 
TOV 
T(p 
TO 





II. 


III. 


[3d, Eton Gr.] 


[5th, Eton Gr.] 


m.f. 








og, 


neut. ov 


various 




ov 




og (u>g) 








i 




ov, 


neut. ov 


a or v _j 


"neut. as 


£, 


neut. ov 




nom. 


(i) 




6 




01V 




oiv 




01, 


neut. a 


££. 


neut. a 


(OV 




0)V 




oic 




cri (criv) 




ovg, 


neut. a 


ag, 


neut. a 




Plur. 






m. f. 


n. 




01 


at 


TO. 




TU>V TOIV 


T&v 




rolg Taig 


Toig 




Tovg Tag 


TCL. 





13 



N. A. 
G. D. 



Dual. 



Tit) Ta TO) 

TOIV TUIV TOIV 



1 Contracted from awv, and therefore circumflexed. In repeating the table, 
let the pupil say ' wv circumflexed.'' 

B 2 



FIRST DECLENSION. [§ 4. 



§ 4. First Declension. 
[First and Second of Eton Grammar.] 



14 Paradigms. 



tsmg. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Dual. 
N. A. V 
G. D. 

Plur. 
Nom. V, 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 

Sing. 
N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



y), honour. 

TlfiT] 

riprjg 

Tifxy 

rifiiiv 

ripd 
rijiaiv 

npai 

TLflidV 
TlflCUQ 

npdg 

i), justice. 

OIK7J 
SlKIJQ 

city 

SlKljV 
CIKT] 



fj, wisdom. 
Go<pia 
Gotp'iag 
GO<pia 
Go<piav 
coipia 

(TO(pia 
Gofiaiv 

Gocpiai 

GOtyltoV 

<ro<piaig 
ao(piag 

y, opinion. 

yVU>pt] 

yvu)fi)]g 
yvwpy 
yvwpijv 
yvibpr] 



■ij, 31 use. 
Mouca 
Movaijg 
MovGy 
MovGav 
Moi'Ga 


6, citizen. 
TroXirtjg 
rroXirov 
TtoXiry 
ttoXLttjv 1 
TroXZra 


MovGa 
MovGaiv 


TroXira 
iToXiraiv 1 


~Movgcu 
Mover up 
^lovGatg 
Mouaac 


TToXZ-ai 
tto\lt£jv 
TToXiraig 
TroXirag 


77, trident, 
rpiaiva- 
rpiaivrjg 
rpiaivy 
rpiaivav 
rpiaiva 


if, knife. 6 
pdxaipa 
pa^aipag 
paxaipa 
pdxaipav j 
pdxaipa J 



0, young man. 
vtaviag 
vsaviov 
vtaviq. 
veaviav 
vtavia 

veavia 
vtaviaiv 

veaviat 
vsaiiuiv 
veaviaig 
vtaviag. 

Son-of-Atrei 

'Arpeidrig 

'Arptidov 

'Arptily 

'Arpddrjv 

'Arpeidt]. 



15 



In the first decl. [first and second declensions] the alpha forms 
belong to a, the eta forms to ?/. 

(1) But nouns in rtjg, national names, and verbal compounds ending in 
perprjg, rp^firjc, ttwXtjc, take Voc. in a. 

(2) Of fem. nouns, a impure, with the exception of pa, takes the eta forms in 
the Gen. and Dat., but not in the Acc. or Voc. 

16 Vocabulary 1. 

[First Declension: first and second of Eton Grammar.] 



dyopd 


market-place 


dperr) 


virtue 


'Ayx'KTtJQ (J) 


Anchises 


GO<pia 


wisdom 


7ToXiri]g (T) 


citizen 


k-iQvpia 


desire 


Kpirrjg (T) 


judge 


Kania 


vice 


yXu/GGa 


tongue 


QdXaGGa 


sea 


rkxvrj 


art 


Gwrripia 


preservation 


rs X virng (7) 


artist 


dydiri] 


love 


rjptpa 


day 


pila 


root 


KtQaXi] 


bead 


$v X T} (v) 


soul 


deG~6-7]g 


master 


tXidva 


viper 


2kv0s}£ (y) 


Scythian 


Xvtt?] (v) 


grief 


UspGijg 


Persian 


Tjdopi] 


pleasure 


VlKl] (t) 


victory 


GKld 


shade 


ytwpkrprig 


geometer 


vopoQk-ng 


lawgiver. 



§ 5.] SECOND DECLENSION. 5 

iggf a, Gen. ag, is generally 1 long. 17 
a, Gen. ng, is always short. 

Vocabulary 2. 18 

(Contracted nouns of the first : which may he known by the circumflex on 
the nominative.) 

^» The nom. is contracted, and then declined regularly: but those in a, 
being originally pure, retain the a throughout ; and those in ag take the Doric 
Gen. in a. 



'AQrjva, Minerva (from 'A9rjvda), G. 'AQijvdg, &c. 
dXojTreKr], fox-skin. 

fioppag 2 , Boreas; north-wind (fiopeag), G. Poppa, &c. 
yaXrj, weasel. 
yij, earth. 

'Ep/irjg, Mercury ('Epfisag), G. 'Epfxov, &c. 

XsovTrj, lion-skin. 

fiva, mina (fivda), G. fivdg, &c. 



§ 5. Second Declension. 
[Third Declension of Eton Grammar.] 



Parai 



Sing. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. 
G. D. 

Plur. 
Nom. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 



6, garden. 
Ktjirog 

K1]TZOV 
KT]TT(p 
KTjTTOV 

Krj7T(i) 
KTjTTOlV 

Krjirot 

Kr]7T(OV 

Kr)7roig 

K7]7TOVg 



i], disease, 
vocrog 
vogov 

VOGCp 

vogov 
voce 

vogoj 
vogoiv 

VOGOl 

vogojv 
vouoig 
voGovg 



6, eagle. 


to, fig. 


dsrog 


GVKOV 


derov 


GVKOV 


aery 


gvkoj 


dETOP 


GVKOV 


derk 


GVKOV 


dtTU) 


GVKUJ 


dsroXv 


GVKOIV 


diTOl 


GVKa 


aSTU>V 


GVKWV 


dtTolg 


GVKOig 


dsTovg 


GVKa. 



19 



1 Always, when the noun is oxytone or paroxytone, except fiia, and Jlvppa, 
Klppa. 

2 The doubling of the p is an accidental peculiarity. 



6 



CONTRACTS OF THE SECOND. 



20 Vocabulary 3. 



dyytXog 


messenger 


ifidriov 


garment 


atTOQ 


eagle 


10 V 


violet 


Y] a(JL7Tt\0Q 


the vine 


Kaccrirspog 


tin 


av9pa)7TOQ 


man (homo) 


kotXvoq 


wild olive-tree 


apyvpog -\ 


silver 


fioXifidog 


lead 


dpyvpiovJ 




voTog 


south-wind 


epyov 


work 


%iXov 


wood 


tvpog 


east-wind 


c'ldrjpog 


iron 


&<pvpog 


west- wind 


(rrparog 


army. 



21 Vocabulary 4. 

(a) Words with two genders. 
6, r) pivog skin 
b, t) Qdfivog shrub 
b, r) (3dp(3tTog lyre. 



o, r] oifiog 
6, r) XiOog 



path 
stone. 



(6) Words that alter their meaning with their gender. 

6 %vyog the yoke r) Zvybg the balance 

6 "nnTog the horse r) 'iTnrog the cavalry 

6 \eKi6og the pulse-broth r) XkiciOog the yolk (of an egg). 

(c) The following become neuter in the plural : — 



6 j36G~pv%og 
6 decr/j,6g 
6 OscTfiog 
6 dt<ppog 
6 KtXevOog 
6 Xvxvog 
6 aXrog 



the curl 
the chain 
the statute 
the chariot-seat 
the way 
the torch 
the corn 



rd (36o~Tpvxa 
rd defffid 
rd Ota^d 
rd b"i<ppa 
rd KeXsvQa 
rd Xv%va 
rd alra, &c. 



(d) Contracts of the second [third] declension. 
^* They are contracted thus : — 

vbog, vovg, (mind,) vov, v(fi, vovv, vov \ vu), voiv \ vol, v&v, volg, vovg. 
burkov, bcrrovv, (bone,) barov, oory, bcrrovv, barovv j barw, bcrrolv \ bard, 
outuiv, barolg. 

vbog (vovg) mind bariov (barovv) bone. 

irXoog (nXovg) voyage icdveov (kcivovv) basket. 



§6.] 



ATTIC DECLENSION. 



7 



§ 6. {Attic Declension.) 

This declension is really the second \_third~\ declension with 22 
those peculiarities that were produced by the contraction of a, o 
in the ordinary way. It contains but a few words, and parts of 
words. 



It has w for the vowel of its final syllable throughout, 23 
which is subscript wherever the second [third'] has t (whether sub- 
script or not). 

Terminations. 24 







S. 




P. 


N. 


h)Q, 


neut. cjv 


't>> 


neut. a) 


G. 


0) 




OJV 




D. 


V 




ve 




A. 


lt)V 




<»g, 


neut. w 


V. 


log 









N. A. V. 
G. D. 



'Ewq, dawn, and names of places, "Adcjg, Tewg, &c. take 25 



acc. a>. 



Paradigms. 



Xaywg (m.) 



avojytiov (n.) : observe accent. 



N. V. 
G. 
D. 
Acc. 


Hare. 

S. 
Xaywg 
Xayu 
Xayqi 
Xayujv 
(or Xayib) 


P. 

Xay(£ 
Xaytiv 
Xayipg 
Xaywg 


Upper chamb 
S. 

avwyewv 
dvvjyau) 
d.v(I)yfq> 
dvwyiwv 


er; dining-room 

P. 
dvwyetj 
dv(bytd)v 
dvwyeyg 
dvuys.ii). 




N. A. V. 
G. D. 


Xaydj 
Xayqlv 


| dvwyew 
dvuiytwv. 




Vocabulary 5. 








Xayug 

vt(Jg 

"AQujg 


hare 
temple 
Mount Athos 


raoig peacock 

'iog the dawn (Acc. ew) 

dvoSyeutv dining-room, 



26 



27 



THIRD DECLENSION. [§ 7. 



} 7. Third Declension. 
[Fifth of Eton Grammar.] 



28 Paradigms. 



Sing. 




6, boy. 


. f wild 
' \beast. 






6, Greek. 


V> 9^1. 


6, raven. 


6, lion. 


Nom. 


"EXXr,v 


rraig 


ohp t 

Or/pog 
Qrjpi 


tzopaZ, 


Xkuv 


Gen. 


"EXXrjvog 


Traidog 


KopaKog 


Xkovrog 


Dat. 


"EXXr/vi 


iraiCii 


KopaKi 


Xsovti 


Acc. 


"EXXijva 


rratda 


9r)oa 


KopaKa 


XkovTa 


Voc. 


"EXXrjv 


iral 


Orip 


Kopa% 


Xkov 


Dual. 








N. A. V. 


"EXXtjvs 


7ralde 


Gripe 


Kopaice 


Xsovts 


G. D. 


'EXXrfvoiv 


7raidoiv 


Oijpolv 


KopaKoiv 


XlOVTOlV 


Plur. 








Nom. V. 


"EXXrjveg 


7ra~iSeg 


Orjpeg 


Kopaiceg 


Xkovreg 


Gen. 


'E\Xr]vu)v 
"EXXrjai 


7raidiuv 


Orjpujv 


KopciKUJV 


XtOVTbiV 


Dat. 


Traia'i 


QtjpcrL 


Kopa.%1 
Kopanag 


Xkovvi 


Acc. 


"EXXrjvag 


7ral8ag 


Orjpag 


Xkovrag 



TO, 

[^affair. 
Trpayixa 
Ttpayiiarog 
7rpa.yna.Ti 
Trpayfxa 
Trpayfia 

Kpayfiare 
7Tpayfxdroiv 

TrpayfxaTa 
7rpayfj,aTiov 
7rpayfia<ri 
TrpayjxaTa. 

29 As in the Latin third declension, the nom. of this declension 
seldom contains the unaltered^ root ; which may be got from the gen. 
by throwing off og. 

30 The t sounds and v are thrown away before at in dat. plur. 
of the third ^fifth] | : ovrat, siren, avrai, vvrat, become overt, stai, dat, 

a) The acc. in v belongs to ig, vg, avg, ovg. Pure nouns of these terminations 
have v only : impure ones a only, if they are accented on the last syllable: if not, 
generally v, but often both forms. 

31 To find the nominative of the third from an oblique case, when 
the root ends in a consonant. 

(1) Add g to the nom. 

(2) Throw away the t sounds and v before this g. 

(3) When vr has been thrown away, the vowel must be lengthened: e, o 
become si, ov. 

In other words — 

avTg evTg ovrg vvrg 

become ag sig ovg vg. 

(4) s, o, in mas. and fem. nouns, pass into rj, w, unless the nom. ends in £ or \p. 

(5) For root in ovr, sometimes the r falls off, and the nom. is ojv 1 . 



1 Hence roots that end in ovr belong to nom. ovg or ojv. 



§7.] 



VOCATJ VE. 



9 



(6) Roots in <xt sometimes belong to nom. a (neuter) or ap, ojp. 

(7) Roots ending in v or p are often without the g in the nom. : but here too 
e, o become t], oj. 



Of the Vocative. (Buttmann.) 



3 



(1) It frequently occurs in this third decl. that a word might have a distinct 
xocat., but commonly, and with Attic writers in particular, its xocat. is the same 
with the nomin. We shall state the rules, by which some end-syllables may 
form a distinct xocat., and leave it to the student to notice the words in which it 
really is distinct. 

(2) The end-syllables svq, ig, vg, and the words rralg, ypavg, fiovg, throw 
their g off, and those in evg take the circumflex, as (3a<n\tvg, xocat. Co fiaoiXtv, 
— Udpi, Atopi, TtjOv, ijdv, &c. — TTai, ypaii, (3ov. 

(3) Those in ag and tig, before whose g a v has been dropt, do the same ; but 
then they commonly resume the v, as for instance rdXdg, dvog, w rdXdv — A'idg, 
avrog, w Alav — ^apiug, evrog, Co ^apiev. Yet several names in ag, avrog, form 
their voc. in long a, as "A rXag, avrog, d> "At\&. 

(4) The words of which the nomin. has t] or w for the vowel of their final 
syllable, merely shorten this vowel in the xocat. ; but in general only when the 
other cases also have £ or o : it is the same with [xtj-tjo, epog, Co fxrirep, — p/jrwp, 
opog, Co pr/rop, — "EajKpdrrjg, sog, Co "EojKpareg. 

(5) The feminines in cJ and wg make the xocat. in ol, as Sa?r0w, Co ZarrfoX' — 
'Rojg, Co 'Hot. 

06s. 1. From the rule 4 are excepted those which have the accent on the end- 
syllable ; as 7roifj,7]v } kvog, <Z» iroifjirjv (shepherd) ; but only substantives, not 
adjectives (as for instance, Co KsXaive<p'eg). These three, irdrep, dvep, Sdep, from 
7raTT]p, dvrjp, §ar)p (husband's brother), gen. kpog, also follow the general rule, but 
remove the accent to the first syllable. 

Obs. 2. The words which retain the long vowel in the other cases, continue 
unchanged in the vocat. : hence w nXdrwv (gen. wvog), d» Eevo(pu>v (wvrog), 
J) itjTTjp (rjpog), <b Kparrig (rjrog). There are but three among them, which 
shorten the vowel in the xocat.: 'AnoXXoov, cjvog, — Uo<jeiSu>v, uivog, — cwrr/p, 
i/pog (deliverer), xocat. &> "AiroXXov, TLoosidov, aCb-tp, and they likewise throw 
the accent back. 



Vocabulary 6. 



Root. 
aapK 



adpl (i)) 



Nom. 



v are neut. terminations.] 
|| Root. | 



Nom. 



TrtXtiad 
7raiS 



fiaaTiy 
dvSpiavr 



dXto—eK 
TVTtpvy 



TTtXtidg (■))) 
iraXg (6, 17) 
pdaTil (rj) 
dvcpidg (6) 
dXu>-n£, (r)) 
7iTtpv% (?'y) 



flesh koXuk 

dove ' AIQiott 

boy, girl || <pXoy 

whip I yiyavT 

statue f>t]~°p 

fox J yepovr 

wing I aojfiar j 



crtDjua (to) body 



<pX6% (//) flame 
yiydg giant 
prjrwp orator 



icoAag flatterer 
AiO.io-^ Ethiopian 



y'spojv old-man 



10 



CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



34 Vocabulary 6, continued. 



Root. 
Xifxtv 
aiQtp 
\\iavr 

Xtovr 

Sad 

aiy 

itoi^tv 



Nom. 
\ini]v (6 
aiOrjp (6 
i/xdg (6) ( 
%etjua>V (6) 
Xkiov 

HQ (>?) 
all (j) 



harbour 
pure air 
thong 

storm, winter 

lion 

torch 

goat 

shepherd 



Boot. 

KOpvQ 

'EXXrjv 
'EWad 

k\7Tl8 

KVjxar 
ovvx 
bprvy 
fcopa/c 



Nom. 
Kopvg (rj) 
"EXXrjv 
'EXXdg (rj) 
sXTrig (rj) 
KVfxa 
owl (o) 
ootvI (6) 
Kopal (6) 



helmet 

Greek 

Greece 

hope 

wave 

claw, talon 

quail 

raven. 



35 



§ 8. Contracts of the Third Declension. 
[Eton, fifth.] 
CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
[Contracted acc. plur. is like contracted nom. plur.~\ 





V 


V 


V 


6 


TO 


o 


Sing. 


Tpirip- 


vx- 


iroX- 


^vx- 


aor- 


fiacriX- 


N. 


i)g 


(O 


iQ 


vg 


V 


tvg 


G. 


tog, ovg 


6og, ovg 


siog 


tug 


tog 


EtoJg 


D. 


£1, 61 


oi, oi 


£1 


ti 


£1 


£1 


A. 


ECl, T] 


6 a, (J 


IV 


vv 




sd 


V. 




01 


i 


V ' 




tv 


Dual. 














N. A.V. 


«, n 




££ 


££ 


££ 


66 


G. D. 


koiv, oTv 


2ud dec. 


tOJV 1 


tOJV 1 


koiv 


koiv 


Plur. 










N.V. 


eeg, tig 


VX ' 1 


sig 


tig 


1} 

SbJV 


tig 

ktoJV 


G. 


ktoJV, wv 


2nd dec. 


eiov 


ttoJV 


D. 


£<ri 




£<rt 


EG I 


to- 1 


tvai 


A. 


tag, sig 




eig 


eig 




tig. 



Remarks. 

(1) to Ttix°Q like r 9 l hpVQ> but neut. plur. reix-ta, te'ix-t). 

(2) vg, G. vog, contracts N. and A. plur. into vg. ix$vg, N. and A. plur. ix^vg. 

(3) to Ktpag (horn), G. arog, but drops r, and then contracts. 
Sing. G. tckpaog tzkpiog Plur. ickpaa 

D. Kspa'i Kspa, G. Ktpdcov 

D. Ktpaai 



Ktpa 

Ktp&V 



Dual. Ktpae 
G. D. Ktpdoiv 



Ktpa 

KtptoJV. 



1 £(pv according to all the old Grammarians : but koiv is the form found in 
MSS. (R.) 



§9-] 



ADJECTIVES. 



11 



a) Vocabulary 7. 



Root. 
dv9e 
yevt 

17T7T6 

Arjro 
7ra0o 
fiavre 



Nom. 

avQog flower 

y'evog race, family 

\inrevg horseman 

Arjrui Latona 

7T8l9uj (i)) persuasion 

jxdvTtg prophet 

(like 

GTa.xv | <T~dxvg(6) ear of corn | 
(like 

yjjpa I yrjpag old age 
Kpta | Kpsag flesh 

Seira 



osirag 



cup 



Boot, 
ope 

ireXeics 

TrpaZt 

(pvae 
i crvyypcKpe 
| ai'^o 

| 7TLTV 

KBpag) 

I yepa 
jcspar 

creXa 
repar 



Nom. 

opog mountain 

ireXeicvg (6) axe 

rrpaZig (r)) action 

(pvcjig(r)) nature 
crvyypa<pevg historian 

aidujg (»;) modesty 



| 7TiTvg (})) pine 



yepag 
KSpag 

aeXag 
r'epag 



honour 
horn 

bright light 
wonder, prodigy. 



ggf* 2eXag, de-nag take only the forms a, 

Tepag has the contraction in the plural only. The Attics use r'eparog in the 
singular, and sometimes upkarog. 



§ 9. ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives are declined like Substantives. 



Vocabulary 8. 







m. 


/• 


71. 


1. N. 




dyaQi], 


dyaOov, good. 




G. 


dyaOov, 


dyaOrjg, 


dyaOov. 




N, 


aiaxpog 1 , 


aiaxpd, 


alaxpov, base. 




G. 


aiaxpov, 


aioxpdg, 


ahxpov. 


2. 


N. 


[x'eXag 2 , 


[xeXaiva, 


H'eXav, black. 




Gr. 


fieXavog, 


/xeXa'ivrjg, 


jxeXavog. 


3, 


N. 


Xapieig 3 , 


XapieGoa, 


Xaptev, graceful. 




G, 


Xap'ievrog, 


Xapieacrrjg, 


Xap'ievrog. 


4, 


N. 


reprjv, 


repeiva, 


r'spev, tender. 




G. 


repevog, 


repe'ivijg, 


repevog. 


5. 


N. 


y\vKvg i , 


yXviceXa, 


yXvicv, sweet. 




G, 


yXviceog, 


yXvKeiag, 


yXviceog. 


6, 


N. 




eizovaa, 


kttov, willing. 




G. 


IKOVTOg, 


eKOvat]g, 


tKovrog. 



1 og pure and pog make 
fem. a ; but oog (when not 
poog) makes fem. 77. 

2 V. m. n'eXav. 

3 V. m. x a 9 uv ' D. pl« 

Xapieffi. 



4 Neut. pi. yXvKea, not 
yXvKrj. 



12 



ADJECTIVES. 



Of two Endings. 

[Compound adjectives in oq (except /cog), and the terminations ifiog, tog, siog, 
aiog, are mostly of two terminations.] 

m. f. n. 

7. N. Kovfiiog, KOGjiiov, orderly. 
G. kouh'iov. 

8. N. tvSaifnov, evdai/xov, happy. 
G. evdaifxovog. 

9. N. a\r)9r]g, dXrjQeg, true. 
G. dXrjOsog (ovc). 

10. N. dpor\v, dpotv, male. 
G. dpaevog. 

11. N. iSpig, idpi, knowing. 
G. 'idpiog. 

12. N. 'iXewg, 'iXeojv, gracious. 

G. tXfw (after Attic decl. — See 24.)" 

37 Vocabulary 9. 



dyonrrjTog 


beloved 


(iifiaiog 


secure 


ay tog 


holy 


ysojpyiKog 


agricultural 


ddiKog 


unjust 


yrjpawg 


aged 


dOXtog 


wretched 


yv/xvog 


naked 


dXioatfxog 


takeable 


de^iog 


on the right hand ; dextrous 


dvaytcalog 


necessary 


Sid(popog 


different 


doidifxog 


sung of ; celebrated 


diKaiog 


just 




in song 


dvvarog 


possible 


d%iog 


worthy 


kXacpQog 


light 


dpiortpog 


on the left hand 


epvOpog 


red 


(SacnXiKog 


royal 


tvicaipog 


seasonable. 


Vocabulary 10. 






rjixiyvfivog 


half-naked 


fxovog 


alone, only 


Qavfxdaiog 


wonderful 


Zkvog 


strange, foreign 


Qtiog 


divine 


opOog 


straight, right 


Qepjxog 


warm 


7roXv(pdyog 


voracious 


6vt]Tog 


mortal 


TTTwxog 


poor 


'idiog 


own 


csfivog 


grave, venerable 


ispog 


sacred 


aicXrjpog 


hard 


Xtlog 


smooth 


ao(pog 


wise, clever 


Xsvicog 


white 


GTSVOg 


narrow 


fxaXaKog 


soft 


rv(pX6g 


blind 


fidraiog 


vain 


X^og 


lame. 



§ 10, 11.] 



SYNCOPE. 



COMPARISON. 



13 



Vocabulary 11. 



39 



a\)]9r]Q 
dvaiSfjg 



j3a9vg 
Opaavg 
rjdvg 



accurate 
true 

shameless 



deep 
bold 
sweet 



avOddng (a) 
\l>evcr]Q 

GCl(p!]Q 



TakciQ 

aojcppwv 



rself-satisfied 
I conceited 
false 

manifest, certain. 



miserable 

temperate, prudent. 



(1) fi'syag (great) : TroXvg (much). 

{N. fisyag fxkya the other cases as if from 

A. fisyav jikya j fj.sya.Xog, /xeydXr], /j.eydXov. 

rN. TroXvg ttoXv~\ the other cases as if from 

LA. ttoXvv ttoXvI TToXXSg, TroXXrj, ttoXXov. 

(2) irag, all. 

Tvdg it da a irdv ~\ 

> So a-rrag, all together. 
TTctvTog fraang rravrog J 



§ 10. Words that suffer syncope. 

Harfjp, fJiiirr]p, dvydrrjp, yctaryp, throw away £ in G. D. sing, and 40 
D. pi. They also have V. ep, and insert d before oi in D. pi. 
'Avi'ip has arcip-og, t, a, &c. V. dvep. D. pi. avdpdcrt. 

Vocabulary 12. 

fj.r)Tr]p, mother yaarifp, belly 

TrctTrjp, father A^firfrnp, Ceres 

darrjp, star (dprjv) G. dpvog, lamb 

Ovydrrjp, daughter dvrjp, G. (dv'pog) dvSpog, man (vir). 



§ 11. Comparatives and Superlatives. 

The forms of the comparative and superlative are 41 

(1) most commonly rspog, rarog. 

(2) less commonly Tojv, lorog. 

Adjectives in og and vg reject the g before repoc, rarog, the o being 42 
changed into w, if the preceding syllable is short. 

Adjectives in -qg and eig change these terminations into ec before 43 
repog, rarog. 



14 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



[§12. 



44 Adjectives in ag add repog, rarog to the root. 

45 All other adjectives that take repog connect it with the root by 
the syllable eg, sometimes eg \ 



lojv, larog. 

46 This form is used — 

In some adjectives in vg and pog, these syllables being thrown away 
before the terminations. 

47 Vocabulary 13. 



crcxpog 


(wise) 


<TO(p(OTEpOg 


acHpoj-arog 


L^Xvpog 


(strong) 


IcTxvporspog 


icrxvpora-og 


fiapvg 


(heavy) 


(3apvTepog 


j3apvrarog 


evaefiiig 


(pious) 


ev<Jej3s(TTspog 


evctfik<j-a.Tog 


evpvg 


(wide) 


evpvftpog 


svpvrarog 


Xap'uig 


(graceful) 


Xapdarepog 


Xapikararog 


jxkXag 


(black) 


fieXavTepog 


fieXavrarog 


Tjdvg 


(sweet) 


fjSLwv (I) 


rjSiOTog 


ix®P0Q 


(hateful) 


exO'io^v (Z) 


exQi-VTog 


ahxpog 


(base) 


aicrxiojv (7) 


cuax i(JT0 G' 



§ 12. Irregular Comparisons. 

These comparatives and superlatives are really from obsolete positives, but 
arranged for convenience under the positive with which they agree in meaning. 

48 Vocabulary 14. 





dyaQog 


good 


dptLvwv 


dpiUTog 








fitXr'ujJV 


fikXriGTog 








Kpt'lGOlxiV 


KodriGTog 


2. 


dXysivog 


painful 


dXyiwv 


dXyiarog 


3. 


KdKOg 


bad 


Xt'ipwv 


X^'iptTTOg 








Katc'iajv 


KaRiorog 


4. 


KaXog 


beautiful 


KaXXiwv 


KaXXiarog 


5. 


pkyag 


great 


fieiZwv 


pkyiGTog 


6. 


puicpog 


little 


kXdauwv 


IXdxiGTog 




7roXvg 


r much 


7iXkli)V 


TrXtTarog 


7. 






\many 






pq,Siog 


easy 


paojv 


pq,GTog. 



ig belongs to the h sounds. 



§ IS, H.] 



PRONOUNS. 



15 



ay%i near 
fiaXct very 
[xiKpov little 



Adverbs. 

aaaov ayxurra 
fxdXXov, more fjidXiara 

rjaaov riKiara (least of all=by no means). 



a) f^T Comparatives in wv sometimes drop v from ova, oveq, and 
ovag, and then contract oa into w ; oee and oag into ovc. 
Thus [isiZova becomes fiei^u). 

> become ueic,ovg. 
fXH^ovag) 



§ 13. THE FOUR FIRST NUMERALS. 
Vocabulary 15. 



49 



one 

N. £l£, ]Xld, ev 

G. evog, fiidg, evog 
D. &c. 



two 
dvo and Svoj 
dvoXv [dvelv, Att.] 
£uoiv (dvai), Sec. 

§ H, 



three 
rpeig, rpia 
tqiwv 

TQlGl, &C. 



four 

rkaaapeg, r'eacapa 
Ttaaapuv 
rkacjapai, &c 



50 



Vocabulary 16. [Pronouns.] 

Personal Pronouns, lyw, I : av, thou : ov, sui. 



G. sfiavTov, 
G. cauroi/, 
G. avrov, 
G. dXXr)Xu)v, 
.D. dA\i7\ot£, 

ovrog, 

ode, 



Bfxavrrig, 

aavrrjg, 

avrrjg, 

dXXrjXojv, 

dXXr)Xaig, 

aVTt], T0VT0 

ride, 



Ipiavrov, of myself. 

oavrov, of thyself. 

avrov, of himself (for eavrov). 

aXXr)Xb)v, of one another. 

dXXi)Xoig, to one another, &c. 



tiro,-) 
ode, J 



this. 



jG. TOVTOV, 

LG. roi)^£, 



ravrrjg, 
rrjade, 



TOVTOV. 

rovde. 



Iksivoq, iictivr), iicelvo, that. 

6 foiva, ?7 daVa, ro dtiva, such a man (G. dtivog, D. t, A. a). 

aXXog, d\Xr), dXXo, another. 

ertpog, ere-pa, erepov, the other (of two). 

rig, rig, ri, some one (Gen. rivog, &c.) 

avrog, avrij, avro, self, him-, her-, it-self. 

rig, rig, ri, who ? (Gen. rivog, Sec.) 

og, i'j, o, who, relat. (Gen. ov, r)g, ov, &c.) 

ocrrig, ijrig, o,ri, whosoever (Gen. ovrivog, rjunvog, Sec.) 



16 



BARYTONE VERBS. 



[§15. 



OVTIQ, 

fifing, 
ovdeig, 
[xrjdeig, 



OVTIQ, 

firjng, 



ovn, 

ovdsv, 
[xtjdsv, 



no one (nobody : nothing). 



1. tyw, ifiov, E/xoi,s[xk 

or poii, fioif fie 

2. ov, gov, (Jo'l, ok 

3. — ov, ol, e 



a) Declension of the Pronouns. 

rj/JLUQ, rjfxujv, rjfuv, rjfAag. 



C VU>1, VOJIV 
L VW, VUiV 

L <T(pW, o<p(fiv 

Gd)U)£, G(hOJlV 



v/xeig, vjxwv, vfxiv, vjiag. 

G(pelg, G<pu>v, G(pi(Ti, G<pag. 
n. <y<pea ' n. a<hka. 



1 In the other cases as if from 
rovTog, ravrt], rovrov. 



Note 1. — Dative plural of the third person is sometimes otp'iv, cr0i ; and accu- 
sative c0s [used by the Attic poets as accusative singular also], jxiv Ionic, viv 
Doric and Attic [both enclitics], are both singular and plural, him, her, it, and 
them. 

Note 2. — In the sing, of third person, hardly any form is used in Attic prose 

but ol. \nplur. a<pS>v, ofyag are used in the reflexive meaning; a<piai(v) in both 

the reflexive and the simple personal meaning. 

4 N. S. ovrog, avrrj, rovro 

f N. P. ovroi, aurai, ravra 

\ G. P. tovtojv, Tovriov, rovrcjv. J 

With root tovt for mas. and neut. ") 

„ . > but Crew. »t. rovrojv for all genders. 

■ recur for jem. J 

5. Relat. og, ij, o. G. oi>, ov. D. /p, |), <p, &c. 

6. ovrog (this), eictlvog (that), dXXog (other), avrog (self), have neut. o. 

ode (this), like art. with £e appended. — rig, n. rt. G. rivog, &c. 

7. rocroDrof, rotourog, are decl. like ovrog, but with neut. ov as well as o. 

8. 6 avrog (the same) has w«<£. ravro and ravrov (for ro aiiro). 

Obs. The interrogative rt£ is always accented on theirs* syllable of the dis- 
syllable forms. 



§ 15. BARYTONE VERBS. 

51 The Present, Perfect, and Future, are principal tenses; all the 
others secondary or historical tenses. 

52 The historical tenses have all an "augment" in the indicative 
mood : that is, e prefixed, if they begin with a consonant ; a length- 
ening of the vowel (when possible), if they begin with a vowel, 
[e prefixed is called the syllabic, the lengthening of the vowel the 
temporal augment. 



§15.] 



BARYTONE 



VERBS. 



17 



The augments of — 53 
e, a, o, X, v, av, at, a, ot, 
are 17, r?, a», t, u, ?/, rj, 

£<, £u, ov, and the Zo«^ vowels n, w, are not augmented, ev is 54 
sometimes augmented by the Attics (jiv), who also in eUd^oj augment 
ct. Imp. rjica%ov. 

{Reduplication.') 

The perfect takes a reduplication, when it begins with any single 55 
consonant but p ; or with any mute and liquid, except yv, and some- 
times y\ and /3X. 

The reduplication is a syllable 'prefixed made up of the initial 56 
consonant of the verb and e (jv~, tetv~). But if the verb begins 
with an aspirate, the smooth is used for the reduplication : (pevy, 
TTHptvy. 

The reduplication does not occur, but the simple augment instead 57 
of it, when the verb begins with p ; with two consonants without a 
liquid; or with yv (y\, (d\). 

[The double consonants \p, are considered as two consonants.] ipaW, 

t\pa\\. yvo, syvo. 

Obs. Several with y\ take only e. Some beginning with X, p., 58 
take ei : Xr]fi, \xEip, — EiXrjty, elpap. 

When the perfect does not take a reduplication, it takes an 59 
augment. 

g*jr Tlie reduplication or augment of the perfect remains through the moods and 
in the participle. 

When the perfect takes a reduplication, the pluperfect prefixes 60 
the augment to it. But when the perfect takes an augment, the 
pluperfect makes no further change. 

Verbs that begin with p, double p after the augment; and the 61 
perf. and pluperfect take the syllabic augment, not the reduplication, 
paWtoj eppacpa, eppdtyeii'. 

{Concurrence of Consonants.) 

When two consonants come together in the formation of tenses, 62 
&c, the former is often changed. 

c 



18 BARYTONE VERBS [§ 15. 

63 The principal changes of this kind are given in the following 
table, which is arranged as the multiplication table 1 often is : 





T 


3 


e 






Any p sound with 


■KT 


(3d 








Any k sound with 


KT 


yd 2 








Any t sound with 


OT 




oO 


a 


aft 



(N.) 

64 v before sl p sound or \p becomes p. 
v before a k sound or £ becomes y. 
v before a liquid becomes that liquid. 
v before a or £ is generally thrown away. 

before cat in perf. pass.'] 

(S.) 

65 When a would stand between two consonants, it is thrown 
away. 

66 When a t sound and v are both thrown away before cr, the re- 
maining vowel, if short, is changed into a diphthong ; if a doubtful 
one, it is lengthened, e becomes ei : o becomes ov. - . 

67 An aspirate is not doubled, but the first is changed into its 
smooth : the same change occurs when the first (alone or followed by 
p) is separated from the second by a vowel. 

Short Root. 

68 Some tenses of verbs are derived from a shorter root than that 
which appears in the present tense. 

69 The short root can often be obtained from the longer one, by 
changing a diphthong into a simple vowel ; a long vowel into its 
kindred short one ; or throwing away one of two consonants. 



1 The table is to be said both ways : — 

(1.) Any p sound with r — ttt, &c. 
(2.) Or, ttt = any p sound with r, &c. 

2 This combination does not occur. 



[It is retained 



§15.] 



BARYTONE VERBS. 



19 



If rj has arisen from a, a will reappear in the short root : fxr)(), 70 
fiad. 

Of diphthongs and double letters, the last is thrown away, 71 
But in £ (= ah) and ev, the first letter is thrown away : el before a 
mute has i in the short root, el before a liquid e. 

(Long) tcvol, clkov, /3uA\, tvttt, jujyft, telv, \eltt, (pevy, <f>po£, ^2 
(Short) m o, clko, jjaX, tv7t, paO, tev, Xltt, (f>vy, (j>pad. 

(Formation of the Tenses.) 

[The names of the historical tenses are in italics ; those to which + is prefixed 
are from the short root ; and so are the other tenses (except imperf.) when 
the root of the pres. ends in two consonants.] 

a) Barytone verbs (L e. those that end in a>) are called mute, 73 
pure, or liquid, according as their characteristic is a mute, a vowel, or 
a liquid. 





Act. 


Mid. 


Pass. 


b) Present 




•v 
Ofiai 


Imperf. 


ov 


dfirjv 


Perf. I. 


tea or a 


fiai 


Pluperf. I. 


Ktiv or tiv 


flt'V 


+Perf. 11. 


a 


(none) 


+ Pluperf. II. 


tiv 


(none) 


Acrist I. 


ca 




Orjv 


fAorist 11. 


ov 


6j-l7)V 


T)V 


Fut. I. 


<7UJ 


aofiai 


Orjffofiai 


+Fut. II. 




ovfxat (sofiai) 


r)aofiai 


Fut. III. or > 








Paulo-post Fut. J 


with root ol per/, pass. 


aofiai. 



Remarks. 74 

1) The first aor. act. of liquid verbs ends in a without the a. 

2) In the perf '. act. a, tiv, are to be used for mute verbs, whose characteristic 
is a p or k sound. The rough breathing shows that the preceding mute must 
be changed into its aspirate. Thus rervTr-a becomes rsrvepa. 

3) The future 2. act* and mid. are peculiar to liquid verbs ; but the fut. 2. 
pass, is a really existing tensf, whenever the verb has aor. 2. pass. 

c 2 



20 



MUTE VERBS. 



4) When the verb has a mid. voice, the tenses that constitute it are the mid. 
forms, and the pres., imperf.,perf.,pluperf., of the pass. form. Perf. II. (gene- 
rally called the perfect middle) has not mid. meaning. 

c) On the Second Aorist \ 

1) When the root of the present is incapable of being shortened, the second 
aorists act. and mid. would be exactly like the imperfects. Such verbs may, 
however, have aor. 2. pass., because that tense is distinguished from the im- 
pei-fect by its termination, rpe-w has, with change of vowel, t-paxov. 

2 ) The second aorist is also wanting in verbs that are formed from other words 
by the regular derivative endings, a£w, t£w, aiVw, evu>, da>, sw, 6ai. 



§ 16. MUTE VERBS (including those in Trr). 

75 The verbs in ttt have a p sound, for their true characteristic. 
As all the p sounds are combined in the same way with other con- 
sonants, it is immaterial which of them is the true characteristic, 
except for aor. 2. 

76 The following should be remembered : — 

/3\a— toj, kovtztoj, have for their true characteristic j3. 

(3d — TU), pClTTTU), BaTTTix), OTaTTrw, (OlTTrW, QpVTTTOJ . . 0. 

77 The following table gives one example of the changes that take 
place, when the consonant terminations are appended to the root. It 
must be understood, that what is told of them is told for all the 
terminations that begin with the same consonant. 





Fut. 


Perf. 


Perf. Pass. 


Aor. 1. P. 


p sound 




(pa 




(p9r]v 


Jc sound 




X a 


ypai 


x 9i]v 


t sound 


G(i) 


Ka 


<Tj.iai 


a9r\v 



'8 For the perf. I. act. the p and k sounds take a, and aspirate the 
characteristic (in vr? the true characteristic) : the t sounds take Ka 
after throwing away the t sound. 

TSTpitS-a. — rkrpupa. tvttt, short root tvtt : rk-VTC-d, rervcpa. 



1 Comparatively few verbs have the second aorist in the act. and mid. ; but 
more have it in the passive. 



§17.] 



VERBS IN (T(J } TT, £. 



21 



In monosyllabic roots, £ of the root is generally changed into a in 79 
the aor. 2. : rpeKio, aor. 2. 'i-pairov. 

The same change takes place in the perf. pass, of arpi^w, rpetyio 80 
(root 6pe<p), Tpeiru (sorpa/j^tat, redpafi/jat, rirpafifxai), 

ev is sometimes changed into v in the perf. pass. 81 
<ptvyoj, rev^u) : perf. pass, iri^vyfiai, rtrvyfjiai. 

Vocabulary 17. 82 
(Mute Verbs. gg^~ The consonant that is printed after some of the roots is their 
true characteristic l . Fut. mid. means that the fut. act. is of the mid. form : 
i. e. ends in aofiai.) 



fiXaTTT ((3), hurt. — pass. aor. 2. 


7rX(K, 


plait, weave ; jtxm. aor. 2. — 


j8\£7T, 


look. pass. aor. 2. 




Mid. 


yXv<p, 


carve. 


7TV9, 


rot (trans.). Pass, rot (in- 


ypa<j>, 


write, pass. aor. 2. — Mid. 




grafts.). 




pursue. 


<J7Ttv8, 


hasten. 


fipeir, 


pluck, gather. — Mid. 


arpecp, 


twist, bend, turn. pass. aor. 


OaXir, 


warm, cherish. 




1. and 2.— Mid. 




soothe, beguile. 


rp£7T, 


turn (back or the other way) ; 


exi/3, 


squeeze, pass. aor. 2. 




rout (an army). — Aor. 2. 


K\£7rr, 


steal. Fut. mid. : pass. aor. 2. 


the most common in all 


KpVTTT (/3), 


hide. pass. aor. 1. and 2.- 




the voices. — Mid. 




Mid. 




p, support, nourish. — Aor. 2. 


Afl7T, 


leave, aor. 2. perf. 2. — Mid. 


jt>ass.most common. — Mid . 




leave off. 




deceive, beguile. — Mid. lie. 



§ 17. VERBS IN aa, rr, £. 
[All of which are lengthened forms from simpler roots.] 

Most of the verbs in aa or tt have a k sound for the true 83 
characteristic : but some of them a t sound. 

T<xoao) (ray) ; (ppiijffuj (</>pifc) ; firjtjau) (/3?7 %). 

Most of the verbs in £ have % for their true characteristic; but 81 
some of them y. 

tppaZb) (<Ppa8) l o£w (68) ; but Kpd^u) (icpay). 



1 Tbe first pers. of the pres. tense is got by adding u> to these roots. 

2 The root 9p((p becomes rpstp by 67, but the tenses where the (p disappears 
will begin with : e. g.fut. Qptxpu). 



22 



LIQUID VERBS. 



[§is. 



85 Consequently verbs in aa. rr } follow the k or t sounds: verbs in 
£ the t or k sounds. 

86 cXa£wj -\a'_>>, and o-cxXt/^w, have roots ending in 77, day.'w, 
Ke^Xayya, Sec. 

S7 Vocabulary 18. 

(Verbs with 4, <t<7, rr.J 

aOpoi'l. assemble (trans.'). 

fk&Zofiai, force. — pos& 

yi bjpi^, make known; make myself acquainted with. 

Bavyia^, admire, wonder (at), fat. m'.J. 

9epi~, reap. 

&HpjjGft 5 proclaim. 

Ko\a%, chastise, fat. mid. 

KOfuZ s bring, take. — Mid. receive, obtain. 

ktiH,, build, found. 

KDfuZg am of opinion; think. 

GiuojZ(y} } bewail, fat. mid. 

irpa<j<y } do : a long throughout. — Perf. 1. have done (trans.) : 

2. have done (= am well off, &c.) 

raver (ray) order, arrange, appoint l . 



§ IS. LIQUID VERBS. 

88 Liquid verbs form all their tenses, except the present and imperf., 
from the short root, and have only the second future in the active 
and middle voices. 

89 The first Aorists Act. and Mid. are without a : they lengthen the 
vowel of the future ; and for that purpose change 

e into el I (j-eolo, Ztnretpa 
a into 7] J qaru). eo^i a. 
But those in ocu'j a;, and some others in aim, make aor. 1. dva. 



Of an army, draw-up. 



§ 18.] LIQUID VERBS. 23 

Monosyllabic roots change £ or ei of the root into a in the Per/. 90 
act. and pass. ; the second Aorists ; and Aor. 1. pass. 

■ 

gtsXXoj, HcrraXica, t<yTaX[xai, kardXQ-qv, laT&Xrjv. 
The following verbs in e/Vo/, ivw, urw, 91 

KQlVb), kXiVU), Till'O), KTEIVU), TtXvVli), 

judge, bend, stretch, kill, wash, 
drop the v in Per J. act. and pass, and y^or. 1 . pass. 



Kpivu), KSKpiKa, KSKpX/xat, licpWrjv. So kX'ivoj. 

Tt'lVk), TiTCLKCl, TiTOLfXai, ITClQrjV. 

KTsivu, tKra/xat, SKTaQrjv. 

7rX{)V(i), 77£ltXviCCt, TTZTrXvUCLl, lTtXvQt]V. 



The Perf. pass, of verbs that retain v is not formed uniformly. 92 

1) Most of them change v into a; but some into ju : 

tyaivo), -KkcpaGfiai; but Zrjpaivu), k"£r]pan[xai. 

2) A few reject the v, the preceding vowel being long : 

rpaxvvu), TtTpaxvytai. 

3) But in all these formations the v reappears in the other persons : 

7rg0a<Tjuai, 7TS(pav(Tai, &C. 

Verbs with the characteristic fx form the perfect as if from a longer 93 
form in ew : rtjuw, vs.v(}ir}Ka. So also fj.ivw. 

Vocabulary 19. 94 



(Liquid Verbs.) 

aysip, assemble ; collect. Att. red. 1 — Mid. 

ayyeXX, announce. — Mid. aor. 2. act. and mid. are little used. 

aiaxvv, shame. — pass. I am ashamed. 

afi(3Xvv, blunt. 

a\ivv, ward off ; with dot. defend. — perf. is wanting, — Mid. 

acnraip, palpitate. 

(3pEfi, resound, no aor. ovperf. 

Sep, flay ; pass. aor. 2. 

jiapaiv, wither, aor. 1 takes a ; pass. I am withered. 

fiiaiVf stain, pollute, aor. 1 takes -q. 

bovpofiai, Mid. I lament. 

oUrtip, pity. 

6%vv, sharpen. 



1 See § 21, 112. 



24 



PURE VERES. 



§ 19. PURE VERBS. 

95 These verbs generally lengthen the characteristic vowel, before the 
consonant terminations are added: (piXi-to, fiXy-ato, &c. 

96 When the characteristic is a, the future, &c. have d, if the pre- 
ceding letter is one of those in pe'c. If not, ?/. 

TLfJiatu, rifirjtrta : but Law, sdcru) (a), &c. 
But afcpoa.ofj.ai has a : %paw, XP < *°/ XWf s 
9" Some verbs retain the short vowel, and these take a o- before the 
terminations of the Perf. pass, and Aor. 1. pass. 

98 So also, aicovta hear, tcsksva bid, -a/w strike, aeito shake, and 
several others, take a a- in these tenses. 

99 ttuuw (make to cease) has ireTravfiai, but ^or. 1. e~avdi]v and 
100 Vocabulary 20. 

(Pure Verbs.) 

Of derivative verbs, generally. 

a) The being or having what the root denotes, is expressed by verbs in 

dco, suj, tvu) (wcrcra; or wrrw, £'£a>). 
6) The making a thing info, or furnishing it ?ei^, what the root denotes, is 
expressed by verbs in 

out, L^a>, vvlo (aiVw). 
Obs. i^io is set down in both classes : the most steady to these meanings are 

tUJ, Six), 6VO). 

adins, do injustice; injure. 

a'tfiaro. stain with blood. 

airara, deceive, 

d-eiXs, threaten. 

dpiOpe, count. 

dffKt, exercise, practise. 

cov\o. reduce to slavery ; enslave. — Mid. 

cvcrri'x^, am unhappy. 

Qripa, hunt. fat. mid. 

Ktvt, move. 

Xoidope, act. pass. mid. rail at. 

To\na, dare. 



§20.] 



PERFECT II. 



25 



§ 20. PERFECT II. 

This tense is formed from the short root ; but, with the exception 101 
of o, lengthens the vowel-sound of the penult. 

a of the short root is changed into n, but after p into d. 102 
£ of the short root is changed into o \ 103 
i of the short root is changed into oi. 

ev of the present is retained, though the short root has v. 104 
In verbs in o<t, rr, of course the a must be appended to the 105 
true characteristic. 

Some verbs that end in two consonants (not nr, or aa, rr) and 106 
have e in the root, form Perf. II. by changing £ into o ; as, (pepfico, 

Thus: aireiph) (aTrsp), lairopa' TrjKh) (tok), rsrrjKa' XstVo* (Xitt), \k\017ra ; 
but (psvyoj (<pvy), ickfytvya. 

[The perf. 2 belongs especially to the intrans. signif., as is 107 
clearly seen in verbs in which the two significations are intermixed. 
Hpd~Th) is one of those whose pres. act. has the two meanings, and 
its two perfects, at least in the most current prose, actually have 
the two different significations : irpdrrtOj I do, make, perf. Ttiirpaya' 
7rpa.TTU), I find myself ; I am doing (well or ill), perf. TrEirpaya. 
This appears to have been originally the case with all such verbs as 
OAQ, IIHrO, 0^7ro>, ny/v-w, &c. : they all had both meanings, and 
that of the perf. 2 was the intrans. one. But the pass, or mid. of 
most of those verbs had the intrans. signif.; and as the perf. 2 has 
the same, the perf. 2 of the following verbs appears to belong to 
the mid. or pass, voice, to which, however, it belongs as little as 
the perf. 1, 7re(f>vica, eff-r]Ka, which are exactly in the same predica- 
ment. B.] 



1 Or, which comes to the same thing, £i of the pres. in mute verbs become 01 ; 
in liquid verbs, 0, in Perf. II. 



26 ATTIC FUTURE, AND ATTIC REDUPLICATION. [§ 21. 



103 Vocabulary 21. 

ayvvpi, — ayvvpai, break, intrans. ; perf. laya, am broken. 

daiu), — caiopai and ckcna, burn, intrans. 

kytipoj, — iydgopai, aicake, iyprjyopa, watch. 

IAttw (cause to hope) — IX— opai and ioXira, hope. 

ktjcu) (afflict) — K7]cofj.cci and Kttzqca, can anxious about any thing. 

jj.aivu) (tKfia'ivuj, drive mad) — paivopai and pkpnva, am mad. 

otyw, avoLyoj, av'tipxa, — avoiyopai, open, intrans., avkipya, stand open. 

oXXvpi, dXuXsica, — o\Xvpai, go to ruin, oXwXa, am undone. 

TTt'iQu), 7rk—£iKa, — TveiQouai, believe, Trk—oiQa, trust. 

Triiyvvjxi, — Trrjyvvpai, become fixed, —ETrijya, am fixed. 

prjyvvpi, — prjyvvpai, tear, intrans., tppwya, am torn. 

a{]—u> (make putrid) — cn)—opai, become putrid , cretin— a, am putrid. 

-ijKoj (melt, trans.) — -rjKopai, melt, intrans., perf. rernKa. 

(pa'ivu) (show)-(paivopai, appear, perf. 7ri<pnva. 



§ 21. ATTIC FUTURE, AND ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 

109 "When tru is preceded by a short vowel, the a is often left out in 
the Ionic dialect ; and the two vowels contracted in the Attic : 
reXioj, fut. reXecru) ; Ionic. reXeu) ; Attic, teXuj. 

110 If the short vowel be £, the two vowels are not capable of con- 
traction; but the o) is circumflexed, and conjugated as if a con- 
traction had taken place \ 

111 "With respect to the quantity of the penult, the following rule 
must be attended to : — 

The penult of dcrw, i<rio s vctoj, is always short when they come from verbs in £w 
or aaui, --a. 

112 In verbs that begin with a vowel, the first vowel and following 
consonant are sometimes repeated before the temporal augment 
(reduplicatio Attica). 

ay, hp, bp, Perf. rjy, r\p, Cop. 

(redup.) ayny, Ipnp, 6po>p. 



> H tLTOV; ilTOV OVUtV, £17£, OV<Jl. 

uelcJ 



1 TtXsGu) — ~tXu>, reXsic, ~y 

vopicra>—vopia>, vopitig,. 

/3t/3a<7a> — /3/./3J), fiiSag, /3t/3a j arov, oltov \ ujpev, are, axxi. 
So in the mid. Kopi^io.fat. Kcp.iaopai.fut. Att. Koptovpai, a, urai, <5cc. 



§22.] 



MOODS AND PERSONS. 



27 



This form inclines to a short vowel in the third syllable, and 113 
therefore shortens a long vowel-sound: dXet'^w, aXZ/Xt^a* ukovio, 

Vocabulary 22. lit 

(1) The following verbs retain the short vowel (T.). 

a) ytXdo), laugh ; 9\doj, break ; 7repdoj, cause to pass ; cndu, draw, 
t) aiSeofiai, venerate ; aiceofxai, heal; dp/cEw, suffice; £ea>, boil; 

tfieoj, vomit; KctXsw, call; kotsu), rage; veitckw, quarrel; 

polish ; rfXsw, finish ; rp'no, tremble, 
o) dpoto, plow. So ofxocro), will swear ; ovocrw, will profit, 
v) dvvto, end; apua> 3 drain; /3uw, stuff; spvco, draw; &kv(o, drag; 

UsQvh), intoxicate ; 7ttvoj, spit ; ravvuj, stretch out. 

(2) Forms with long and short vowel belong to 

e) alveu), praise; saw, Sec; but yvij/xai, yveOrjv. 

alpkoj, take; i]<joj, &c. ; but ijptOrjv. 

dtu), bind; &<rw and drjatj, dsdetca, Ss^e/iai, tdidrjv. 

rroOeio, desire; 7ro9k<JOfiai l and TroOrjcronai, iirodtaa and k7r69t]aa, 
7T£7r69r]Ka, 7r£7r69t]f.iat, £.7ro9ka9rjv. 
v) 8v<o, sink; dvcroj, 'idvua, kSi>9)]v. 

9vuj, sacrifice ; 9vou), Wvcra), s-v9rjv. 

Xvh), loose; Xvaw, tkvaa, \e\v/J.ai, i\v9r\v, \t\v(TO[xai. 

(3) Verbs that have sv in the fut. or its derivatives. 

7r\s(i) 9k(d TTvklO pkb) VSU) ^£0> 

sail run blow flow swim pour. 

(4) Verbs in at or a that have in the fut. av. 

tza'nx) (Att. Kctu)) Kkaiu) (Att. /cXaw) 

burn weep. 



§ 22. MOODS AND PERSONS. 
The general terminations of the moods for the act. are— 115 



Imper. 


Opt. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 


£ 


Ol{JA 


01 


tiv 


(x>V 


But Aor. I. has 








ov 






at 


ag 



The Per/, has kvai, wc, for infin. and part. The futures have no imperat. 
or subj. 



The fut. is always Tro9i}au in Xen. (B.) 



28 PECULIARITIES OF AUGMENT. 

116 The general forms for the pass, and mid. are — 



[§ 23. 



Imper. 


Opt. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 


ov 


oi\ir\v 




tv9ai 


OfXSVOQ 


But Aor. I. mid. 










at 


oi\ir\v 


wfxat 


aoQai 


afxtvog 


Aor. I. II. pass. 










TjBl 1 


iir\v 


OJ 


fjvai 




Perf. pass. 






a6ai 




(TO 






fxkvog 



117 Obs. Optat. and Subj. of the perf. pass, are supplied by its parti- 
ciple with t'ir)v, (b (opt. and subj. of elvai, to be). 



118 



Sing. 
Dual. 
Plur. 



Sing. 
Dual. 
Plur. 



GENERAL FORMS OF THE PERSONS. 

Principal Tenses, 
(with Subjunctive.) 



Active. 

1 Person. 2 Person. 3 Person. 

. Q 

wanting rov tov 

[lev re o~i 



Passive. 

1 Person. 2 Person. 3 Person. 

fiai (rrai) rat 

fieOov oBov oBov 

fitOa o9e vrai 



Historical Tenses, 

(with Optative.) 

Active. Passive. 
] Person. 2 Person. 3 Person. 1 Person. 2 Person. 3 Person. 



wanting 
fisv 



Q 

TOV 
T£ 



Tt]V 

v or era v 



firjv 

fitdov 

fxeOa 



(«0 

c9ov 
o0e 



TO 

c9r t v 
VTO 



§ 23. PECULIARITIES OF AUGMENT. 

119 Rules for compound verbs : — 

a) Verbs compounded with a noun, or a (negative or connective), take the aug- 
ment at the beginning : (piXoGoty'ew, i(pikoao<ptov, atypoveu), ff<pp6veov. 

b) Those compounded with a preposition, or with dig, sv, take the augment 
to the verb, and the prepositions suffer elision : TvapaXafifidvoj, iraptXanfiavov, 
a7rp-07rXt£u>, a(po7c\iZ,o), cHpt'oTrXi^ov. 



1 In Aor. I. 9-ijti, not 9i]9i, by 6*7. 



§23.] 



PECULIARITIES OF AUGMENT. 



29 



Obs. 1. — TIpo and arcpi are not elided : 7repdx^, irepieix ov 5 TQodyui, Trpoijyov : 
so also dfxtp'i in dfi<pisvvvp.i and dptyuXiaow, but o of 7rpo is often contracted 
together with the following vowel; e.g. irpokXtyov, irpovXtyov; irpokcoiKa, 
TrpovScJica. 

Obs. 2. — Of class b some have the augment before £vq and tv, when the verb 
begins with u>, i], or a consonant : as, SvouJTrtiv, tCvau>ntov. So cvcrrvxuv, 
evdoKiptiv, &c. Likewise several, in which the preposition is closely combined 
with the verb by elision, or the simple verb is out of use: KaQtvcu), eicdOevcov, 
but also Ka6i]vCov; kciQ'iZio, sKaOi^ov; dvTifioXkto, y)vTij36Xeov ; dp(pi<Tj3r]Tsw, 
(ppotp.id^u), &c. 'KvwpQoov from dvoo96u>, and rjvdjxXeov from ivoxXsio, are 
augmented in both places. 

{Anomalies of Augment.) 

Four verbs beginning with a take no augment: 120 

aw, breathe; dio), hear; dnOecrcno, am unaccustomed to; drjci^o/xai, am 
disgusted. 

So the following with oi : 

oUovpku), keep the house ; oivow, intoxicate; oicrplio, make raging mad. — 
Evpov is found for jjvpov. 

The following change £ into £i : 121 

l^w, I hate ; saw, I suffer ; s\/cw, / drag ; sottw, iprnj^o), I creep ; i6i%a>, 
I accustom; IXtcrffw, I roll ; karidu), I entertain (as a guest); sVo/xat, 
I follow ; spydZofiai, I work. — Thus tx w 5 &X 0V ' 
So ttiroVj said, from a root eir ; and elXov, took, from root e\. 

The following still take the syllabic augment (with the breathing 122 
of the verb): aXiffKcj, edXwv, was taken; ityvvjii, idyrjv, was 
broken; <bdioj, thrust, iwQeov, &c. So the perfects eoaca, am like, 
from eiKto ; eopya, from epyw, do ; toXira, hope, from eX7rw, caz/se 
to hope. 

'Eop-dZio, make a festival, and 'ioiKa, take a kind of augment 123 
in the second syllable, edtpra^ov ; plup. eukeiv. — 'Opdio takes both 
augments; hupuv. 

MeXXo), am going {to do), and dvvap.ai, am able, take the temporal 124 
augment : ijjj.e\Xor, ycvrdj.irjv. 



SO ACTIVE VOICE. [§ 2 k 

125 § 24. TERMINATIONS OF 



Tenses. 




MOODS. 


Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Optative. 


Present and 
Future, (the 
latter without 
imperat. and 
tubj.) 


S. 
D. 

p! 


a), tig, ti, 

trov, trov, 

O/XtV, tTt, OVOl. 


6, £TW, 

srov, tra>v, 
trt, hrixjcrav 
or ovtujv 1 . 


oi/ii, oig, oi, 

OlTOV,OlTT]V, 
OlfitV, OLTt, oitv. 


Future 2. 


s. 

D. 
P. 


u>, eig, ti, 

tlTOV, tlTOV, 
OV/X£J',£irf, OVGl. 




oi/n 2 , o7g, oi, 

07T0V,0lTT]V f 

o7fitv,o7rt, oltv. 


Aorist 2. 


s. 

D. 
P. 


ov, eg, t, 

trov, trrjv, 

OfXtV, tTt, ov. 


Aorist 2. 


like 


Perfect 1 & 2. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


a, ag, t, 

drov, drov, 
d\itv, art, acri. 


Like 


the 


Aorist 1. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


a, ag, t, 

drov, arrjv, 
dfisv, art, av. 


ov, drix), 
arov, &T(ov, 
are, drmaav 
or dvTdiv x . 


aifjii 3 ,aig, at, 

airov, a'iTT]v, 
aifiev ) aiTs ) auv. 


Pluperfect 1 & 2. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


tiv i , tig, ft, 

tirov, tirijv, 
tifitv, tire, tiaav 
or taav. 







1 The dissyllabic termination of the Imperat. 3 plur. is the more common in 
Attic Greek. Care must he taken not to mistake it for the gen. plur. of a 
participle. 

2 Together with this ending the Fut. 2 has also the termination oirjv, which 
is a common optative ending of contracted verbs. The futurum Atticum has 
usually this ending in the optative ; which is also occasionally found in the per/, 
optat.; and in Gxoirjv Aor. 2. opt. from ex(o. — 

oirjv, oirjg, oirj — o'irjrov, oii)rr\v, — oirjfitv, o'irjrt, oirjaav 
or olrov, oirrjv, o~i}itv, otr£, oltv. 

3 Together with this ending, another is in use (called the AZolic Aor.) in t ta. 
In the second and third sing, and third plur. it is far more common than the other 
form : — stag, tit. — plur. tiav. 

4 The old Attic has also an ending rj, rjg, which is contracted from the Ionic 
form ta, tag. 



§24.] 



ACTIVE VOICE. 



31 



THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



3I00DS. 


Subjunct. 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


ye, v> 

nrov, rjrov, 

U)HtV,7]Te,<x>Ct. 


IIV. 


U)V, ovcra, ov, 
ovrog, oucrng, ovtoq. 

■ 




slv. 


wv, ovaa, ovv, 
ovvrog,ovai]g, ovvrog.' 


Present. 


Aorist 2. 
slv. 


Aorist 2. 
wv, ovaa, ov, 
OVTOQ, ov<yr,g,6vrog. 


Present. 


svai. 


wg, via, 6c, 
otoq, viag, orog. 


Like the 
Present. 


at. 


ag, aaa, av, 
avrog, dang, avrog. 









Remarks. 

1. The principal tenses and 
subj. have 3 dual in ov, 3 plur. 
in crt. — The historical tenses 
and the optat. have 3 dual in 
r\v, 3 plur. in v. 

2. Accentuation. 

a. The accent is generally 

as far back as possible. 

b. But infin. Aor. 1 and 3 

sing. opt. (in ai, oi) are 
always accented on the 
penult. 

c. Aor. 2 infin. is perispo- 

rnenon 2 ; part, oxytone. 

d. Perfi. infin. is paroxytone ; 

part, oxytone. 

e. The imperatives si-irk, 

evps, s\9s, and (in Attic) 
Xa : 3s, Ids, are oxytone. 



RULES FOR CONTRACTION OF VERBS. 

The contraction is very simple : 

1. tu). — ££ becomes u : eo becomes ov ; and the e is thrown away before long 

toicels and diphthongs. 

2. a'u>. — a before an e 1 sound is long a ; before an o sound, w. 

3. 6u). — o before a short vowel is ov ; before a long vowel, o» ; and disappears 

before ot, ov. 

But before si of the indicative, and y {subscript) of the subjunctive, the con- 
traction is into oi. 

Obs. a) Pure verbs with a monosyllabic root (Q'zoj, 7rvsw) leave the vowels 
open, except before e and si. 

Obs. b) £aw, Sirpdoj, ■xsivdio, xpa.ojj.ai (live, thirst, hunger, use), contract as 
into if. 



1 The e sounds in this conjug. are s, r\ ; the o sounds, o, w, oi, ov. 

2 For the meaning of these terms see p. 134, 4, 5. 



32 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. [§ 24. 



TERMINATIONS OF 







Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Present and 

T^TTT l"FT? 17 


S. 
D. 
P." 


ofiai, y (et) 1 , irai, 
6[xe6a 2 , egGs, ovrai. 


OV 1 , Sg9(V, 

crrfjntJ Sf7Ht»\\f 
c u \J u v ^ cu \juj y j 

sa9s, k<j9w(jav 
or sg9ujv. 
{Future none.) 


Perfect. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


fiai, oai, rat, 
fxtOov, oQov, <t6ov, 
fitOa, ads., vrai 3 . 


GO, g9(0, 

g9ov, <j9ujv, 
g9s, a9wcrav 
or <j9u)v. 


Pluperfect. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


fXTJV, GO, TO, 

fieOov, g9ov, g9t]v, 
fitQa, g9s, vto 3 . 




Imperfect and 
Aor. 2. Mid. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


6fX7]V, OV, STO, 

6/jls9ov, sg9ov, kaQl]V, 
df-ieOa, ecrOs, ovro. 


Aor. 2. 


Aor. 1. Mid. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


dfirjv, w 1 , aro, 
dj.it9ov, aa9ov, a(x9rjv, 
d/xsGa, ao9t, avro. 


ai, da9b>, 
aa9ov, da9iov, 
aa9s, do9wGav 
or aG9u)v. 


Fut. 2. Mid. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


ovfxai, y (si), eirai, 
ov}it9ov, slaGov, s\g9ov, 
ovjxs9a, sTg9s, ovvrai. 


None. 


Pass. Aorists. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


T]v, VS, rj, 

tjTov, r)rr)V, 
rjfjLtv, rjrs, r\aav. 


r)9i, r)Tw, 
tjtov, r)r<j)v, 
rj-e, i)rwGav. 



1 The second persons from fxai, ]ir\v, are properly cat, go. But when these 
were appended to the root by a connecting vowel, the g was thrown away ; and 
toai, for instance, contracted into y, Attice el, which is very common in fut. 2. 
mid. and the only termin. for (3ov\si, o\psi, out (you — choose; will see; think). — 
So ov is for sao ; w for aoo ; y in subj. for rjGai : oio optat. for oiao. 

2 The 1 dual and plural had an extended form, /xeg9ov, (jlegGo, which is used 
even by Attic poets. 

3 The terminations vrai, vto, are unmanageable, except when the root ends 
in a vowel. The lonians turn v into a, rsrvcparai for Terv<pvrai : the Attics 
use the participle with etfit; tetvmxsvoi slgi, tetv/x/jlevoi r)Gav. 

4 £i£i> is more common than sirjGav. There are similar forms for the 1st and 
2d persons, slusv, sirs, which are found in Attic poets, and also in prose. 



§ 24.] PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 33 



THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 



Optative. 


Subjunctive. 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


oi\nt\v, oio 1 , oito, 

OljAt9oV , OMfOoV y OlO~97]V, 

oi/j-tOa, oiaOe, oivto. 


ojfiai, y 1 , ?]T<xi, 

wjj.t9a, r)a9s, ojvtui. 
{Future, none) 


ea9ai. 


OfXevOQ, 7], ov. 






c9ai. 


[xkvog, [xsvr], jxkvov. 










as 


Present. 


Aor. 2. 
kc9ai. 


As Present. 


CCLfitjV j Ctl0 9 aiTO, 

ai/j.e9ov, aiaOov, ah9i]v, 
aiptQa, aio9e, aivro. 


Like Present. 


ctuOcii. 


dfxtvog, 1], ov. 


o'ijJ,r]v, oTo, euro, 
oijj.e9ov, oia9ov, o'io~9r]v, 
oiiJ.s9a, oicr9e, oTvto. 


None. 


iio9ai. 


ovfxtvog, r\, ov. 


e'irjv, eirjg, sit], 

eirjTOv, iir\Tr\v, 
eij][xev, ftjjre, e'i7](rav 
or e~isv i . 


w> yg, y, 

rjrov, r]Tov, 
u)[xev, rjrt, Cbai. 


rjvai. 


e'ig, elffa, sv, 
kvrog, eicrng, svrog. 



Remarks. 

1. The 'principal tenses and subj. have 3 dual in ov, 3 plur. in rai: the his- 
torical tenses and optat. have 3 dual in rjv, 3 plur. in to. 

2. Accentuation. 

A ccent as far back as possible. 

a. But infin. of aor. 2. mid. is paroxxjtone. 

b. Infin. and part, of perf. pass, have accent on penult. 

c. Infinitives in vai have accent on penult. 

d. Part, of pass, aorists are oxytone. 

e. The subj. of the pass, aorists has the circumflex on idt. through the sing, 
and on penult in dual and plur. (it being contracted from ew). 

/. In wiper, of aor. 2. mid. ov is perispomenon (ov, kaOu)) : but in dual and 
plur. the accent is thrown back, 

D 



34 



TABLE OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 



128 TABLE OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 



(active.) 



Present. 




Tl[X- 


(pik- 


Xpvcr- 


Indicat. 


S. 

D. 

P. 


dh), -w, 

CLSIQ, -$Q, 

an, -oZ, 
cttrov, -drov, 

ttETOV, -CLTOV, 

do/xev, -ojfxsv, 
dare, -are, 
dovGi, -wet. 


EO), -0), 

ssig, -elg, 
est, -el, 
kerov, -elrov, 

CC / U IS j CI J U^j 

kofxtv, -ovfxev, 

SETS, -eItE, 
EOVGl, -OVGl. 


00), -0), 

dug, -olg, 

OEl, -0% 
OETOV, -OVTOV, 

oSTOt^y ~ovroiS} 

OOfXEV, -OVflEV, 
OETE, -OVTS, 
OOVGl, -OVGl. 


Subjunct. 


S. 

D. 
P. 


do), -o>, 
dyg, -oZg, 

«v, -4, 

drjTov, -drov, 

ClTfTOV, -ttTOV, 

dojjXEv, -oj[iev, 
drjre, -are, 
dojGi, -ojgi. 


SO), -0), 

kyg, -y~Q, 

h, -v, 

et]tov, -fjrov, 
Eyyrov , -y\tov, 
kojfj.ev, -w/xtv, 

E))TS, -VTE, 
EOJGl, -U><Jl. 


6o), -at, 

oyg, -olg, 

by, -oi, 

OTjTOV, -OJTOV, 
OX)TQV, -OJTOV, 

oojfiEv, '£j[iev, 
6t]te, -ojts, 

OOJGl, -0)GI. 


Optative. 


S. 

D. 
P. 


doifii, -<i>[*h 
doig, -qjg, 

doiTOV, -ijJTOV, 
aOlTTJV, -l£)T7]V, 

doi/xtv, -oj/xev, 
doiTe, -<{>Te, 
doiev, -ujev. 


SOlfXl, -01 [11, 

koig, -olg, 

EOITOV, -olTOV, 
EOLTTJV, -OlTt]V, 

koinev, -olfiev, 
edits, -olrs, 
soiev, -olsv. 


OOlfXl, -ol[Xl, 

ootg, -olg, 
ooi, -ol, 
OOlTOV, -oItov, 

OOl/XEV, -olfXEV, 
OOITS, -OITS, 

ooisv, -olsv. 


Imperat. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


as, -a, 
aero), -aTO), 
aETOV, -drov, 
a'tTOJV, -drojv, 
dare, -drs, 
a'sTojGav, -druicrap. 


EE, -El, 
EETOJ, -EITOJ, 

eetov, -eitov, 
e'stojv, -e'itojv, 

SETS, -EITS, 

ESTtocrav, -Eiriocrav. 


OS, -ov, 
OETO), • VTOJ , 
OETOV, -OVTOV, 
OETOJV, -OVTOJV, 
GETS, -OVTS, 

o'tTojGav, -ovTojoav. 


Infinitive. 




dtiv, -ojv. 


EElV, -Slv. 


OEIV, -OVV. 


Particip. 


M. 
F. 
N. 


dojv, -ujv, 
dovGa, -ujcra, 
dov, -ojv. 


EOJV, -OJV, 

eovua, -ovaa, 

SOV, -OVV. 


Sojv, -ojv, 
oovGa, -ovGa, 

OOV, -OVV. 


Imperf. 




et'i/x- 


i<p'l\- 


£ X pVG- 


Indicat. 


S. 

D. 
P. 


aov, -ojv, 
asg, -ag, 
as, -a, 
dsrov, -drov, 
a£T)]v, -drrjv, 
dojjisv, -oj/xev, 
dtTs, -drs, 
aov, -ojv. 


EOV, -OVV, 

EE, -El, 
EETOV, -EITOV, 
EETTJV, -s'lTTJVj 
EO/XEV, -OVfXEV, 
SETS, -SITE, 
EOV, -OVV. 


OOV, -OVV, 

OEg, -ovg, 
OS, -ov, 
OETOV, -OVTOV, 
0£Tt\V, -OVTtJV, 
OOfiEV, -OVflEV, 
OETE, -OVTS, 
OOV, -OVV. 



§ 24.] TABLE OF CON Til ACT ED VERBS. 35 



(passive.) 



Present. 




Tl/X- 


<pi\- 


x pva- 


Indieat. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


dofxai, -u)/xai, 
ay, -a, 
derai, -drai, 
adfieQov, -wfitQov, 
deaQov, -daQov, 
deaQov, -daQov, 
adfieQa, -lo/xeQa, 
deaQe, -daQe, 

doVTCtl, -UtVTCtl. 


eofuxi, -oxjfiai, 

eerai, -eZrai, 
eojxeQov, -ovfieQov, 
eeaQov, -elaQov, 
eeaQov, -elaQov, 
edfieQa, -oifieQa, 
keaQe, -elaQe, 
eovrai, -ovvrai. 


dofiai, -ovfiai, 
dy, -oi, 
derai, -ovrai, 
odfieQov, -ovueQov, 
deaQov, -ovaQov, 
deaQov, -ovaQov, 
odfitQa, -oifJieQa, 
deaQe, -ovaQe, 
Sovrai, -ovvrai. 


Subjunct. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


du)fiai, -w/xai, 

<*y> 

drjrai, -drai, 
aujfieQov, -wfieQov, 
drjaQov, -daQov, 
dtjaQov, -daQov, 
aajfieQa, -(bjieQa, 
dt]aQe, -daQe, 
dwvrai, -wvrai. 


swjuat, -u>[x,ai, 

\y, -y, 

krjrai, -ijrai, 
ewpieQov, -lopeQov, 
erjaQov, -ijaQov, 
er/aQov, -rjaQov, 
eojfxeQa, -wfxeQa, 
erjaQe, -T)aQe, 
eiovrai, -wvrai. 


ooj/xai, -utjiai, 
dy, -ol, 
drjrai, -wrat, 
otofitdovj -ojfJLeQov, 
drjaQov, -CjaQov, 
drjaQov, -daQov, 
oidfieQa, -idjieQa, 
dqaQe, -djaQe, 
diovrai, -Covrai. 


Optative. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


ao'ifxi]v, -(^firjv, 
doio, -ipo } 
doiro, -<pro, 
aoifjieQov, -ipneQov, 
doioQov, -ipaQov, 
aoiaQrjV, -ipaQrjv, 
aoi/xeQa, -ififieQa, 
doiaQe, -(fiaQe, 
doivro, -u)vro. 


eoi^rjv, -oifirjv, 

1010, -010, 

eoiro, -olro, 
eolfieQov, -oi/jieQov, 
eoiaQov, -olaQov, 
eotaQrjv, -oiaQrjv, 
eoifxeQa, -oi^eQa, 
eoiaQe, -olaQe, 
koivro, -olvro. 


ooijxrjv, -oifirjv, 
doio, -olo, 
doiro, -olro, 
oo'ipeQov, -oifxeQov, 
ooiaQov, -olaQov, 
ooiaQrjv, -oiaQr\v, 
ooifxeQa, -oifxeQa, 
doiaQe, -olaQe, 
doivro, -olvro. 


Imperat. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


dov, -£), 
asaQu}, -daQio, 
deaQov, -daQov, 
aeaQbJv, -daQcjv, 
deaQe, -daQe, 
a'eaQu>aav,~daQit)aav 


eov, -ov, 
eeaQu), -eiaQu), 
eeaQov, -elaQov, 
ekaQwv, -eiaQujv, 
keaQe, -elaQe, 
eeaQwaav,-e'ioQu)Gav 


dov, -01), 
okaQu), -ovaQio, 
deaQov, -ovaQov, 
o'eaQiov, -ovaQtov, 
deaQe, -ovaQe, 
o'eaQ<j>oav,-ovaQwoav 


Infinitive. 




deaQai, -daQat. 


keaQai, -elaQai. 


deaQai, -ovaQai. 


Particip. 


M. 
F. 
N. 


aSfxevog, -d)fievog, 
aoftevr], -ojfJievr], 
ao/xevov, -wfxevov. 


eofitvog, -ovfJiei'og, 
eo/xevt], -ovp'evr\, 
eo/xevov, -ovfievov. 


odfievog, -ovfxevoQ, 
oofxevrj, -ovji'evij, 
od/xevov, -ovfxevov. 


Imperf. 




u, trip- & 


kfiX- 


expva- 


Indieat. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


ab\ir\v, -wfiqv, 
dov, -at, 
dero, -dro, 
adfitQov, -u>[xtQov, 
deaQov, -daQov, 
akaQrjv, -daQijv, 
aofieQa, -w/xeQa, 
deaQe, -daQe, 
dovro, -Covro. 


eoiirjv, -ov^itjv, 
eov, -ov, 
eero, -elro, 
eofxeQov, -ovfitOov, 
eeaQov, -elaQov, 
teaQrjv, -eiaQijv, 
e6[xeQa, -ov/xeQa, 
eeaQe, -elaQe, 
eovro, -ovvro. 


odfxr]v, -ovjitjv, 
dov, -ov, 
dero, -ovro, 
odjj.eQov, -ovueQov, 
deaQov, -ovaQov, 
oeaQrfv, -ovaQrjv, 
oofieQa, -ovfieQa, 
deaQe, -ovaQe, 
dovro, -ovvro. 



D 2 



36 



VERBS IN JUL. 



129 By applying rules in 63, &c. it will be found that the consonants 
of the perf. pass, will assume the following forms before the termi- 
nations of the persons : — 



p sounds.-. 


k sounds. 


t sounds. 


v. 


S. 




yft, I, KT, 


Gji, a, ar, 


flfX 


or 


an, 


va, vr, 


D. 


hp, $9, <po, 


Yf> X°> X 9 ) 


(TfJl, o9, <j9, 


nn 


or 


an, 


v9, v9, 


P. 


M* s (p9. — 


yv>> x 9 - — 


an, a9. — 


nn 


or 


an, 


v9. — 



[Of course the 2 pers. singular (being a a termination) will have the same 
consonant as the fut.; the dual and plur. (9 terminations) the same as the 
A. or. 1. pass.} 

130 So the infinitives will be tydai, x® ai > ^ ai > vdat. 

— — imperatives x^o, lo, ao, vao. 



§ 25. VERBS IN pi. 

131 This is a peculiar, hut small class of verbs and parts of verbs, which do 
not add the terminations by a connecting vowel (as o-jU£v, e-re, &c), but imme- 
diately as in the perf. j^tss. (juat, aai, &c.) 

132 Their peculiarity belongs only to the pres. and imperf. of all the voices, and to 
the aor. 2. act. and mid. 

133 They have some peculiar terminations, as /u, ai, for the/?-si and third persons 
of the present active; Qi for 2 pers. of the Imperat. 1 , or sometimes q in the second 
aorist. 

134 They form the rest of their tenses from simpler, generally monosyllabic, 
pure roots. They lengthen the vowel of these roots, and prefix i with the initial 
consonant of the root (the smooth being of course used for the aspirate), where it 
is possible. Sometimes vv or vvv is added to the root, which is then left without 
reduplication. 

Thus: 9s ara do deiK aiceca 

Ti-9n-n i 'i-art]-ni di-doj-n^ detic-vv-ni atztdd-vvv-ni. 

1 35 The optative has the termination r\v, and adds it to the short vowel of the 
root by the connecting vowel i. 



1 As in the Passive Aorists. 



§25.] 




VERBS IN /ill. 




37 


Terminations of Moods : 








136 


Indie. 

A fX '' 

Aor. v 


Imp. 
0i 


Opt. 

if]V 


Subj. 
(o 


Infin. 
vai 


Part. 

VTQ 



(1) For the present these forms are to be added (except in the indicative) to 137 
the root with its final vowel shortened (ri9e, lard, dido). 

(2) For the Aor. 2. they are to be added (except in indie) to the short root 
from which they come (9e, ara, So). 

(3) The vowels will form a diphthong with i in the optative ; and be con- 
tracted into u) in the subjunctive. 

(4) But the infinitive of the second aorist has a long penult: e, a, o become 
respectively el, rj, ov or w. 

(5) "Earijv also retains t] in the Imperative: and r'i9r)\ki, 'irjjxi, didio/Jii, take 
Aor. 2. imperat., 9'eg, eg, dog. 

(6) In the participle evrg, avrg, ovrg, vvrg, 
become, of course, tig, dg, ovg, vg. 



Terminations of Tenses : 

[Vowel shortened 1 before term, of Dual and Plur. except in earrjv.'] 

Sing. Dual. Plur. 

Pres. [xi, g, ai, rov, top, 

^Aor^ } v > Cs v ^ nrown away. rov, rr}i>, 

Obs. — In plur. 3. evrai, avrai, ovrai, vvrai, 
become, of course, eiai, aai, ovai, vai ; 



[xsv, re, 
pev, re, 



VTOl. 

aav. 



138 



Pres. Sing. 

(9e-io) TiQ-rjjjii 
(ora'-w) 'iar-rjfii 
(S6-cj) did-iOfxi 

(dtlK-U)) dtlKV-VfJ.1 

Imperf. er'i9-r\v 

"lOT-T}V 

edid-cov 
sdeUv-vv 
Aor. 2. e9-i\v 

tOT-K)V 

td-oiv 



TENSES. 
Dual. 



139 



Ph 





T]<Jl 


erov 


erov 


[ efiev 


ere 


eiai (edai) 


i]g 


rjai 


drov 


drov 


dfiev 


are 


da i 


tug 


LOG l 


OTOV 


orov 


ofjiev 


ore 


ovai (odai) 


vg 


vai 


VTOV 


vrov 


vfxev 


vre 


vai (vdai) 


r]g 


n 


erov 


srrjv 


efiev 


ere 


eaav 


VG 


n 


drov 


drrjv 


d/xev 


are 


daav (av) 


cog 


(a 


orov 


orrjv 


o/xev 


ore 


oaav 


vg 


V 


vrov 


vrrjv 


vjxev 


ore 


vaav 


rig 


v 


erov 


8TT)V 


efiev 


ere 


eaav 


r,g 


ri 


rjrov 


rjrrjv 


t]fxev 


tjre 


tjaav 


ujg 


a) 


orov 


orov 


o/xev 


ore 


oaav 



(None from de'iKW{xi.) 



1 The t\ of 'iarrjixi, as coming from aw, must be shortened into a. 

2 The forms in aai are employed exclusively by the best Attic writers. 



3S 



VERBS IN fJLL. 



140 MOODS. 



Ind. 


Imperat. 


Opt. 


Subj. 


Injin. 


Part. 


Pres. riffijfii 
lifTtifii 

8eiicvvfxi 
Aor. 2. iQ)]v 

tGT7]V 
t8li)V 


(rlQtri) 

(818061) 
ess 

crn)9i 
cog 


TlOf'llJV 

i&tatijv 
8i8oii]v 

Oeiijv 

GTa'lT]V 

80'inv 


tiBS) (yg, Sec.) 
Igtu) (yg 1 , Sec.) 
8i8u> (fpc 1 . &c.) 

Qa> (ye, Sec.) 
o-Tbt {yc, Sec.) 
d£ (i£g, Sec.) 


TiQkvai 

iGrdvai (d) 

8i86vai 

danvvvai (v) 

QCivai 

cT-rjvai 

covvai 


TtQt'lQ. 

10-dg. 

c 18 org. 
8tiKvvr. 
9dc. 
<rrdg. 

Sovg. 



14X Obs. 1. There is no difficulty in going through these tenses. Imper. sOi, s-(i>, 
&c. 9sc, 86g, (as if from 9iri, 86Q1,) 9stoj, 86~o). — Optat. oinv, oirjc, Sec. 2 (as in 
125, note 2 .) 

— airjv, aing, ait] 1 ainrov, air}-r}V I a'a]fiev, alrjre, ainaav 
or J alrov, ai~i]v \ alfxtv, aire, aiev. 

Subj. as subj. of passive Aorists, except those whose root has (as 8i8ojp.i), 
which keep w throughout. 

142 Several persous are formed as if from tiBbuj, iGrdu), 8i86uj. This is par- 
ticularly the case with the 

{Imperfects, i-'i9ovv, e8L8ovv ; but not in 'iGrnjxi : 18slkvvov, from the form in vio. 
Imperat. ri9ei, "lgti], 8i8ov, 8ukvv. 

So in the present, n9Cig, icrrdg, Sec, but this form is the least used in the 
present by the Attics. B. 

143 I n compounds of 'iarrjiii, era is used for gti]Qi. 

(Passive and Middle.) 

144 The terminatious are those of the common conjugation without the connecting 
vowel ; that is, the terminations as given for per/, and pluperf. passive. 

a in 2 sing, generally remains : in imperat. go it is often thrown away, and the 

vowels then contracted : 

Pres. Imper. Opt. I Subj, Injin. j Part. 

TiQ-fjiai £cro (ov) sipinv Cifiai 3 sgOui kfisvog 

'iG--d{xai aGo (u>) aipqv a>jj.ai aGBai dynvog 

8i8-o\xai ogo (ov) oijirjv w^uat 4 OGBai 6/.itvog 

deiKV-vftm ! vgo ■ j vgBcii VjXSVOg. 



1 Observe that ay is here contracted into y (not a), and by into (£ (not ot). 

2 eirjv, as Opt. of passive Aorists : see Table 127, and note 4 . 

3 The Attics form Opt. and Subj. of riOsfiai, 'iepai, 8i8op.ai, exactly as if from 
verbs in ofxai, the accent being thrown back, and ot in the Optative : 

TiBtoixai (not nOw/iai), t'i9oito, —poGOrjrai, Sec. 
This analogy, as far as regards the accent, is followed by the other verbs in fii, 
8vvu)}j.ai, 8vvai-o, Sec. 

4 8i8u>nai, 8u>fxai, keep the u> (w/xcti, <£, wrai, Sec.) throughout, as in the Act. 



§25.] 



VERBS IN fJLl. 



39 



Imperf. 

sriQsfirjv [(^ffo) ov, tro, &c] 

i<JTctjjir]v [(aero) oj, aro, &c] 

eSiddfniv [(o<xo) ov, oro, &c] 

kSeiKvv/J-rjv [ ucro, vro, &c] 

A or. 2. Imper. Opt. Subj. Infin. Part. 

sQiprjv (Otaro) 6ov Bt'i}Xi]v 6u>fxai J BkoQai QkfjLtvoQ 

i(sra\ir]v 1 ardao, otG) araifxrjv (rrujfiai \ ardaOat ardfitvoQ 

Iddfiijv (doco) coil Soifxrjv \ duifxai 2 \ docrOaL dofxtvog. 

The other tenses of these verbs are formed as if from Oecj, gtclu), <5ow, dtiKu) : 145 
but 

1) ri6t]fii, 'Irjfiij dicojpi, make anomalous Aor. 1. with Ka : thus Aor. 1. ZOtjica 3 , 
fjica, edu)Ka. 

2) In the two first of these verbs, the perf. is distinguished by a change of 
vowel sound; TtQuKa, una, — pass. rsOsifxai, tifiai. 

3) In the Aor. and Fut. passive, these verbs add the termination to the short 
vowel : eTsOrjv, kardOnv, kSoQrjv. In tffrq/xt, didu>m, the perf. and plup. have 
also the short vowel : sGTafiai, dsoopai. 

4) In Act. of 'iaTrjiii, Aor. 2., Perf., and Plup. have the intransitive meaning 
(stand) ; the Perf. with meaning of pres. (I stand). 

In Pass, the meaning is, { to be placed,' throughout. 

In Mid. , 'place myself:' and also, place, erect. Aor. I . Mid. 

has only the trans, meaning. 

Obs. Plur. 3. of Aor. I. and II. Act. must be distinguished by their meaning, 
as they are alike in form. 

Hence the remaining tenses of riOijjii, 'iffrn/xi, didujfii, 'inpn are these : 1 ±Q 



TiOrj/jii) 



lo-TT]p,i) 





Act. 


Mid. 


Pass. 


Perf. 






TtQujiai 


Plup. 


ItsBukeiv 




treOei^Tjv 


Fut. 1. 


Orjcroj 


Grjaofxai 


TtBljffOJJLai 


Aor. 1. 




fflrjieafiriv 


lTidr\v. 


Perf. 






'iarapai 


Plup. 


ecrrrjiceiv or~\ 




ivrd[AT)v 




Sl(TTl]KeiVJ 






Fut. 1. 




crrtjcrofxai 


GTaQr]o~onai 


Aor. 1. 




earna d/xnv 


IffrdQrjv. 



1 This tense and its moods do not really occur : they are stated here because 
some other verbs have them ; e. g. i7iTdfir]v. B. 

2 See note 4 , in preceding page. 

3 This tense is confined to the indie, mood, and almost to the singular and 
3 pers. plural. 

The Aor. 2. (which is not used in the singular. R.) is used for the dual and 
two first persons of the plural. 



40 VERBS IN fJLl. [§ 26. 





Act. 


Mid. 


Pass. 


Perf. 


SkdlOKCt 




deSofiai 


Plup. 


ededwKeiv 




kSeSSfinv 


Fut. 1. 




Sojcrofiat 


doOrjffOfxai 


Aor. 1. 








Perf. 


sited 






Plup. 


t'lKdV 




u\ir\v 


Fut. 1 . 






£6r]<J0[xai 


Aor. 1. 


YfKCL 


rjKctfjirjv 


Wrjv. 



§ 26. (eifxi, elfiL, irj/jii, ^/jii.) 
(1) elfic, I am* ; eifii, I shall go (pres. with fut. meaning). 

Imperat. Opt. Subj. Infin. Part. 

Moods f t ' l l x ' L > " l<T ^ l s (f<""w, &c.) e'irjv, w, tlvai, &v. (am.) 

\tt/u, (irw, &c.) loifxi, iu), ikvai, i&v. (go-) 

Pres <f ft '/ it '» ( f ' e ) £ '> sgt'i(v), ] s<jtov, tardy, | tapiv, lore, eiai(v), (am.) 
\tlpt, 



(tig) el, elcn(v), | irov, 'irov, | i'/uy, Ire, ia<ri(v). (go.) 

J- *7 V > w 0a > (»/) 



Imperf. . 

yeiaOa, yeiv, 



frjrov, ijrrjv, 7](xev, fire, tj<rav. \, , 

\T]GTOV,i']<JTr}V, TIOTS, '* 

yarov,ytirr]v } rjei/xev, yeire, ytoav. '} , . 
yrov, yrr\v, ypev, yre, {yffav)}^ )' 



Fut. 'iaopai, f (tcy,) (taerai,) I eaoptOov, &c (am.) 

\ taei, larai, 

14g t^jui, to sm<i /ori/i (a verb in pi, Zi&<? riOrjpi). 

P«s. iTjftt, (t£0i) t£tj Uirjv, iu>, ikvai, uig. f Imper. "ir\v or 'low. 
Aor. 2. [fjv] ££, tt'J^j w, tlvai, e'ig. \ Aor. 1. rjica. Perf. flfca. 

149 {say). 

Moods. <prjfii, <pa9'i, (painv, <pu> (yg), <pdvai, cpdg. 

Pres. (ptfph <pVQ> <pr]ai, &c 3 pi. (paa'i. 

(not $yq) 

Imperf. ttyrjv, e<pt]g, t<prj, &c 3 pi. ttyacrav. 

e<pt]a9a. 

Fut. (prjtrto. Aor. Zfyrjaa. 31id. i<pdjinv. Pass. TrsfyaoQo), Ttt$a<s\Lzvog. Imperf. 
has meaning of Aor., and therefore <pdvai is used for Aor. infin. 



1 Many forms of these verbs are liable to be mistaken. Imper. iu9i, from eip'v, 
must not be mistaken for 'laOi, from olda. Infin. tivai, in dpi and "ir\\ii, and 
avai in f tjut and i^jut, are distinguished by the breathing ; but this distinction is 
lost in many compounds, e. g. 7rpo<reZvai. So of Opt. and Subj. 



§27.] 



IRREGULAR NOUNS. 



ii 



§ 27. IRREGULAR NOUNS. 

|gir R. means Root. 
Vocabulary 23. 1 

dndojv (r)), nightingale. G. drjdovg (for drjdovog). D. drjdol.' 

ava.%, ava.KT-OQ, king. V. dva (but only when a god is invoked). 

' AttoXXujv, wvog, Apollo. Acc. 'Air6W<o. V. "A7ro\Xov. 

"Aprjg (Mars). G. "Apsog (unContracted) and sometimes "Apeiog. D. "Apu. 

Acc. "Apr) and "Apqv. V. " Aptg. 
ydXa (to), milk. R. ydXaKT. 

y'eX-wg, utrog, &c. (6), laughter. Acc. yeXwra and ysXwv. 

yoVt; (ro), knee. R. yovar. 

yvvt], woman, wife. R. yvvaiK. V. yvvai 1 . 

devSpov, tree. D. pi. Ssvdpeoi. Also pi. devdpea. D. Sevdpsoig. 

dopv (to), spear. R. dopar. 

tlic-ujv, ovog (r'j), image. G. elicovg. Acc. etsw. Acc. pi. eiKovg. 
Ztvg, Jupiter. Ai-ot;, Alt, Ma. V. Zf D. 

fyp-wt;, (t)og, hero. Acc. ?/pw. Acc. pi. ijpiog (for qpua, rjptoag). 
QaXrjg, Thales. G. QdXeu). D. QaXrj. Acc. QaXijv. 
Qpi% (r)), hair. G. Tpi%-6g, &c. D. pi. 0pi£t. [R. 0pi%.] 
jeapa (ro), head. G. /cparo£. D. /opart and icapo. 

fcXtj'c (*?), key. icXstdog, icXeid'i, icXeiSa and more commonly tcXuv. Plur. 

Nom. and Acc. (Att.) KXslg. 
kvksojv (6), mess; porridge. Acc. KVKm,for KVKE&va. 

KVbJV, dog. R. KVV. V. KVOV. 

Xdag, Xdg (6), stone. Xdog, Xai, Xdav and Xdv. PI. Xdeg, Xdcov, Xdicai. 
fidprvg, witness. fidpTvp-og, i. Acc. a and (less commonly) fidpTW. D. pi. 
fxdpTvai. 

Olciirovg, CEdipus. OlSiTrodog and Oidi7rov. D. OiSi7ro8i. Acc. Ol5(7roda 

and OiSittovv. V. Oidi7rov. 
opvig (6, t)), bird; fowl; opin^oc, &c. Acc. opviOa and opviv. PI. regular, 

and also opva^, bpvkwv. D. opvTai(v), only, 
owe (ro), ear. R. wr. 

HvvZ (»/), the Pnyx. G. nu/cv-oc, &c. transposition of the consonants. 
UoaeidoSv, Neptune. Acc. Jloaeidai. V. Ho<rei8ov. 
vdup (to), water. R. vdar. 

%ti'p (r)), hand: x ll P°G> & c -j but %«p for root of G. and D. Dual, and D. pi. 
XeXiSojv (r)), swallow. x«\ic)6Vo£, but D. %£\io\n. 

vlog, son. G. viov, reg., but also the following cases from visvg. G. vikog. 
D. viu (Acc. visa). Du. vUe, visoiv. PI. t>'i£i£, visojv, vY&aiv, vikag (vlug). 



1 With accent on the ult. of G. and D. yvvaiKog, &c. but yvvatKa, ywaliceg, 
yvvaiK&v. 



42 



VERBS WITH FUTURE MIDDLE. 



151 Vocabulary 24. 

Verbs with futurum medium in act. signification. 
[Those with asterisk have also fut. act.] 
*ayvoeu), dyvorjcroixat, do not know; am ignorant of. 
q.^uj, q,(70jiai, sing. 

cikouio, aKovcrofiai, [perf. aKrjKoa 1 9 ] hear. 

airokavw, diro\avcop,ai, receive from ; reap {good or evil) from. 

CLTravrdo), ditavrr\<yo\iai, meet. 

apira'Cw, dpT^dao\iai ) snatch, seize. 

fladiZoj, (3a8iov{iai, go; walk. 

fiiouj, fiiwoo}iai, live. 

*/3\£7rw, (SKsxpofiai, look. 

(3odh), florjcronai, cry out; shout. 

*didjtc(t), diu>%op,ai, pursue. 

ytXduj, yeXdcrofiai, laugh. 

yrjpdcnch), yqpdaofiai, grow old. 

*iyKLOfiid£(o, iyK^nidaojiai, panegyrize. 

*£7raiveu}, t7ra.ivecrop.cu, praise. 

eKiopKSio, iTTiopKijao/xai, forswear myself. 

*9avpdZ,o), 9avpdo-opai } wonder at ; admire. 

*9t]pdo), Qrjpdcrouai, ~\ . 

n t n / ? nullt j chase. 

*9rjpevo), Qriptvaojiai, J 

Kdfivh), Kap.ovp.ai, labour; suffer from (disease, &c). 

kXs7tt(i), tc\s\po[xcu, steal. 

*Ko\d£u), KoXdaopai, chastise. 

*Kb)fid^(i), go in festive procession ; revel. 

*ot'juw£w, olpoi^opai, bewail. 

TTr\ddo), rrrjdrjaopai, leap. 

7rviy<i), 7rvi%ofiai, choke, strangle. 

*tto9so}, 7zo9k<Jopai and 7ro9r]aop.ai (see p. 27), desire. 

*7Tpo(7Kvv£0J, 7rpocrKvvr]aopai. 

eriya'w, ctyrjcropai (tacere), to utter no word; hold my tongue. 

uiunrdu), (Tiw7r)jfTOjuai (silere), to make no noise; be silent. 

aK(jJ7TT(jL), onwipopat, mock, scoff. 

cnrovddZu), c7rov5dcrop.ai, hasten; am in haste. 

avpi^u), avpi^opai, whistle ; pipe. 

ra»0a£w, Tw9d(jop.ai } jeer. 

(ptvyu), cpsv^opai, fly. 

*%o)peii), xuprjcofxai, have room ; contain ; go, &c. 



Perf. pass, with a, and without reduplic. 



§27.] 



ANOMALOUS VERBS. 



43 



Vocabulary 25. 15 

(Verbs with futurum medium in a pass, sense.) 
a^iKSix), injure : ddiKr}aopai, shall be injured. 
aTraWaTTw, free from : airaWd^ofiai, shall be freed from. 
aXioTew, take : aXwaofJiai, shall be taken. 

an^ia(3rjr'su) } dispute; contest: dp,(pt(Tj37]Tr](nTai, will be contested. 

jSXaVrw, hurt : /3Xa'^ojuai, shall be hurt. 

Zrjfiiou), punish : Zrjfiiwcrofjim, will be punished. 

b/xoXoykio, confess : opioXoyrjcxsTai, will be confessed. 

Tifjido), honour : rip:r]aop.ai, will be honoured. 

<pv\aTTu), guard : (pvXd^oixai, shall be guarded. 



CATALOGUE op ANOMALOUS and DEFECTIVE VERBS. — (Thiersch.) 
Vocabulary 26. — The Roots need not be learnt by heart. 15 

1. dyvvfii, break. — ay, dyvv. 

ayvv[ii, aZ,(i>, tdya (am broken) : ta£a, id'yiqv. Horn. »j£a. 

2. ayu), lead. — ay, ays : dyay. 

ayu), a£w, ^X a > V7 flca > dyfjysKa; Dor. dyrjoxa : fjyayov, r}yay6fir}v. 

3. aipso), take. — alps — IX. 

alpsio (/jew, r)tca) ; ?jps9i]V. — sTXov, tiXo/xrjV. 

4. aia6dvop:ai, perceive. — ala9, aioQt : aiuQav. 
aladdvofxai, ai<x6r](TO[jiai, ycrOtjfiai, y<j96p.7]v. 

5. dXk%(o, ward off. — dXsK, dXsZ, dXs£s. 
dX'iZb), dXs%r]<Tu). Aor. infin. dX&^aaOai. 

6. dXicKopiai, am taken. — dX, dXs, dXitrn — dXo. 
dXiaKOfiai, dXojcroixai, tdXwica. Aor. sd\u>v or rfXwv. 

Moods. — dXaj, dXo'uiv, dXuivai, dXovg. 

7. dfxapTavui, err; sin. — djxapr, d/xapre, a\iaprav. 
dfJLaprdvhi, dpiapTi^aopiai, r)pdpTr\Ka : rjpiaprov. 

, f <x 6 Y> dy, dt%. 

8. avZavu, increase. — < , 

Lay, avy, av^, avt,s, avt,av. 

de£u>, -| 

a^w, !> avgrjcTh), -aofiat, r\v%r\\iai, y\v\\]Qr\v. (Aor. ds%s, d's^aro Horn.) 
av£dv(o/ 

9. fia'ivo), go. — /3f, f3a, (3aip, (3ij3a. 

fiaivit), fSrjGonai, fis(3r}Ka, tfirjv. — firjffu) (will cause to go), 'iflijaa. 

10. jSa'XXw, throw.— (3sX, (5oXs ;—(3aX, (3Xa, (3aXX, (3aXXs ((3Xs). 

jSa'XXw, ]8aXw and /3aXXyf(Tw, /3l/3Arjfca, t(3aXov, iflXrjOrjv. (3sj36Xjjp:ai Horn. 

11. (3i(3pu><TKU), eat. — /3po, (3i(3po, (3i[3poo(Tic. 
/3t/3pcJ(TKrw, (3p(o(T(t) ; e[3pu)v, 

12. fiXaardva), sprout. — fiXaar, flXaors, (SXaarav. 
fiXaardvh), fiXavrrjcTco : sfiXaarov. 

13. yiyvopLai, become. — y£, y£j>, ysvs : y£ytv, yfyv, ytyv : ysiv. 

yiyvop.ai, ysvtjaofxai, ysy'sv^fxai and ysyova : sysvofiTji', sysvi]0r]v. 
ysivoixai, am born (poet.) : aor. sysivdjitiv, begot, bore. 



M ANOMALOUS AND [§ 27. 

14. yiyvwvicw, know. — yvo, yiyvo, yiy vwcr/c. 

yiyvuxJKio, yvibcrofxai, 'iyvwica, tyvaiOfi'ai. tyvwv (eyvojv, yvu>0i } yvoirjv, 
yvu), yvuivai, yvovg). 

15. dcticvu), bite. — dan, dr]K ; daicv. 
ddtcvco, drj%0[jiai, didrjxct' 'idaicov. 

16. dafxaoj, subdue. — dap, djxa : dapv, dafiva : dctfia. 
dafidoj, dajxacroj, d&dfirjica, dsdfirjpai. edfxrjOqv, idd/jitjv. 

17- dapQdvw, sleep. — dap9, dpa9 : dap9t : dap9av (12). 

dap9dv(o, dap9ii<?o}xai, dtddp9r]Ka. edap9ov (tdpaOov poet.), idap9r)v. 

18. ds/xa>, build. — dt/x, dfie. 

* dsfxoj, ded[Jir]Ka, dkdfirjjxai, id[xr]9t]v. 

19. diddaicoj, teach. — da%, $c.<5ax> didax^iCy didactic, didaaKS. 
didddKU), didd%u). — ofxai, dedtdaxa. idida^a (Hesiod, diddcria)(TEv). 

20. Sidpacncoj, run away. — dpa, didpa, didpavic. 
didpdtrtcu), dpdoojiai, dedpatca. idpav. 

(tdpav, dpdOi dpavat, dpdg.) 

21. syt/pw, wake. — tysp, sysip : iyp, £yo£. 

eye'ipu), eyrjyepica (trans.), syprjyopa (intrans.). rjyp6p:r]v. 

22. tda), eat. — Id, ede : lo9i. 

zdoj and kcrOiu), (idridtica) edrjdoKa, Idfidtcr/xai, Y}dkaQt]v. A very anoma- 
lous future, edofiai. 

23. tiirov, I said. 

tlirov (eiVI, &c). Less commonly Cnra, tnrov (notaVoV, B.), etVarw, &c. 

24. sttoj, am busied with. — £7r, £<77r. 

eir<i), aor. 'iaitov ((ttthv, gituv, poet.); in compounds elnov (diel7rov). 
'iirofiai (follow), exposal, uttoixtiv (imperf.),£<77r6jw^j/ (aor.), airov, oTrkaQai, 
GTTo/jievog. 

25. tpxofiai, come. — Ipx. tXev9, eXO : £Au0, l\oi;0. 
£p%o/xat, iXtvaojxai, iXr]Xv9a (elXr)Xov9a Horn.). i']Xv9ov, tfXOov. 

26. tvpl(SK(t), find, tup, evpf, tvpiGK. 

svpitTKU), evprjcru), tvpijica, tvprjfiai. evpov, — Sfxrjv, svp'&Orjv. Verb. adj. 
fwptrof. 

27. £X W > have, hold. — ex, £cr% and i'cr%, £ffX £ > cx £ > cy^. 

£X^ £?w and crx^crai, fcrx^Ka. Imp. »pv ; aor. tcrxov, e<rx^9r]v. V^ a X ov p 
ax^Q (^X 6 ^ n compounds), GxoLrjv, o-^w (v%yQ, & c 0> <J X t i v > a X^ v "\ 
Also, infin. and part. ax^9dv, cxtQwv. Verb. adj. l/eroc, ax£r6c. 

28. expu), boil. £7T, i^, £»//£. 

apw, tiprjcru). Verb. adj. t(p96g, t-iprjrog, f.\pr]Tsog. 

29. QvricTKio, die. — 6*at>, 0ra, Qvrjcric. 

OvrjcxKU), Oavovfiai, rsOvtjKa 1 . eQavov. Verb. adj. 9vr\Tog (mortal). 



1 In perfect, the following abbreviated forms (from 9va) are very common : 
riOvafitv, art, dai. Ts9va9i, TtOvaajv, Tt9vdvai, TtQviwg. Plup. krkBvaaav. 
From rtOvtjKa arose in Attic fut. rtOvrj^a) or Ti.Qvr\Z,o\iai. 



§27.] 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



45 



30. sit. — £8, i £ ; Y£, t£e, \Z,av. 

seat; sit; i£aVoj, seat and sit; i^crw. 
/ca0i£w, KaOiw, UdOtaa, iKaQiadjir]v. KaOe^ofxai, KaOeSov/xat. 

31. iKavu), come. — t/c, iicav : ikve. 

iKavio and ikvsolicu, 'i^ofiai, lyiiai. l£a, iKOjxrjv. 

32. koei'w, burn. — <ca, Kat, nav. 

tcci'ik) (/caw Att. uncontr.), kclvcslo, aor. t/c^a. Pass. KtKavLiai, eicavOrjv, 
iKcirjv. (non- Attic.) Verb. adj. Kavarkog, kcivgtoq, kuvtoq. 

33. KaXeoj, call. — <caX, kocXe : /cXa. 

KaXsw, Kctksaui (Att. fcaXw, KaXovLiat), KsicXrjica. kicdXeaa, licXi'jOrjv. 

34. icaLivu), labour. — Kaii,Kiia: na^v. 

KdfJLVU), KCtLlOVLlCU, KEKLlTJKa. tKClfXOV. 

35. KSpdu), mix. — K£p, Kspa, Kpa. icepva, Kipva. Kepa, Kspavvv. 

icepdio, Ktpdvvvfxi and Kipvdw, KEpdcru), KSKpaica, Kkicpdfxai, sicpdOrjv. 
Also KiKspacr/jai, etcspd<j6r]v (iKspoLirjv, Horn.). 

36. Kpep.dvvvLii, hang. — icpe/x, tcpELia, Kpsfxavvv. 
KpsLidvvvLii, hang (trans.), Kpepdau) (/eps/xw, Att.). 

KpsLidvvvfiai, am hanged. Mid. hang myself : KptLiacrOrjGOLiai, iKpe/j.d<j9)]v. 
Kphiiaiiai, hang (intrans.), Kpeiirjcronai, sicpeLid<j6t]v. 

(icpkLia/xai, KpsLi(t)[xai } Kp£[xa'ifiT]v and oilitjv.) 

37^ KVVSU), kiss. KV, KVV, KVV£. 

kvv'sw, kvctw, icvvr]<TO[xai: tKvcra. 

38. Xayxavco, get by lot. — X£%, Xa^, X?;^ : Xsvx, Xeyx • ^#X> Xay%av. 
XayxaVw, Xij^o/iat, elXrjxct and XtXoyxa. tXa^ov, tiXrjyLiai. 

39. Xctfifldvu), receive. — Xa/3, \vj/3 : XctLifi, Xaiifiav. 
XaLij3dvu) } Xr}-^o}xai, uXr](pa, ZXafiov. 

(Ion. XaLiipofxcu, XkXciLLLiai, iXdiKpQrjv, and XeXdj3r]ica,) 

40. Xav6dvoj 5 am hid. — Xa0, X?j0 : XavQav. 
XavQdvio (Xr]6a)), Xtjctw, XkXrjOa. iXaOov. 
XavOdvofjLai (mid.), X?]croLiai, XeXrjiTLicu. eXa96fxr]v. 

41. Xovu), wash.— Xo, Xoe, Xou. 

Xovw. From this verb the Attics use contracted forms from Xoio. Imperf. 
3 sing. eXov : so XovcrOai, Xovlisvoq, 

42. fiavOdvu), learn. Lia9,Lir]9: /xa6s: LiavBav. 
fxavQdvto, p.a6r)(70Liai } LitLidQr]Ka. tLiaQov. 

43. Lit'ipoficii, receive as one's share. p.ep, iiap : juop : Lie ip. 

iitipopai, perf. Ifiiiopa. t'lfiaprai, it is determined by fate {Jiijxopov Horn.). 

44. ii'iyvvjxi, mix. — juty, jxiyvv: fiiay. 

[xiyvvLii (jUttryw), Pass, iikiiiytiai, lfxix9r}v, ELiiyrjv. 

45. LiifivrjCKw, remind. — iiva, LivrjtJic, jiiLivqoK. 

HILLV1]<JKUJ, LlV1]<T(i) — 

LiiLivfoicoiicii, I bring to mind ; mention ; {.ivrjaQijrroLiai, kp.vr\aQr)v ; and 
perf. Likfj.vi]Liai (as new pres.), I remember; \iiii.vr\ao\iau 



46 



ANOMALOUS AND 



[§ 27. 



46. o%h), give forth a smell ; smell. bd, 6£, 6£c. 

6£w, bXftOia (b&<rio), o£wc"a (with meaning of the pres.). 

47. oiofxai, think. — oi, 01, ois. [Sing. 2. oiti.] 

oiofiai and 01/zai, oirjffofxai. Imp. iiwuqv, (p[xr}i>. (fjrjQrjv (olrjBqpai). 

48. o'ixofxai, am gone, oi'x, oi'%e, ot%o. 
01%0/xai, oixtiaofiai, <£x r )l iai and ot%w(ca. 

49. 6\i(T0aivw, glide. — okiaB, bXio9t, bXio9av, oXiaQatv. 
oKiaQaivix) and oXiaGarw, bXia9f)<70), <l>X'n79r]Ka. u>Xkj9ov. 

50. bXXviii, destroy. — oX, 6Xe, 6Xu. 
oXXu/n, bXsaa>, bXa>, oXuXeica. wXfcra. 
bXXv/xai (am undone), bXovjxai, oXwXa. d)Xbfir]v. 

51. bixvvfjii, swear. — 6/x, 6juf, o'juo : ojxvv. 

ofivvfxi, ofJtovfiai, 6[xoj{xoKa } 6(jul>no<Tpai. wfiocra, u>n69r]v. 

(«r dropt in the rest of perf. p. o/xw/xorai.) 

52. bvivrjfii, profit. — 61', ova, bviva. 

bv'ivrjpi, bvrjGoj, u>vr)<Ja. (as "larrijii in pres. and imperf.) 
bvivafiai (receive benefit), ojvtjuijv (»j<ro, &c.) or ojvdfxrjv. 

[from u>i>dfxr)V, bvaifiriv, bvaaQai.'] 

53. 6paa>, see. — Filled up with tenses from ott (in 6^/, O7r-o£) and eld. 
opa'w, o^ojuoi, ewpafca, tw'pa/uai (w//juat), uxpOrjv. Imp. ItJpwj/. For aor. 

aoW (i<?£, &c.) and tlbofirjv (idov, &c). Verb. adj. oparloe, 6paro£> 
67rroc. 

- 54. bvcppaivonai, smell (trans.). 6ff0p, 6<70pe : batypa, batypaiv. 

b<J(ppaLvo[iai, 6<x0prj<ro/mi. loff^pojJtrjv (wff^pa/zjjv, uxrcpprjadfirjv). 

55. b(ptiXu), owe. — o^tX, btptiX, b(psiXe. 
b(pti\u), b<pfiXi]cru), tocptXov (as a wish only). 

56. btyXicwavu), owe. — 60tX, 6$>X, o^Xt, oQXigk. 
bcpXicicavu), bcpXt'jffix). w<pXov. 

57. TraiZu), sport. — 7raiy, 7raio\ 7rai£. 
7rai£w, Tra'i^ofxai, TrkTraurfiai. iirataa. 

58. wac^a;, suffer. — 7re9, 7ra9, 7rt]9 : ttiv9 : tto.9, 7ca9ax, ira^X' 
Traff^w, TTficrojuai, 7c'iTrov9a. tira9ov. 

59. Treravvvfxi, spread out. — TrtTct, ttto. : 7T£ rai/vv. 
7rtTavvv[xi, Trerdcru), &c. P. pass. 7T£7rrajuai, lirtTacs9riv. 

60. 7TSTOfiai } fly. 7T£7, 7T£T0(, 77Ta I £7TT, 17TT : TTOTf. 

7Tsrofiai (7T£r^(70)uai), TrTriaofiai. Aor. Itvto\i,y\v (7rr£<70ai). 
There are also two other aorists : 

STiTaixrjv (from Wra/iou), 7TTda9ai, TTTafievog. 
t7TTT]v (from the obsol. act.), Tcrrfvai, tttuq. 

61. 7rip0w, lay waste. — 7T£p0, Trap9, irpa.9: 7top9s. 

7rlp0w, 7T£pc7w, &c. aor. £7rpct0oi>. Horn. (jropOfw, a collateral form.) 

62. Trt'jyvvfxi, make fast, hard, congeal. — Tray, 7D7y, 7r»7yvu. 
TTr\yvv}xi, 7rr]^w, Trsirrjya (intrans.). £7rdy?7i>. 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



47 



63. Trivojf drink. — tci, ttiv : iro. 

Tr'ivtx), (irr. fut.) 7riop.ai, 7rsVa>fca, rckiropLai. t-Kiov, litoQqv. 

64. TmrpdaKio, sell. — rcpa, ixntpa, TcnrpaaK. 
TriitpaoKU) (no fut.), Trkirpdica. tTrpd9qv. 

65. TriizTb), fall. — 7Tfr, 7T£ff: 7rf 7T£r, 7ri7rr : 7rre, 7rro. 

TTITCTUJ, 7T£ffOV[Xai, TTSTTTOIKa, tTTSGOV. 

66. Tr\r\<7Gii), strike. — 7r\ay, 7r\r]y, 7r\r]acr. 

7r\r)<r<no (reg.). Aor. 2. pass. iir\riyr}v. Perf. 2. 7r£7r\»7ya. (Horn. &c.) 

In the compounds, IkttX^tto), &c. (to terrify) : Aor. inXdyriv. 
{jTa.7a.Gai)) , used in the active by the Attics.) 

67. Ttvv9a.vo\iai, inquire. — 7rv9,7rsv6: itvvQav. 
Trvv9a.voi.iai, jrevaopiai, 7rs7rvffjj.ai. t7rv96,urjv. 

68. psKoj, do (poet.) — p£<5, pey : tp<S, tpy : pt £. 

pe^u) and tpdw, pl£w and £p£«>> topya, tpypai. 'tp£a, £pf£a, ipkxQi\v> 

69. pso>, flow. — p£, p«y : jou, puf. 

psa;, *pev<TOfiai and pvrjvonai, sppvrjica. *tppev<ja, tppvrjv. 
[The forms with asterisk are un- Attic.} 

70. pi]yvv}ii, break. — pay, PVy, prjyvv : pwy. 

prjyvvpii, pr]%o). — tppdyi]v, 'ippuya (am broken to pieces). 

71. afikvvvfii, extinguish. — a(3s, cr(3evvv. 

ofikvvvjxi, ofi'taio, lafir]Ka, ecrfiscrpat, t<j(Ssa9r]v, tofir]v (was extin- 
guished). 

72. o-fiaoj, smear. — ap,a, o\ir\, c/x^x- 

c/iaoj (dug, yq), crju/jcrw, &c. iap.r}x9r]v. 

73. GTopsvvvpi, strew. — crop, crropf, GTopevvv: arpo, arpuvvv. 
aTopkvvvjxi, -> GTop'sao), iaroptaa, iaTopka9r]v, and 
aropvvjxi, > (TTpojcru), tarptoaa, karpu)9r)v. 
orpwvvvp,i, J Verb. adj. arpuiTOQ. 

74. T8/xv(t), cut. — TS[X,Ta[x: TSfiv, rafiv : rju£. 
TSfivu), rfjuw, TtTfirjKa. trepov (erafxov), lrp,r)9r]v. 

75. TiKTio, bring forth, bear. — r£/c, rffcr, rt<cr. 

TIKTU), (t£%(jj) TtZopai, TETOKU. tTEICOV, lTtKOjX1}V. 

76. Tirpdcj, bore. — rpa, rpav, rpaiv, nrpaiv. 

(riTpdu), Tpa'ivu)) Terpaivu), Tprjau), TSTprjica, Tsrprjjxai. STSrprjva. 

77- r P^X w j run * — ®P e X- — dptyf ^P a #*j SpafAS' 

rpsxu), (9p's%opai) lpap.ovp.ai, Stdpafiqica (dsSpop,a, Ep.). (cflpfga) 
t^pa/xov. 

78. rpwyw, eat. — rpwy — rpay. 
rpoJyw, Tpw%op.at. trpayov. 

79. rf^xw, ~| 

S rvy, rvy, ruy£. rvy, Ttvy and ruyvai/. 
ruyx«^ w ? happen on, hit, J n M * A ' A 

nup, poet., r£u£a>, r'ertvxa, rsrvypai. Verb. adj. r£i>/cro£, ru/ero^- 

Tvyx ni/W 5 Tiv^opai, TSTvxrjKa. trvxov. 



48 



ANOMALOUS VERBS. 



[§ 28. 



80. TinrTu), strike. — tvtt, tvttt, tvkti. 

TV7rroj has generally Tvirrrjo-ixj in Attic : krvTrqv. Verb. adj. tv7ttt]tsoq. 

81. <patv(o, show; appear. — (pa, (pav, (paiv. 
(pa'ivoj, (pavu), 7rk(pi]va : atyrjva. 

(paivofiai, (pavov/JLai ((pavrjao/Jiai), nkcpacrfxai, k<pdv9r]v, l(pdvr]v. 

The passive has the intrans. meaning {appear, shine), which belongs also 
to the per/. 2. of the active, and sometimes to the pres. and imperf. 
But TTt<paanai, &cpdv6t]v have also a strictly passive meaning. 

82. (pspoj, bear. — ftp. — oi. — Ivsk, ivtVK. 

(pkpio, oictu), kvr}voxa. Aor. 1. riveyica {fjVHtza, Ion.). 

Pass. svexOrjcrofiai and oiaQjjaojxai, evrjveyfiai, r]v'&x^ r ] v {'n^ tl X^ r l v ) Ion.). 
Verb. adj. otarsoe, olarog. 

83. <p9dvh), anticipate (neut.). — (p9a, (pQav. 

(pOdvai, (p6a<Ju) or (p9rj<Jop.ai, t<p9aica. £(p9acra, 'i<p9r]v. 

(t<p9r]v — (p9aLr}v, (p9u>, (p9rjvai, <p9dg.) 

84. xaipu), rejoice. — x a P> X ai P> X ai P e •" X a l° £ * 

%at'pw, %a<p?J(rw, (tcsxdprjica,) Kf^apri/xai (ickxappai, Poet.), £x a 'P J ? z/ - 
85 - X* w (x c " ffw )> pour.— x«, %£V, %u. 

(%sy<7w), K£%i;Ka, Kexvfiai. (sx eva > Ep. £%£<* — ^X^^ (Put- 
Mid. %£o/xai. F. act. ^Icu, X£i£, X£t.) 



§ 28. (WORDS WITH PENULT LONG.) 

154 Certain general rules may be first stated. 

(1) All diphthongs and contractions are long. 

(2) Short vowels before two consonants or a double consonant become long 

by position: but 

(3) A mute before a liquid does not make a vowel long by position, unless it 

be a middle mute ((3, y, 8) before X, \i, or v. 
Hence the penult in arc tzvog, 8va7ro-fiog, %apa^pa is short. 
nsTrXeynai, tvodfiog, [SifiXog is long. 

155 Vocabulary 27. 

The following words have the penult long : — 
(a) 6 (pXvapog, idle talk 1 . KoftaXog, knave. 

dviapog, vexatious. aKparog, pure, unmixed. 

ridpa, tiara. veavig, young woman. 

biradog, attendant. mvain, mustard. 

av9ddrjg, self-satisfied, proud. oiayuSv (r}) } jaw. 



1 Or, idle talker. 



WORDS WITH PENULT LONG. 



1,9 



b) Together with those in ayog from dyu) or dyvv/xi : 



Xoxayog, 


captain. 


vavayog, 


shipwrecked person 


c) KQ-fllVOQ (^])j 


stove. 


'6f.ii\og (6), 


crowd. 


yclKivoc (6), 


bridle. 


<jTpoj3iXog, 


cone of a pine. 




parsley. 


rrkdiXui', 


shoe. 


KVfXIVOV, 


cummin. 




swallow. 


<rvKcij.iivov, 


mulberry. 


tpiQog, 


labourer for hire. 


KVKXdfJllVOV, 


cyclamen. 


aKpi(3>)g, 


accurate. 


duTivrj, 


gift. 


(XKOVITOV, 


aconite. 




axe. 


rapixog (to), 


salt fish, &c. 


pTJTLV)], 


resin. 






u 7 ulu A 


shame. 


TTClTiVOOC (n). 


papyrus. 




examination. 


Xd(pvpov, 


booty. 


k'ivSvvoq (6), 


danger. 


TCLTVpoV, 


bran. 


(366vvog (6), 


pit. 


dyKvpa, 


anchor. 


Xdyvvog, 


flask. 


y'ityvpa, 


bridge. 


srp£<rj3urijg, 


old man. 


bXvpa, 


spelt. 


ipLfivOog (6), 


white lead. 


tcoXXvpa, 


sort of cake. 


KkXvipog (to), 


husk, pod. 







Vocabulary 28. 



(1) Adjectives in vpog have generally the penult short; as, £x v P°G> °X V 9°G 

(from £x w ) : b ut tcr X^, ° c (from ^X^)? strong. 

(2) The penult of the following words is sometimes short ; but it is safer to 

pronounce them long. 
[xvp'iKi], tamarisk. icopvvi], club. 

7rXr]p:p:vp'ig, flood, tide. Topvvrj, ladle. 

(3) The following proper names have the penult long : — 

(a) 1.Tvp.(paXog, QdpcraXog, Hpicnrog, "ApaTog, At]p.dpaTog, 'Axdrrjg, 

lsli6pi£dT7]g, EvfppaTijg, ISupaTijg, Qtctvco, 'lauojv, "Ajiauig, 

LdpcnriQ (Serapis). 
(t) EvptTTog, 'Evi-ivg, 2epi<pog, ^oiv'ikt], Tpdvucog, Kd'iicog, "Oaipig, 

Bovaipig, 'Ayx^^Q, A"iyiva, Kctpdpiva, 'AcppouTt], 'AficpiTptTr]. 
(v) Aiovvcrog, ' Af.i<ppvcr6g, Kap.j3v<rrjg, 'ApxvTag, Kw/cvrdc, BqpvTog, 

"Afivfog, Bi9wog, Udxvvov, Ktpxvpa or KopKvpa. 

Vocabulary 29. 

The following have the first syllable long : — ■ 



<piX6g, 


bare. 


jiiicpog, 


small. 


X iX6g (6), 


fodder. 


TlfXY], 


honour. 


Xifiog (6), 


hunger. 


VltCt], 


victory. 


ptvog (>)), 


skin. 


kXiv>], 


bed, couch. 


XlTOC, 


simple, plain. 


Sivrf s 


whirlpool. 



50 



WOEDS WITH TENULT LONG. 



Qvjjloc (6), 


mind, passion. 


Xpvcrog (6), 


gold. 


pvpOQ (6), 


pole of a carriage. 




common. 


Xvpoc (6), 


juice, sap. 


ypvTroc, 


hook-nosed. 


XvXog (6), 


chyle. 


KV(pOC } 


bent. 


TVOOQ (6), 


cheese. 




cold. 


TTVOQQ (6), 


wheat. 




soul. 


'pvXrj, 


tribe. 


\V7TTJ, 


sorrow. 


v\t] } 


wood, matter. 






ovpiyZ (//), 


pipe. 


rpvyuv (»/), 


turtle dove. [ward. 


an], 


ruin. 


(ppdriop, 


member of the same 


daXog (6), 


firebrand. 


C(ppay'ig (?;), 


seal ; rpaxvg, rough. 



158 In dissyllable verbs in u, and those in ai w, trw, vru>, vpu, 

f i and v are long : except in yXvcpoj, and (Attice) tivuj, tpQivu. 

La is short : except in iKavoj ; and in tyQavio, Kixdvw in the Epic poets. 

159 Of contracted verbs, the following should be marked as having 
the first syllable long : — 

klvsuj, move. criydaj, am silent. ovkdii), plunder. 

piysuj, shudder. Pupdoj, search for. (pvcrdoj, blow, breathe. 

160 By knowing these quantities, we know the quantity of many 
compounds, anuoc, wdw^pc, £ J y/3pt0?/c, aavXov, &c. : and of many 
proper names, such as Hermotimus, Demonicus, Eriphyle, &c. 

161 A few compounds take the short vowel of the second Aor. instead 
of the long one of the Present. This happens 

(1) In some substantives in ?;c : rptfir], £ia~pXi3r), dva-ipvxr), Trapa-i vxV> 
—aico-p^ifiiiQ. 

(2) In some adjectives in rjg, G. sog : fufcptv/;c, drpifiiig, 7ra\iv7pX$r]g. 

162 Though the rule that a vowel before a vowel is short, has even more 
exceptions than in Latin, yet it is oftener short than long. 

163 In toe, ia, tor (in nouns), it is always short, except in 

KaXid, nest. ' tzovia, dust. dvia, vexation. 

aiKia, {personal) insult. ' AKadrj[xia. 

I (34 The following words have also the penult long : — 

\aog (6), people. vaog (o), temple, 

pcaw (for Kaico), burn. kXct'w (for kXgu'w), sveep. 

'Bvvio, Bellona. 



§28.] 



WORDS WITH PENULT LONG. 



51 



Of words in awv, koi>, 

1) Those with o in penult of gen. have penult long. 
a> short. 

Hence the penult is long in 'Aju0iW, My^oW, &c, and all comparatives 
in iojv ; jStXriwr, &c. : but short in AevicaXiuJv, Qopfiiuiv, gen. oivog. 

Of proper names in aoQ, those in Xaog have of course the a long : 
besides these observe, 

'AfMpiapuog (long): OlvofxaoQ (short). 

Obs. — In a vast number of cases not mentioned here, the accents are of 
great help towards ascertaining the quantity of syllables. 



2 



PART II. 



EASY EXERCISES 

ON THE 

GREEK ACCIDENCE. 



EASY EXERCISES. 



LESSON I. 



The Alphabet : — to be learnt by heart, and the pupil's acquaintance with it 
tried by the tables in Introduction, p. 2, 6, and 7 ; by means of which the letters 
may be taken regularly in many different orders of succession. 



The Alphabet, as before. Exercise at the bottom of Introduction, p. 2, to be 
done. It may be varied by requiring some words to be written in capitals. 



(1) Every Avord that begins with a vowel or diphthong has a breathing over 
it : it is placed over the second vowel of a diphthong. 

(2) The rough breathing is a comma turned the wrong icay, and is sounded like 
an h before the vowel. 



(3) The smooth breathing is a comma, and has no effect on the pronunciation. 

(4) Every word that begins with v has, in Attic Greek, the rough breathing. 

(5) The consonant p has also the rough breathing over it when it stands at the 
beginning of a word. 

(6) In the middle of a word a single p has no breathing over it : of two p's, 
the first has the smooth, the second the rough breathing, tppwcro ! 

Exercise 1. 

Write (with the proper breathings) the following words in Greek characters. 



hen 


homoios 


rhabdos 


rhinos 


arrhabon 


hois 


hon 


hikanoi 


adunatos 


esti 


ego 


hos 


agathos 


houtoi 


echousin 


en 


aneu 


hosper 


hedu 


hoti 


Imn 


an 


hegemona 


rheuma 


rhachos 



(The declension of the Article may be learnt with this lesson. Page 3, 13.) 



LESSON II. 



LESSON III.— {Breathings.) 



Thus 6 




are sounded ho, hoi. 



56 



LESSON IV. 



LESSON IV. 

(1) The mutes are divided into three sets of three. 

Smooth. Middle. Aspirate. 
p sounds . . 7T . . /3 . . <p 
Jc sounds . . k . . y . . x 
t sounds . . r . . d . . 6 
, For any p sound with g you must write ip. 

(2) < For any h sound with g you must write £. 
'-For any t sound with g you must write g only. 

(3) Also for 7TT-g you must write d> : for KT-g, %. 
(a) Thus/3\E7r-c 1 f /3\c^ 



eXI/3 " e 1 become I 0Xt ^ 
/3a0- g f beCOme | ^a^ 

(6) And ttX£k-c ] f -Xt| 

Xey-g > become <j Xsg 

"PX-f J L ap?« 

(c) *«0-£ 1 become f Trac 

CTTTfUO-f J ^ OTTSVg. 

(4) The past tense is, in Greek, called the Aorist. 

(5) The root of the future is got from the root of the present by adding g. 

(6) A verb is made third singular of the present or future by adding ei to the 
root of the present or future respectively : (ypa(p, write) ypaQti, he tcrites ; 
ypa\pei, he will loite. 

(7) A verb is made third singular of the imperfect by putting e before and 
after the root of the present 1 : k-ypa<p-s, he icas writing. 

(8) A verb is made third singular of the aorht by putting & before aud after 
the root of the future 2 : i-ypa-^-e, he wrote. 

ypa$, root of present. 
(Present) ypa<p-ei. l-ypacp-e (Imperf.). 

(ypa<p-<r = ) ypci\p } root of the future. 
(Future') ypai\/-u i-ypa-tp-i (Aorist). 

Vocabulary. 

ypacp (3>\a7iT ttiiQ k\s.ttt dwic 

write, paint hurt 3 , injure persuade steal pursue. 

~>pvx7) "EKvOrjg veaviag ircicr-okr] tovto 

soul Scythian young man letter this (neut.). 

1 The prefixed e is called the syllabic augment. 
- Or, ' the sigmated root,' i. e. root with added g. 
3 In the sense of inflicting injury or damage. 



LESSON V. 



57 



Article. 

m. f. n. 

Norn. 6 r) to 

AcC. TOV Tt]V TO. 

Sigmate {%. e. add sigma to) the roots ypa<p, fiXcnrr, kXsttt 1 , Siujic. 

Exercise 2. 

[The nouns in the Vocab. are made acc. singular by adding v if they end in 
a vowel ; by changing g into v if they end in c.] 

He hurts. He was hurting. He will hurt. He hurt. He per- 
suades. He will persuade. He persuaded. He was persuading. 
He pursues. He pursued. He will pursue. He stole this. He 
will pursue the young man. He persuaded the Scythian. It hurt 
the soul. He will write the letter. The young man was writing 
the letter. The young man will hurt the Scythian. He is stealing 
the letter. The Scythian was pursuing the young man. 

LESSON V. — {First declension.) 
Vocabulary. 



ds<TiroTt]g 




Kplrtjg 


aproTTijikrig 


master 


artist 


judge 


baker. 


iroir]Tr\Q 


TT0XlT7]Q 




ysio/Jisrprjg 


poet 


citizen 


Persian 


geometer. 


Aivmg 
_ \ 




rctfiiag 




iEneas 


Anchises 


steward 


chatterer. 



cWa, he will give. 

fit] diu)K-£, do not pursue. 

(1) A verb of the present tense is made imperative, in the second person, by 
adding 6 to the root. 

Exercise 3. 

[Obs. 1. — Proper names very often take the article in Greek. Prefix it to 

them in the following exercise. 

Obs. 2. — The possessive pronouns are to be translated by the article.] 
He will persuade his master. iEneas will persuade Anchises. 

The young man persuaded the judge. The steward will write this. 



1 Obs. — The fut. of fc\£7rr must not be formed in the way just explained, as 
its future is of a different form (Fut. Mid.) : as that of 3iujk often is. 



58 



LESSON VI. 



The young man will give this to the steward. The master wrote 
this to the Scythians. O baker. The artist will persuade the 
poet. The poet is persuading the artist. O baker, do not steal. 
He is persuading the Persians. He persuaded the Scythian's 1 
steward. He will give this to the (two) citizens. 



KpV7TT 

hide, conceal 

yn 

earth 



LESSON VI. — {Eton second declension.') 

Vocabulary. 

Xeitt 6t\y 

leave ; leave behind soothe. 



/3\£7T 

look 



battle 



bury 
OaXaaaa 



a\i)Qtia 
truth 



co<pia 
wisdom. 



Towards, 7?o^ bothwit n 



To 



Exercise 4. 



Place the governed genitive after the article of the governing noun. 

' The of the viper head.' 

He looks. He looked. He will bury the young man. He will 
hurt his master. He will hurt the young man's soul. He buried 
the Scythian. He is looking towards the earth. He looked towards 
the sea. He will look towards the baker. O baker, don't look 
towards the earth. He left his wisdom. He soothed the young 
man. He will soothe the geometer. The honour paid to his wisdom 
(say, the honour of his wisdom) soothes the geometer. Look to the 
honour paid to {say, the honour of) truth. He will give this to the 
son-of-Atreus. He was soothing the Muse with his wisdom. The 
battle hurt the citizens. The judge looked to truth. He hid this. 



1 Say ' the of the Scythian steward.' 

2 Used of any of the customary ways of disposing of a corpse, whether by 
burying in the earth, embalming, or burning. To express burying in the earth, 
when it is to be pointed out that that was the kind of funeral-rite meant, kv yy 
KpvirTuv, to hide in the earth, is used. 



LESSONS VII. VIII. 



59 



LESSON VII. — {Second [third'] declension.') 
[Terminations, p. 3. Paradigms, p. 5.] 
Vocabulary. 

vtOTTOQ vnaog (/) dyytXog epyov vojxog 

young-one island messenger work law. 

\oyog podov iov oiicog dfnrtXog (/) 

word, speech rose violet house vine. 

lv, in, with dat. 

iv Tq> oiK(jJ, in the house. 

Exercise 5. 

He steals the poet's roses. He looked towards the messenger. 
He will give this to the messenger. The judge looked to works. 
He will hide the poet's words. He is pursuing the (two) poets. 
The disease hurt the artist. The young man will give the (two) 
eagles to the damsel. The law persuades the judge. The wisdom 
of the laws will persuade the judge. The messenger looked towards 
the island. He will look towards the baker's garden. He will 
hurt the Scythian with his knife. The eagle will soothe its young- 
ones, I will give the viper 1 to the eagles. He will leave the house. 

LESSON VIII. — {Verbs with roots ending in £.) 

Vocabulary. 
GavfiaZ 2 KokaZ, 2 kojui£ 

wonder at, admire chastise bring, take. 

From verbs in £ the root of the fut. is generally formed by changing £ into a 
(Oavfjida, KOfiXa). Obs. The a and i in fut. of these verbs are short. 

Exercise 6. 

The law will chastise the Scythian. He admired the poet's roses. 
He was admiring the violets. The master was chastising the 
Scythian. The poet will admire the island. The messenger stole 
the rose. The Scythian admires the poet's house. The Persian 
will admire the houses. The Persian is admiring the vine. The 
law chastised the Persian. O Persian, do not wonder at my words. 

2 It will be seen afterwards, that these verbs genercdly form their fut. in a 
different way. The fut. Oavudaoj is found in good writers, though Fut. Mid. is 
the more common. 



GO 



LESSONS IX. X. 



LESSON IX.— (Attic [fourth] declension.) 
Exercise 7. 
[Learn Voc. 5, p. 7. Refer to Ex. 3, 06s.] 
The peacock is wondering at the hare. The young man admired 
the peacock. The hoy pursued the hare. The Persian stole the 
hare. The Persian will pursue the hares. The Persian will admire 
the wisdom of the Scythian. He admires the poet's dining-room. 
O geometer, admire the temple of Minerva 1 . The poet looked 
towards Mount-Athos. The young man did not 2 admire the pea- 
cock's voice 3 . He was looking towards the temples. The poet 
admired Mount-Athos. He does not admire the temple of 
Minerva \ He did not admire the temple of Mercury \ He will 
give this to the peacocks. He brought the figs. 

(1) From what roots might Oav/xacrei come? [Qavfiar, Qavyiad, 9av[ia9, or 
OavfxaZ.'] Why ? [Because the t sounds are thrown away before g, and £ is 
treated as a t sound.] 

(2) From what roots might ra% come ? [From rate, ray, rax, tcikt, rava or 
rarr.] Why ? [Because any k sound, or /cr, with g = £ ; and aa, tt, are treated 
like k sounds.] 

LESSON X.— (Third [fifth] declension.) 
Exercise 8. 
[Learn the first half of Voc. 6, p. 9.] 
He will give this to the doves. The young man will admire the 
poet's doves. The geometer admired the statue. The fox hurt the 
dove. The boy will admire the dove's head. The eagle soothes its 
young-one with its wing. The eagle looked towards the steward. 
With eagle's wings. The Persian's steward will look towards the 
sea. He was stealing the young man's whip. The Scythian was 
stealing the geometer's roses. He will give this to the foxes. He 
will give honours to the geometers. He will give the fox to the 
boys. He concealed the geometer's words. He will give the fox 
to the Persian's boys. He will give honours to the Greeks. 

1 Vocabulary, p. 5. 

2 ovk before the verb. When it does not stand before a vowel, oh. 

3 (pujvt]. 



LESSON XI. 



61 



Exercise 9. 
[Learn the second half of Voc, p. 9, 33.] 
He admired the orators. He will give honours to the old men. 
He wondered-at the giant's hody. He will admire the orators of the 
Greeks. He wondered-at the wisdom of the old men. He will give 
the roses to the old men. He pursued the flatterer. The boy is 
admiring the doves. He admired the wisdom of the orator. He 
will give the statue to the Persian. O Scythian, do not admire 
the flatterers. The geometer was wondering-at the giant's bones 
(p. 6, d). The boy admires the eagle's head. The Ethiopian looks 
towards the flame. The Scythian looked towards the Greeks. The 
boy is wondering at the fox's cunning \ He will give the dove to 
the fox. The eagle will soothe its (two) young-ones. 



LESSON XI. — {Learn the words that suffer Apocope: p. 13. § 10.) 

vo/jioOerrjQ (1) (pwvrj (2) ar}Cov 2 (/) SpciKovr (m) BtpairovT 
lawgiver voice nightingale dragon servant. 

oprvy (in) ^cXI^ov (/) yr\v (m) ovi>x (jn) odovr 3 (in) 

quail swallow goose claw, talon tooth 



Exercise 10. 
[Learn Rule 40, and Voc. 12, p. 13.] 
He will give this to his father. He admires the poet's daughter. 
He admired the voice of the nightingale. The raven is stealing 
this with its claws. He was admiring the lion's claws. The 
Scythian will admire the wisdom of the lawgiver. The wild-beast 
bit* the boy with his tooth. It hurt the wild-beast's belly. He 
will give the quail to the old man. He will admire the dragon's 
teeth. The boy will give this to the geese. He will give this to Ceres. 
O Ceres, do not hurt the citizens. The artist painted Ceres. He 
was admiring the Persian's mother. The mother will persuade her 
daughter. He will give the whips to his servants. The fox per- 



3 cocpia. 

2 The root only is given of the nouns of the fifth. Find the uom. by p. 8, 31. 

3 Nom. odovc. i Form it from root of fut. <5jjJ;. 



62 



LESSON XII. 



suaded the raven. The fox's cunning 1 persuaded the lion. The 
boy bit the servant's head with his teeth. The mother soothed her 
boy's mind with her voice. The voice of law soothes the citizens. 

LESSON XII.— {Adjectives in oq.) 



Sing. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. 
G. D. 

Plur. 
Nom. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 



dyaQog 
dyaQov 
dyaOip 
dyaQov 
dyaOs 



Nom. (good.) 

, /• , 
dyaOi-j 
dya9fjg 
dyaQy 
dyaQrjv 
dyaQi] 



dyaOu) dyaBd 
dyaQolv dya9a.1v 



n. 

dya96v 
dyaQov 
dyaQip 
dyaQov 
dyaQov 

dyaQoj 
dyaQolv 



(hateful, hostile.) 
m. f. n. 

%Qpd l\Qpov 

xQpdg exQpov 

h d w k X 9 PV 

\Qpdv exQpov 

xBpd ixQpov 



exQpog 

ixQp° v 
IxQpv 

ixQpov 
k X 9ps 



dyaQoi dyaQai dyaQd 

dyaQdbv dyaQu>v dyaQdiv 

dyaQolg dyaQalg dyaQolg 

dyaQovg dyaQdg dyaQd 



£%0pw «x#pa «x#|Ow 

kxQpolv ix®P a ~ lV ^xQpolv 

ixQpoi l%0pai ix^P^- 

£%0pwv exQpwv tx®P^ v 

h^polg hxQpalg tx d P°}Q 

txQpovg ixBpdg £x P a '' 



dyaQog 
good 

cro<pog 

wise, clever 



kxQpog aiaxpog 

hateful, hostile base, disgraceful. 

(piXog tcevog icaXng 

friendly, dear. empty beautiful. 



exQpog, 0iXoc, are also used substantively for an enemy, a friend, 
lari, he is : rjv, he was. 

Exercise 11. 

[Abstract nouns often take the article : Virtue, dpirrj, or rj apsnj.] 
He will persuade his dear father by his words. Empty wisdom 
will persuade the citizens. He wonders at the wise young man. 
He is hateful to the wise. O young man, do not pursue empty 
cleverness. He wonders at the words of the base flatterer. The 
speech is disgraceful. He admired the wise geometer. The poet 
will admire the (two) wise geometers. He is friendly to the good. 
O geometer, do not hide thy wisdom. The boy admired the dove's 
beautiful head. He will pursue the dear young man. He will 
paint the beautiful heads of the boys. He will hurt the flatterer's 
hateful head. The flatterer will persuade the young man by his 
base words. He admired the wise artists. 



1 <ro0£a. 



LESSON XIII. 



63 



LESSON XIII.— {Contracted Nouns.) 



Sing. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. 
G. D. 

Ptur. 
Nom. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 

KoXkog 

beauty 

dXr}9t]g 

true 

7T£l,9o) (f) 



ri, trireme 
rpirjprjg 
rpiripsog 
rpiripti 
rpiripta 



rpirjpovg 
rpirjpti 
Tpirjpr) 



rpirjpeg 1 

Tpirjpee 
rpirjpEoiv 

Tpi1]ptSQ 

Tpiripkiov 
Tpir)ptoi(v) 
rpirfptag 



to, wall 
rtlxog 
Ttixeog 
Ttixii 
Ttlxog 
rtlxog 



rtixovg 



rpirjorj 
rpi7]poTv 

rpirjpeig 
Tpirjpwi'' 



Tt'lX* e 



nix*! 

TtlXOlV 



rpujptig 
psvog 

strength, force 
toe pi (3 rjg 
accurate 
vaog (m) 



tsixv 

TflX&V 



rtixta 

Tf/%f(Tt(j') 

Ttixea Tt'ixr} 
avQog 
flower 
iptvdtjg 

false 

KTlZ, 



persuasiveness, "I temple 
persuasion, proof J 



r), (echoing) sound. 

r)x6og VX°l>£ 
rixoi VX ^ 

rixoi 

The dual and 
plural follow the se- 
cond [third'] declen- 
sion. (Dual, rix^> 
pi. vxol, &c.) 



opog 

mountain. 
avOddrjg 

self-satisfied ; vain. 

7Tl>9 

rot (trans.). 



tj aicpifiijg aotyia, accurate wisdom, 
ry tov iroirjrov aKpiftrjg oo<pia. 

Exercise 12. 

[How are adjectives in iqg declined ? (Like rpitjprjg for the mas. and fern.; like 
Ttix°Q> f° r tne neuter 5 except that the termination of the nom. is sg, not og.) — 
The contracted forms are to be used.] 

The poet will build a temple to Persuasion. He painted the self- 
satisfied young man. He wonders at the strength of the flame. He 
admires the poet's flowers. He will admire the geometer's accurate 
wisdom. The earth will rot the artist's bones \ True wisdom will 
persuade the citizens. He soothed the poet's mind by his per- 
suasiveness. The persuasiveness of his words will soothe the 
judge's mind. The damsel soothed the young man by her beauty. 
False wisdom hurts. The persuasiveness of false wisdom soothed 
the self-satisfied young man. He wondered at the strength of the 
giants. He admired the temple of Persuasion. The geometer will 
build a temple to accurate wisdom. True honour soothes the poet's 
mind. The boy was admiring the beauty of the eagles. The poet 



rpuljptg, Gottling.. 2 rpirjpuiv, Gottling. 



See p. 6, 21 (d). 



64 



LESSON XIV. 



admired the beauty of the mountains. He admires the walls of the 
temple. The boy admires his father's true wisdom. The citizen 
built a temple to Ceres. The geometer admires the accurate laws of 
wisdom. The boy stole the poet's flowers. The citizen admired 
the lawgiver's accurate wisdom. 



LESSON XIV.— {Contracted Nouns.) 



Sing. 
N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. 
G. D. 



I >/, city. 

\ 7r6\fU>£ 
TToXlV 

iroXi 



Plur. 

j TToXtOJV 

Tc6ktci(v) 



S. 6, ell. 



Plur. 
7r)]X£Gi(v) 



S. to, city. 
avTV 
dartog 
ao-(i 



Plur. 

&(TT7] 
CIGTEUIV 

d(TTe<n(v) 



Dual. Dual, 
rrrrixtt dares 
7r VX £( i )V darsoiv 

(1) Adjectives in vg (neut. v) have the regular G. sog (without contraction), 

and do not contract ta in the neut. plural. rjdvg. Neut. r)dv. G. rjdsog. 

PI. ?)deig. Neut. j]Sta. 

Vocabulary. 
6(pig 7re\eKvg 6%vg olvog (m) virvog (m) 

serpent axe sharp wine sleep. 

rig ttots ; who in the world ? 

t'l 7T0TS ; why in the world ? 

(2) (Eng.) I will give some wine. 

(Greek.) I will give of the wine , 1 some^ being omitted. 

Exercise 13. 

Who in-the-world built the city 2 ? Why in-the- world did he 
build the cities? He hart the boy with his axe. Who in-the- 
world stole the axes ? He is soothing his mind with sweet sleep. 
Sleep is sweet to artists. The artist's axe was sharp. Who in-the- 
world will bring the axe ? He will give (some) of the sweet wine 
to the boy. Who in-the-world built the beautiful temple to Ceres ? 
Why in-the-world does he admire false wisdom? The Scythian 
wonders at the force of wine. The sweet voice of his mother soothes 
the boy. Sweet sleep soothes the wise poet. The poet admires 
the beauty of the city. He will admire the beauty of the (two) 
cities. The boy admires the beauty of his whip. Who in-the- 
world stole the boy's whip ? He will give this to the swallows. 



1 or iroXkotv, Trrixtotv. 



2 noXig is to be used for city. 



LESSONS XV. XVI. 



65 



The boy admired the beautiful serpent (m). The boy will admire 
the beauty of the serpent. The sweet voice soothed the (two) 
beautiful serpents. 

LESSON XV —(Contracted Nouns.) 

(1) vq, G. vog, contracts N. and A. plur. into vg. IxQvg, N. and A. plur. i'x^C- 

(2) to iczpag (horn), G. arog , but drops r, and then contracts. 
Sing. G. Ktpaog icspwg Plur. Ktpaa 



D. icspai 



Kspa 



Dual, icspat 
G. D. Ktpaoiv 



Kspa 
Kiptfiv. 



G. Ktpa.u)v 
V. Ktpaai. 



Ktpa 
tctpuiv 



Vocabulary. 



Ttpag ytpag ynpag Kpsag 

a wonder reward old age flesh. 

kXaQog, stag. 'X^c, G. iyBvog, &c, fish. 

(3) Ttpag generally keeps the r in the singular. The other three never have 
it \ and in Attic Greek always appear in the contracted form. 

Exercise 14. 

The stag will hurt the boy with his horn. The boy admired 
the stag's beautiful horns. The Scythian admires the rewards of 
wisdom. I will give (some) of the flesh to the lions. The artist 
admires the beauty of the horn. He admires the old age of the good 
judge. The lion hid the flesh 1 in 2 the earth. The wild-beast will 
hide (some) of the flesh. The artist stole the beautiful statues. 
The boy was looking towards the beautiful fish. Who in-the-world 
hurt the stag's head with his axe ? The damsel admires the beauty 
of the fish. He will admire the beautiful walls of the city. The 
flesh of the quail is sweet. The poet admired the sweet song of the 
nightingale. 

LESSON XVI.— (Contracted Nouns. Pure Verbs.) 



Sing. 6, king. 
(iacnXivg 
(3atJi\swg 
(3a<ri\ti 
(3acri\sci 
(3a<ri\tv 



Dual. 
fiaaiXkt 
(3acri\kotv 



Plural. 
ftaaiXng 3 

f3aai\tvai(v) 
fiaoikkag and 
fiaoiktlg. 



\acn\tXg 



1 Flesh to eat is Kptag, not aap%. 2 iv with dat. 3 Old Att. (3aai\fjg. 



66 



LESSON XVII. 



Vocabulary. 



l7T7r(VQ 

horseman 



iepevg 
priest 



love 



sell. 



Pure verbs whose roots end in £, change s into r\ before g. — (pike, root of 



The king will give this to the horsemen. The boy wondered-at 
the king. The geometer will sell the statue to the king. The 
mother will love her good daughter. O king, soothe the citizens. 
The young man will give (some) of the flesh to the dragons. The 
judge wonders-at the force of truth. The horseman wonders-at the 
rewards of the citizens. Who in-the-word sold the doves to the 
horsemen ? He will give this to the priests of Ceres. He admired 
the teeth of the beautiful serpent. Why in- the- world did he write 
the letter? The song of the nightingale soothes the mind of the 
poet. The voice of the dove is sweet. The sweet voice of the dove 
soothes the mind 1 of the poet. He will love the boy. He sold the 
house. 



(1) The third pi. of pres. and fut. ends in ovai. 

The first sing, and third plur. of the imperf. end in ov. 
The third pi. of the aorist 2 ends in av. 

Pres. TvitT-ovaii fut. rv\p-ov(n: imperf. 1-tvttt-ov : aor. irvty-av. 



fut. <pl\t](T-. 



Exercise 15. 



LESSON XVII. 



(Of the acc. sing, in the third [fifth]. Read p. 8, 30, a.) 



Vocabulary. 



dpv } nom. dpvg, oak. 

i\7Tid, nom. eXirig (/), hope. 

Trod, nom. Tvovg (m), foot. 

tpid, nom. ipig (/), strife, 



Acc. Spuv. 
Acc. i\7ri3a. 
Acc. TToda. 



Acc. kpiv and epida. 

fliog (m) dpsrrj 
life virtue. 




fly from pleasure bad 



1 P. 6, 21 (d). 

2 That is, of the only aorist we have hitherto given : the first aorist. 



LESSONS XVIII. XIX. 



67 



Exercise 16. 

Good hope soothes the poet's mind. Sweet sleep flies-from the 
bad. The good fly-from base pleasure. The good admire the 
beauty of virtue. Base pleasures hurt the mind. O boy, fly-from 
base pleasures. The life of the good is sweet. The wise fly-from 
flatterers. The stags will hurt the boys with their horns. The 
words of virtue will persuade the good citizens. The serpent hurt 
the poet's foot. O boy, fly-from strife. Strife is hateful. Who 
in-the-world loves strife ? He hurt the young-man with his feet. 

LESSON XVIII. — (Vocat. sing, of the third \_fifth~\ declension.) 
p. 9, 32. (2), (4), (5). 

Exercise 17. 

O orator, do not hide the geometer's wise words. O old-man, 
do not look towards the sea. O boy, do not steal. O city, do not 
admire empty wisdom. O historian, wonder-at the force of accurate 
wisdom. O son-of-Atreus, admire the Greeks. O boy, admire the 
strength of the Greeks. O Greek, do not admire false wisdom. 

LESSON XIX. 

{On the formation of the root of the Perfect for mute verbs.) 

(1) For the p and k sounds the reduplication or augment (according to rules 
55, &c, p. 17) must be prefixed, and the final p or k sound changed into its 
aspirate; the r having first been rejected, if the verb ends in ttt or kt. [See 
Table in 63, p. 18.] 

Examples. 
rpI/3- perf. Ttrpltj)- 

TV7t(t)- • T£TV(p- 

a/ia/3- ?}ju£i0- 

7r\f/c- 7T67rX£X- 

(2) For t sounds the t sound must be changed into k, the root having been 
reduplicated or augmented as before. 

Ipeid- riptiK- tiptvic- 

(3) The termination of the third singular is e. 

^* Obs. X, is treated like a t sound : aa, tt like a k sound, where no different 
direction is given. 

f 2 



68 



LESSON'S XX. XXI. 



Exercise 18. 

He has injured the city. He has carved 1 the image. He has 
written the letter. The young-man has pursued the lions. He has 
deceived his father's hopes. The boy has woven the flowers. The 
Persian has admired the beauty of the city. The Scythian has 
admired the clever 2 arts of the Persian. The lawgiver has assem- 
bled the Scythians into the city. The young-man has pursued 
the pleasures of vice. The judge has chastised the boys. He 
bas-made-himself-acquainted-with true wisdom. He pursued true 
pleasures. 

LESSON XX. 

(1) The pluperf. 3 sing, ends in u, added to the root of the perf.; or, if the 
perfect has a reduplication, to the root of the perfect augmented. 

(2) Root of perf. tstvQ- plup. 3 s. krsTvcp-ei. 
flixtup- plup. 3 s. rj/xutp-ti. 

Exercise 19. 

The Persian had written the letter. The young-man had pur- 
sued the wild-beasts. The lawgiver had chastised the vice of the 
(two) young-men. The bad citizen had injured the city. False 
wisdom had injured the young-man's mind. O young-man, do not 
pursue false wisdom. The base flatterer had concealed this. The 
wise artist had carved the beautiful statue. The self-satisfied 
young-man had written this. Pursue the true pleasures of virtue. 
The Persian will leave off. The sweet pleasure of virtue soothes 
the mind. 

LESSON XXI. 

Terminations of the Verh as far as yet wanted. 
(1) Present, w. 
Imperf. ov. 

Fut. cru). — for liquid verbs w, with short root. 

Aor. 1. act. — for liquid verbs a, with the vowel of short root lengthened. 
Perf. a. — for all but the^> and k sounds, Ka. 
Plup. s iv. — for all but the p and k sounds, fcetr. 



1 y\v<p(o may take either the reduplication or the augment. B. [See 58, p. 17-] 

2 (Tofog. 



LESSON XXII. 



CO 



(2) The fut. is formed (for all but liquid verbs) by adding cj to the sigmated 1 
root. 

The terminations of the present and future are — 

f w eig fi "j 3^ Principal tenses ■ 
itov erov \ have third dual, ov : 
ofjiev ere ova 2 . J third plural, <rt. 



Pres. TVTTT- 



Fut. rvip- | 



Exercise 20. 
[Learn Voc. 17, p. 21.] 

He looks towards {n-pog, acc.) the sea. We will look towards the 
harbour. The artist is carving the statue. You will write. They 
are pursuing. The young-man is pursuing the hare. The (two) 
young-men are pursuing the Ethiopian. You {pi.) are looking 
towards the harbour. The boy is weaving the flowers. You {sing.) 
are plucking the flowers. He is looking towards the mountains. 
Sleep soothes the mind. You are soothing the young-man's mind. 
They (two) are stealing the fox-skin. He soothes his mind with 
pleasure. The boy is hastening towards the old-man. The old- 
man supports the boy. We are deceiving the old-men. The ele- 
phant is hastening towards its master. We are writing. They are 
carving the statues. They will carve the statues. The clever artists 
will carve the statues. I will carve a statue. We are plucking the 
flowers. We will pluck the flowers. 



LESSON XXII. 

(1) The imperfect is got by augmenting the root, and adding ov. 

(2) The aorist is got for mute verbs by adding aa to the augmented root, 
and making the changes required by the rules for the concurrence of consonants. 
[63-67, p. 18.] 

(3) Terminations. 
Imperfect. Aorist I. 

ov eg 6 a ag e 

erov errjv _ drov drr\v 

ofjiev ere ov. a/xtv are av. 

1 That is, the root formed by adding sigma. 2 For oi>r<ri. 



70 



LESSON XXIII. 



(4) And observe, 

ggfT The principal tenses have 

The secondary tenses have 



rthird dual ov. 
Ithird plural ai. 
rthird dual r\v. 
Vthird plural v. 



TVTTT-W. 



Imperf. i-rvirr-ov. 



Exercise 21. 



[Learn Rules 52, 53, p. 16.] 



He was looking towards the dove. He looked towards the sea. 
The dove was soothing the raven. You (pi.) were carving the 
statue. Vice was hurting the state. Vice hurts the state. The 
lawgiver was chastising the Persians. False pleasures hurt the 
soul. Pleasure soothes the soul. Thou wert soothing thy soul 
with pleasure. The boy was wondering-at the root of the vine. Ye 
were looking towards the sea. The boy was writing a letter. The 
young-man cherished the old-man. Thou wert looking towards the 
harbour. The harbour looks towards the south-wind. The boy 
was plucking the geometer's flowers. The artist pursued the 
Persian. Ye were writing the letters. He was stealing the dove. 
They were hiding the thong. You (pi.) are hiding your desire 
of wisdom. Love is the root of wisdom. I pursued the Persians. 
You (sing.) wove the flowers. You (two) injured the city. They 
hurt the cities. 



(1) To form the perf. for p or k sounds. Prefix the reduplication or augment ; 
write <p, % respectively, for the p or k sound, and put on the termination a. 
Obs. ttt, kt are to be treated as simple p and k sounds. 



(3) The pluperfect is got from the root of perfect by augmenting it (unless it 
is already augmented), and adding eiv. 

£-/3£-/3Aor£>-a, &c. 




(2) Examples: 



/3\£7r- [3e-l3\((p-a. 
pKairr- j3e-j3\a(p-a. 



LESSON XXIV. 



7J 



(4) Terminations of the Perfect. (5) Terminations of the Pluperfect. 



a ag t 

CLTOV CLTOV 

ajitv are aoi l . 



tiv fig ei 

eirov eirrjv 
tijxev bite tiaav or tcrav. 



Exercise 22. 

Thou hast written the clever letter. I have carved the statue. 
You (two) have injured the city by your vice. The (two) young- 
men had injured the cities of the Greeks. Ye had written the letters. 
I had carved the beautiful statues. Ye had pursued the hares. Ye 
pursued false wisdom. False wisdom had injured their minds. 
They had injured the minds of the young-men by their false 
wisdom. You (sing.) had injured the cities of the Persians. The 
(two) artists have carved the statue. Thou hadst carved the 
beautiful statues. 



LESSON XXIV.— (Verbs in £w, <r<r, rr.) 
[Learn Vocabulary 18, p. 22.] 

(1) Those in £w, given in this Vocabulary, have all a t sound for their true 
characteristic, except oi/jloj^lo, which has a k sound, and therefore root of fut. 
ofjuw£. The imperfect always retains the root of the present. 

(2) When the true characteristic is a i sound, the £ must be thrown away 
before the tenses that begin with g and k ; that is, for all the other tenses, as 
far as yet given, of the active voice. 

Examples. 

Principal. Historical. Principal. Historical. 

(Pr.) 6vo[xa£(o tovofialov (Imp.) (Pr.) vop-i^m ivop-ilov (Imp.) 
(Fut.) 6vo[j.a-<T(i) tovofia-aa (Aor. 1.) (Fut.) vofxi-cra) tvofii-tra (Aor. 1.) 
(Per/.) cjvofia-Ka ibvofia-iceiv (Plup.) (Per/.) vs-vofii-Ka e-ve-vofii-Ktiv (Plup.) 

Exercise 23. 
[What is the augment of a \ (53). Of oi % (53).] 
Obs. ktiZ,<j) is to make habitable for the first time: hence of a country, to colonize. 

I was assembling the Persians. I will assemble the boys. I 
assembled the geometers of Greece. You (pi.) assembled the old- 
men into 2 the market-place. I shall make-myself-acquainted-with 
the soul. You will found the city. They assembled the masters. 



For avTCi. 



2 tig with acc. 



72 



LESSON XXIV. 



He founded the cities. The king will found the cities. The master 
was chastising the Ethiopian. The boy was crying- out \ He will 
chastise the boy. The Greek has brought the silver. The king of 
the Persians was colonizing the country. They have brought the 
silver. They had taken the silver into the market-place. He will 
chastise his desires. The lawgiver will chastise vice. The master 
punished (/coXa^w) the base trick. You {pi.) will punish the base 
tricks of the boys. He will admire the temples of Greece. 

Exercise 24. 

He was chastising the shameless boy. The self-satisfied young- 
men will deceive his hopes. The shameless flatterer deceived the 
judge by his arts. The boy cried-out. The young-man has-made- 
himself-acquainted-with 2 the soul. I have-made-myself-acquainted- 
with the nature of the soul. The king was assembling the horse- 
men. He injured (/3\aVrw) the city. You (two) had injured the 
city. 

Exercise 25. 

He will assemble the good. The lawgiver will punish 3 (fco\a'£w) 
the shameless. He had made-himself-acquainted-with 2 the sweet 
pleasure. He will carve the statue. He has carved the statues. 
He chastised the Scythian with a thong. The lions pursued the 
Greek. He deceived his master by his persuasion. The boy 
admired the horns. The boy has admired the wings of the dove. 
The Scythian will hide the artist's axe. The Greek was admiring 
the waves of the sea. The Persian is admiring the harbours of 
Greece. The prophet soothed the Greeks by his wisdom. The 
Scythian will reap the ears-of-corn. The goats will deceive the 
shepherd's hopes. 



1 oljAuiZa), to wail, or cry out, especially of one who has been chastised. 

2 Does the perfect of yvojpi%u) take the reduplication or the syllabic augment? 
(Intr. 55.) 

3 The fut. act. of /eo\d£w is used by good Attic writers : e. g. Xenophon and 
Plato, who also use the fut. mid., which is the usual form. 



LESSONS XXV. XXVI. 



7:J 



LESSON XXV. 

(Verbs in tt or aa. — Vocabulary 18, p. 22.) 

(1 ) The verbs in tto), acco, given in this Vocabulary, have all a k sound for 
their true characteristic. 

(2) Hence their futures and aorists end in £w, %a (the k sound with g be- 
coming £) ; the perfects and pluperfects in x a > X HV ( tne & sound being changed 
into its aspirate (%), and the terminations a, eiv, respectively, appended). See 
Table in 63, p. 18. 

Principal. Historical. 
{Pres.) tyvXaacu) i-fyvkaaa-ov (Imp.) 

(Fut.) QvXaZio s-<pv\a%-a (Aor. 1.) 

(Per/.) TT£-<pv\ax-ct i-ir^vkax-av (Pluperf.) 

Exercise 26. 

He will proclaim the safety of the city. He proclaimed the vic- 
tory. You {sing.) will proclaim the victory of the Greeks. They 
were proclaiming these things \ He will do these things. They 
were doing well 2 . He appointed the laws. He arranged the horse- 
men. He has done these things. You were doing these things. 
He proclaimed the victory of the soul. He has brought the silver. 
You (pi.) are appointing laws 3 . O lawgiver, thou art appointing 
laws for the city. The lawgiver looks to the preservation of the 
city. He has carved the statue of the geometer. 



LESSON XXVI. 

[Learn the declension of ovrog (p. 15). Go through its nom. sing. — its nom. 
plural. In the other cases, what is the root of the mas. and neut. ? — what 
of the fem. 1 — what throughout the gen. plur. ?] 

(1) ISSF The Greeks used the article with ovrog (this), and sictivog (that). 
The pronoun either preceded the article, or followed the substantive. 

ravrrjg rr\g iroXeojg, or rr\g noXsajg ravrrjg. 

(2) ' This ' is to be translated by ' this the ' : ovrog 6. 

( That ' 1 that the ' ; itcttvog 6. 



ravra. 



2 sv. 



3 vofxog. 



74 



LESSON XXVII. 



Exercise 27. 

This eagle pursued the quail. This boy will pursue. The artist 
had carved this statue. The Greek had written this letter. You 
(pi.) had written those letters. Sleep soothes the mind. The law- 
giver will restrain-by-punishment (fco\a£) the desires of the citizens. 
False wisdom soothes the self-satisfied young-men. O Scythian, 
thou art pursuing true wisdom. The prophet proclaimed good 
things for the poor. This wisdom is sacred. True wisdom is 
sacred. He thinks true wisdom sacred. He will appoint laws for 
this city. 

LESSON XXVII. 

{Liquid verbs. Read Rules 88 — 90, p. 22 : and on the Short Root, 
68—72, p. 18.] 

(1) In these verbs the termination of the fut. is cw, contracted into w, which 
is added to the short root. 

(2) The termination of the aorist is a, not aa : and it lengthens the vowel of 
the shoi*t root, with the change of £ {not into 77, but) into ft, and of a into 77. 

(3) But those in -paivw, and a few more in aivi» } retain the a of the short 
root, but lengthen it. 

(4) In the perf. £ of the short root becomes a. 

(5) Examples. 

(a) ayyeXX : — short root, ayyfX. (b) <paiv : — short root, <pav. 

Principal. Historical. Principal. Historical. 

(Pres.) dyytXXio rjyytXXov (Imp.) j (Pres.) cpaivw i<paivov (Imp.) 
(Fut.) ayyeXw rjyytiXa (Aor. 1.) 
(Perf.) rjyyeXica rjyysXKeiv (Plup.) 



(Fut.) (pavd s<pT)va (Aor. 1.) 
(Perf.) ire<paytca kneQayictiv (Phq?.) 



(6) Sjgir v before k becomes y, by 64, p. 18. See perf. of <paivio. 
Exercise 28. 

I was assembling the masters. I will assemble the Ethiopians 
in 1 the market-place. I announced the victory. I shamed the 
family. I blunted 2 the axe. I will blunt this axe. I was flaying 
the lion. I flayed the wild-beasts. Vice withers the soul. He 
polluted the temple of Mercury. I was pitying this boy. I pitied 

1 £i£ with ace, properly 'into.' 

2 The perfects in y>ca from vw are very rare; but are given here for practice. 



LESSONS XXVIII. XXIX. 



75 



the boy. The sea was roaring (/3pe/x). The winter withered the 
flowers. I shall pity these poor (men). I will defend the good. 
I defended this city. The unjust judge disgraced the city. 

LESSON XXVIII. 

The future of these verbs (being a contracted tense) is conjugated thus : — 
S> tig ec 

eirov sXtov 
ovfitv are oven. 

Exercise 29. 

They will disgrace the cities of the Greeks. The Greek was 
palpitating. Boreas will wither the lilies. They will pollute the 
temples of Minerva. He was blunting these axes. You (pL) 
announced the victory of the Greeks. The boy will sharpen the 
axe. You announce the victory. Pleasures will wither the soul. 
The storm will wither the poet's flowers. The corpses were pal- 
pitating. The waves 1 of the sea were roaring. You {sing.) will 
blunt the workman's axe. He has flayed 2 the wild-beasts. 

LESSON XXIX. 

[Pure Verbs. Read Rules 95, 98 ; p. 24.] 

(1) Example. 
(Pres.) ddiKS-u) fjdiice-ov {Imp.) 

{Fat.) aducijau) ijdncnva {Aor. 1.) 

(Perf.) rjdiKtjKa rjdaajiceiv (Plup.) 

(2) How is ode, ' this,' declined ? [Exactly as the article, de being appended.] 

(3) E§gf" rrjade rrjg ttoXsojq, of this city (or rrjg -n-oXecug Tnvde). 

(4) ovtoq (this) commonly relates to what has been mentioned ; ode to what is 
going to be mentioned. 

Exercise 30. 

He will injure these citizens. You will injure the geometer. He 
will stain- the eagle's wings -with-blood 3 . He stained- his head 

1 fcdr" Neuter plurals in Greek generally take a singular verb. 

2 Remember that e of this root passes into a in perf., 90. 

3 Hyphens used in this way mean that the word with a hyphen after it, and 
that with a hyphen before it, are to be translated by one verb. Thus ( stained- 
wlth-blood ' is to be translated by one Greek verb. 



76 



LESSON XXX. 



-with-blood. They stained- their heads -with-blood. I have 
stained- the viper's head -with-blood. I will practise virtue. You 
(pi.) will practise virtue. Vice will enslave the soul. True wisdom 
will soothe the mind. He counted these flowers. I will count the 
lilies. You (two) will count the Ethiopians. He has counted the 
thongs. You (pi.) have counted the wild-beasts. I chased the 
wild-beasts. He chased. He railed at the good citizens. He will 
dare. He was-unhappy. They will-be-unhappy. 

LESSON XXX. 
[The Hoods. Learn the terminations of the Imperative from the Table, p. 30.] 

(1) The Moods of the aorist do not express past actions, but single actions; 
those of the present expressing continued or repeated actions. 

(Present.) Examples. (First Aorist.) 

TVTTTS TVTTTITU) TVlpOV TVIpaTh) 

TV7TTSTOV TVTTTSTOJV TVtparOV TVlpaTUV 

TV7TTST£ TVTTTSTUHTaV TVipaTS TV^aTUHTaV 

or TV7rTovr(ov or rv\pavru)p. 

(2) Hence the present imperative is generally found when a man is ordered 
to go on with what he has already begun: the aor. imperative when what he is 
ordered to do, is not a thing already begun. 

a) This rule is not always observed, even by the best writers. There seems 
to have been a kind of preference for the present imperative, when the action 
ordered was not decidedly a single definite action; and when the completion of it 
was not the principal thing in the speaker's view K 

Exercise 31. 

Assemble (aor.) the Persians. Make-yourself-acquainted-with 
(pres.) the soul. Look (pi.) towards the sea. Let him carve the 
statue. Let them carve the statues. Pursue the boys. Write the 
letter. Soothe the miserable. Let them soothe the miserable. 
Pluck the flowers. He gathered the lilies. You were reaping 

1 Praesens et aoristus in caeteris prseter indicativum modis eo maxime dif- 
ferunt, quod praesens rem durantem vel saspius repetitam, aoristus rem absolutam 
aut semel factam indicat. Inepte dicas ypa\pov (3ij3\ov, si non scriptum esse sed 
scribi vis, quia hoc longi temporis opus est : recte vero, dbg ty\v x e " l P a > <l u i a hoc 
brevi temporis momento fit. Hermann ad Viger., p. 747. 



LESSON XXXI. 



77 



the ears-of-corn. Reap the ears-of-corn. Hide the raven's wing. 
Weave a garland \ Proclaim the preservation of the city. Colonize 
the country. 

LESSON XXXI. 

{Subjunctive and Optative.) 

(1) In dependent sentences, the Subjunctive follows the Principal, the Opta- 
tive the Historical Tenses. 

a) Hence the Subjunctive answers to the present and perfect of the Latin Sub- 
junctive : the Optative, to the imperfect and pluperfect. 

(2) The Subjunctive, like the Principal Tenses, has third dual ov ; third 
plural ci. 

(3) The Optative, like the Historical Tenses, has third dual r\v ; third plural v. 

(4) The Subjunctive has the long e and o sounds where the Indicative has the 
short ones 2 . 

(5) The Optative has always a diphthong for its mood- vowel : in the active 
this diphthong is ot, except for the first aorist, which has ai. 

(6) Here too the moods do not refer to past time : but the aorist is used for a 
momentary (that is, a single, definite) action : the present, for a continued action. 



(7) Examples. 

[Learn Terminations from Table, p. 30 (omitting the opt. of second future).] 





Subjunctive. 






Optative. 






{Present.) 






(Present.) 




TVTZT-b> 


TVTTT-yg 


TVTTT-y 


TV7rroi{ii 


TVTTTOig 


TVTTTOl 




TVTTTTJTOV 


TVTTTT]TOV 




TV7TTOITOV 


TVKTOlTr\V 




TVTTTrjfE 


TV7TTCJUL 


TVTCTOljXtV 


TVTTTOITS 


TVKTOUV. 




(Aorist.) 






(Aorist.) 






rv^-yg 




TVipaifii 


TVlpaiQ 






TVIpTJTOV 


TV\pr]TOV 




rvipairov 




Tv\pu>n6v 






TVipaifJiev 


TVlpaiTZ 


Tvfyauv. 



(8) Traptim iva idio, I am-here (that I may see r=) to see. 
Traprjv iva idoifii, I was-there (that I might see = ) to see. 
'iva, = (ut) that ; in order that, 
irapsi^i, I am-here. 
7raprjv, I was-there. 

rjKh), I am come : a present with a perfect-definite meaning. 

1 <TT€(pavog. 

2 Thus: Indie. Pres. 

b) S-LQ 6-t W 

trov irov 

OfJLtV tT£ OVGl WjJ-ZV 



Subj. 

i]-iq n-i (or yg } y) 

TjTOV t)TOV 

7/7"£ to (XI. 



78 



LESSON XXXII. 



Exercise 32. 

I am here to chastise the Ethiopian. I was there to chastise the 
Scythian. I am come, that I may persuade the good boy. I was 
there to persuade (= that I might persuade) the wise geometer. 
He was there to steal (= that he might steal) the artist's axe. I 
am come to sharpen (= that I may sharpen) the axe. I am-here to 
reap (= that I may reap) these ears-of-corn. I was-there to pluck 
(= that I might pluck) the ears-of-corn. He is here that he may 
defend his friends (dat.). He was there to flay (= that he might 
flay) the elephant. I am here to enslave (= that I may enslave) 
the citizens. You will be unhappy. He will rail-at the self- 
satisfied young-men. I was-there to number (= that I might 
number) the soldiers K 

LESSON XXXIT. 

(1) To forbid a habit or course of action, use fir] {not) with the imperative of the 
p resent. 

(2) To forbid a momentary (that is, single definite) action, use jxr] (not) with the 
subjunctive of the aorist. 

iir\ kXbttts 2 , 'do not steal,'' forbids stealing generally. 

K\s\pyg, ' do not steal ;' when stealing a particular thing at a particular 
time is forbidden. 

(3) ' Would,' ' should ' (when used conditionally) are to be expressed by av 
with the optative. 

The Greeks used this form (as we do) to avoid positiveness of expression. 1 1 
should think ' being a softened 1 1 do think.' 

6epi%oifiL av, e I would reap,'' or 'should reap.'* 

(4) The optative is also used in wishes. 

tu OvtjaKoiQ, ( may you die happily* 

Exercise 33. 

young-man, do not steal the axe. I would pluck the flowers. 
You (pi.) would assemble the old-men in (= into, sic) the market- 
place. Do not (pi.) admire false wisdom. From-desire of pleasure, 

1 (y~gariujTr]Q, G. ov. 

2 /xr] cum imperativo preesentis de omittendo eo quod quis jam facit intelligitur ; 
[xr] cum conjunctive aoristi significat, non esse aliquid incipiendum. Sed saepe 

tamen etiam de non incipiendo imperativus prsesentis usurpatur. Prseterea 

prsesens de re continuata usurpatur, ut fit) jSaMsrf ; aor. de re cito prsetereunte? 
ut fi-q (SdXyg, quum sermo est de una teli emissione. Herm. ad Viger., p. 807- 



LESSON XXXIII. 



79 



I deceived my master. Do not disappoint (\pevd) the hopes of the 
good. Do not make-yourself-acquainted-with the deeds of vice. 
Do not soothe your soul with pleasure. You would leave off. Let 
not young-men soothe their souls with pleasures. Let not the 
young-men steal. Hasten into the forum. Pluck those flowers. 
O citizen, pluck these flowers. O geometer, do not hide your true 
wisdom. Mayest thou pluck the flowers of wisdom. May ye 
soothe this miserable old-man. May you defend the poor. May 
you ward-off winter from the vines (dat.). I should admire the 
city. You would admire the harbours of Greece. 

LESSON XXXIII. 

{Infinitive and Participle.) 

(1) The regular termination of the infin. act. is uv ; but the first aorist has ai, 
the perfect evai with acute on the e. 

(2) The regular participial ending for the active is wv : but the first aorist has 
dg, the perfect wg with the acute. 

Pres. Fut. Aor. Perf. 

(3) Inf. TV7TTSIV rv\p(iv rvipai rsTvcp&vai. 
Part. tvtttojv Tvipwv Tvxpag rsrv<pwg. 

(4) ggp° The partic. of the aorist (unlike the moods) does refer to past time ; 
Tvipag, having struck. 

(5) As in the other moods, the pres. infinitive is to be used for continued and 
repeated actions, the aorist infinitive for single definite actions. 

(6) ov dvvafiai, I am not able. These imperfects irregu- 
ovk ridvvanr)v, I was not able. \ larly take the temporal aug- 
fitWix), I am going (or about). I ment t] (instead of the syl- 
rjfxtWov, I icas going (or about), J labic s). 

Exercise 34. 

I am going to reap the ears-of-corn. You (pi.) were going to 
pluck the flowers. They were going to assemble the old-men in 
(into, tig) the market-place. I was going to write the letter. They 
(two) were going to hide the axe. Do not look towards the sea. 
Do not leave off. Do not deceive the hopes of the good. Do not 
admire the self-satisfied. Having-reaped the ears-of-corn. Having- 
plucked the flowers. Going-to-hurt. Going-to-pluck the geo- 
meter's flowers. Having hastened. Having deceived the hopes of 
the good. Having turned his eyes towards (tooc, acc.) the sea. 



80 



LESSOR XXXIV. 



Having admired the city. Having stolen the axe. About to hide 
the axes. About-to-number the horsemen. Having admired the 
horns of the wild-beast. Having-made-myself-acquainted-with true 
wisdom. About-to-leave off. About-to-deceive the old-man. To 
have admired {per/.). Having admired {perf.). To-have-made- 
myself-acquainted-with virtue. Having-made-myself-acquainted- 
with the pleasures of true wisdom. To have brought the bones of 
the lawgiver into the market-place. 

LESSON XXXIV. 

[Declension of the Participles. — Learn the Participles of pres. and fut. ; aor. I. ; 
and p>erf. 3 from Table, p. 31.] 

m. n. f. 

(1) Obs. The root of the pres. part, ends in ovr, ovff. 

aor. 1. part. avr, acr. 

■ ■ perf. part. or, vi. 

(2) But in the dot. plural (since ovtgi, avrai, become ov<ri 3 aai) the root of 
the masc. and the nent. is the same as the root of the fern, except in the perfect. 

(3) The partic. of both perf. and aor. answer to ourpartic. with 'having ;' the 
only difference being, that the partic. of the perfect intimates that the thing 
done still exists in its effects ; has had, that is, some permanent result. 

a) The aor. partic. is by far the more common ; it is to be used in the fol- 
lowing exercise when perf. is not added. 

\d Tract, he will go away. 
Exercise 35. 

Having admired the city, they went away. Having announced 
this victory, she went away. (The two) having announced the 
victory, went away. Having soothed the soul. Pleasure, having 
soothed the soul, withers it. Boreas, having withered the flowers, 
will leave off. Having polluted the temple of Minerva, she went 
away. (The two) having polluted the temple of Mercury, went 
away. Announcing the victory, I soothe the souls of the citizens. 

1 The reason is this : the feminines were originally ovraa and avroa, and 
became ouca, atra, by the operation of the same law which converts ovrai, avrai 
into outn, acri, 

2 or. eg, £ | erov, srnv J ofiev, ers, ov- 



LESSONS XXXV. XXXVI. 



81 



O citizen, do not proclaim these things. Having practised (aor.) 
virtue. Having practised (perf.) virtue. 

LESSON XXXV. 

(1) N. 6 7rpaTTU)v, the (person) doing, is used for ' he who does. 9 
G. tov 7rpaTTOvrog, of him who does: or, of the man who does. 

D. Tip irpaTTOVTi, to him who does : or, to the man who does, &c. &c. 

(2) So f} TrpctTTOvva, the woman who does, she who does, &c. 

(3) Suva tovto, I will give this. 

ov dwcrb) tovto, I will not give this. 

Exercise 36. 

I will give this to the man who proclaims the victory. I will give 
this to the woman who soothed the boy. I will not give this to those 
who left their rank \ I will give this to him who is weaving the 
flowers. I will pluck the flowers. Having flayed (perf.) the wild- 
beast, he went-away. Having flayed (perf.) the wild-beasts, they 
went-away. Having brought (perf.) the gold, she went-away. I 
will not give this to those who are hiding the torch. I will give 
this to those who hid the torch. I will give this to those who have 
brought (perf.) the silver. I am come to flay (— that I may flay) 
the wild-beast. I would flay the elephant. _ 

LESSON XXXVI. 
[Terminations of some tenses of the passive.] 

(1) Pres. ofiai ofirjv, Tmperf. 
Fut. 6t]GO[xai Orjv, Aor. 
Perf. fxai firjv, Plup. 

(2) The rules for augment and reduplication are the same as those already 
given. 

(3) Of course before the 6 terminations, the p and k sounds will become <p, % 
respectively; and the t sounds g. [See Table, p. 18.] 

rpT/3- rpi(p-9r]o-o[j,ai eTpi(p9rjv: tv7t(t)- TV<p9rjao[xai, &c. 

7rX£/c- TrXex-Orjcroixai £7r\£%0j?j'. 

tthB- 7rtLa-6t]o-ofxai eirsiaOtjv. 

<pv\aaa- (follows h sounds) (pv\ax-9t]o-o[xai, &c. 

vofiiZ- (follows t sounds) vofxiG-Oijo-ofiai, &c. 



ra^iQ. The aor. 1 of Xti'7rw appears here and there in good writers. B. 



82 



LESSON XXXVII. 



(4) Before n, the p and Jc sounds become /z, y respectively ; and the t sounds c. 

rpt/3-, TE-Tpifx-jAai : itXik-, Trt-7c\iy-^,ai: 7rei9- t 7rs-7r£t<r-juai. 
(pvkaco- (—k sound), irt-QvXay-fiai. 
vopiZ- (= * sound), vi-vo\iia-\iai. 

(5) The a^<?w£ after a passive verb is governed by vno in the genitive. 

Exercise 37. 

[The form e was defended ' is to be translated by aor. : ' hate been defended ' 

by perf\ 

I shall be hurt by the soldier. I was hurt by the wild beast. I 
was proclaimed. I was chastised by the lawgiver. T shall be pur- 
sued by the wild-beast. I am cherished. I am soothed. I have 
been hid. I am hid. I have been forced by the citizens. I have 
been admired by the Scythians. I was admired by the Persians. I 
have been deceived by the base flatterer. I was appointed by the 
judge. I shall be admired by the Ethiopians. I shall be chastised. 
I was admired (imperf.). 

LESSON XXXVII. 

[Passive of liquid and pure verbs. — For liquid verbs, attend to Rules 88 and 90 : 
and for pure verbs, to Rules 95 and 97-] 
(1) Examples. 

Tipaonai kriixao/xrjv 



dyyeWo/xat riyyeWofinv 
ayyt\9rjaoyLai r)yyt\9r}v 
•qyytknai rjyyt\fir}v 



TifirjOrjaofxai hifi,r]9r]i> 
TeTifirjfjiai sTtTifirifinv. 



rtXfOjuat ereXto/jirjv 
re\e(r9r](TOfxai irt\t<r9nv 
TSTtXsafiai ereTi\((T[XT]v. 

(2) Learn the declensions of 6 deiva, such a one 1 , p. 15. 

(3) 6 dXXoc, the other, is used for e the rest,' in agreement with its substantive, 
as ' reliquum opus ' in Latin. 

■t] d\\n xo>pa, the rest of the country. 

(4) dvnp rig, a certain man. 

Exercise 38. 

The flowers will be withered. The temple of Mercury was pol- 
luted by a certain young-man. I shall be wronged. I was deceived 

1 Not talis or ejusmodi : but as we use, e such-a-one ;' 'somebody:' ' a certain * 
See. : often of a person whose name the speaker does not choose to mention. 



LESSONS XXXVIII. XXXIX. 



83 



by a certain young-man. I shall be reduced-to-slavery. I have 
been enslaved by pleasure. I was threatened. I was flayed (imperf). 
I have been flayed by the giant. The judge will chastise the base 
young-man. O lawgiver, do not colonize the rest of the country. 
I was ashamed (imperf.). A certain young-man counted these 
things. The strength of Boreas will wither the flowers. They have 
admired the poet's flowers. He wondered-at the root of the vine. 
I will give this to such-a-one. He injured the rest of the country. 

LESSON XXXVIII. 
[Learn the terminations of the Pres. and Fut., Imperfect, and Passive Aorists, 
from the Table, p. 32.] 
ig^r Remember that a neuter plural takes a singular verb. 

Exercise 39. 

The poet's flowers will be withered. The letter shall be written. 
The beauty of the harbour was admired by the Persians. The 
statues shall be carved. The rest of the country shall be colonized. 
The dove's wing was admired by the peacock. The flowers are 
withering (pass.). You (two) are withering. The geometer was 
wronged by certain Persians. The (two) Persians were wronged by 
a certain self-satisfied young-man. I have been wronged by this 
base flatterer. The ears-of-corn shall be reaped. The flowers were 
plucked. The ears-of-corn were plucked (depi£). 

LESSON XXXIX. 

[Terminations of the Perfect and Pluperfect. Look at 129, p. 36.] 

(1) There is some difficulty with the perfect and pluperfect passive, where the 
initial consonant of the termination makes a change of the last letter of the root 
necessary. 

(2) The first persons will all follow the first person sing., since they all begin 
with jx. 

(3) The second singular, since it begins with q, will follow the first future, be- 
cause the change of the consonant before oai will be the same as that before crw. 

(4) The third singular ending in rat, will be preceded by the smooth mute of 
the p and k sounds ; by <r, if the root ends in a t sound (or £). 

[IsEir 7rr is, of course, to be treated like a p sound ; aa, tt, like It sounds.] 

(5) The second and third dual, and second plural, will follow the first aorist 
pass. ; for the a will disappear between two consonants, and therefore the ter- 
mination virtually begins with 9. [See 65, p. 18.] 

G 2 



84 



LESSON XXXIX. 





(6) Examples. 




f BeBXan/xai 


BeBXatpai 


BeB\a7TTat 


I (3ej3\afifji,s6ov 


Be8\a(p9ov 


BeBXa^)9ov 




BsBXa(p9e 


[BeBXanfievoi ucri]. 


f BsBosyuai 


BtBp£%ai 


BsBpSKTCtl 


} BeBp£y^e9ov 


BfBpex^ov 


BeBptx9° v 


I BeBpeyfxeOa 


Be8pe X 6t 


[BsBpeyfxevci tiai\. 


f rjvvcfjiai 


r\vvaai 


rjvvvrai 


< -qvvaixidov 


r}vvo9ov 


7\vva9ov 


1 ^ vv(Tfit9a 


T]Wo9i 




fiff(pa\fjiai 




tacpaXrai 


< s<T<paX[it9ov 


k<j(pa\9ov 


ia<paX9ov 


\s<T(pa\jxe6a 


ta<pa\9e 


[sff<paXfisvoi h'ci]. 




Exercise 40. 





The city is admired. This city will be admired. The temple of 
Minerva has been admired. The country shall be colonized. The 
land was colonized by the Greeks. The rest of the produce 1 has 
been reaped. You have been flayed. The victory was proclaimed. 
These things are done. These things shall be done. The horns 
w r ere brought. You (pi.) have been assembled into the city. The 
city has been proclaimed. These things were proclaimed. They 
Avill be proclaimed. The base flatterer was chastised. The laws 
shall be appointed. You are appointed. You (two) have been 
appointed lawgivers. The temple of Minerva was polluted by the 
Scythians. The flowers were withered. 

Exercise 41. 

The axes were blunted. The temples of Mercury will be polluted 
by these base Scythians. The Scythians will pollute the temples of 
Minerva. This city has been reduced-to-slavery by the Greeks. 
Ye have been admired. They (two) have been threatened. The 
earth was moved. The earth will be moved. These things shall be 
dared. Virtue has been practised. The axe was stained-with- 
blood. The viper's head will be stained-with-blood. The axes 
will be blunted. The lion's head has been stained-with-blood. 



leapfrog, 



LESSON XL. 



85 



The flatterer shamed his race. The Scythian polluted the temple of 
Minerva. He admired the dawn. The beauty of the dawn has 
been admired. The axe has been blunted. The soul is blunted by 
pleasure. The desires of the flesh will blunt the soul. The garland 1 
has been woven. Ye were hid. The geometer has been deceived. 
The geometer had been persuaded. The city had been adorned 2 
with harbours. 



LESSON XL. 
[The Moods of the Passive.] 



Imper. 


Opt. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 


-ov 


-oi\nt)v 




-todai 


-OjltVOQ 


(none) 


-OlfXt)V 


(none) 


-taOai 


■ofxevog 


-9nri 3 


-Osirjv 


-0o> 


-Orjvat, 

T£TV(p9ai 


• Que 


TSTV\pO 


part, with 
dnv 


part, with 
o> 


Tsrvufjisvog. 



(1) TV7TT- OfiCtl 

TV<pQna-oiiai 
irvip- Qiqv 



(2) The subj. takes the terminations of the principal tenses (p. 28) with the 
mood-vowel cj for the first persons and third plural: rj for the other persons. But 
in the second sing, a is dropt, and jjai contracted into y. [-w-juai, y (for t]-<jai, 
t}-ai), ij-rai, &c] 

(3) The opt. follows the historical tenses (p. 28), and has oi for its mood- 
vowel, dropping a in the 2nd sing, [oi-jurji/, oi-o (for oi ao), oi-ro, &c] 

(4) The terminations of the pass, aorists must be carefully learnt. 

(5) In the perf., the <r of aOai in the infin. is dropt when the root ends in a 
consonant : so that the termination is then virtually Qai. Hence (3£-(3\a<p-Qai, 
7re-7r\ex-0ai. [See 65, p. 18.] 

Exercise 42. 

Let him be proclaimed. Let them be admired by the citizens. 
Be thou soothed. Let it be written. Let it be written (aor.). Let 
it be written (perf.). Let it be carved (perf.). I am come, that 
the flowers may be plucked (aor.). The image is going to be 
carved. I am come, that I may be persuaded. Be thou scourged 4 . 
I was there, that I might be persuaded. Virtue, having been prac- 
tised, sharpens the soul. The letter is going to be written. I will 
give this to those who are left (perf.). Those who were left (aor.) 
went-away. I wonder-at the things written (perf.) in the soul 5 . 



1 <TTt<pavog. 2 noojiHa. 3 Drop the augment. 

4 fxai7Tiyo-(jj. 5 Say: ' The (things) in the soul written.' 



86 



LESSONS XLI. XLII. 



A certain young-man stole what had been written. Having written 
the laws, the lawgivers went-away. These things are written (pres.) 
in the soul. I am come, that the letter may be written. Be it 
written (perf.). Doing this, he would be hurt. I will defend that 
which has been hurt (aor.). I am going to be hurt. Having been 
forced {aor.), they went-away. I should be ashamed (aor.). 

LESSON XLI. 

glir The case absolute in Greek is the genitive. 

Exercise 43. 

The letter being written (perf.), he went-away. The boy, having 
been scourged, will cry-out. O boy, do not wail. The statue 
having been carved, the artist went-awav. These things having 
been done (aor.), the lawgiver will chastise those who did (them). 
Do not do this. The artists, having persuaded the citizens, went- 
away. The artists, having been persuaded, went-away. Having 
been injured by the citizens, they went-away. 

LESSON XLII. 
[Learn Terminations, 73, p. 19: and (4) p. 20.] 

(1) The Middle Voice expresses an action that a man (1) does to himself; or 
(2) for his oven advantage, &c. ; or (3) that he gets done for himself, or his own 
advantage. 

a) Many are simply deponents. 

(2) cifacicti), teach ; ^tcaciKOfiai, haze- a person -taught. 
Xovco, wash another. 

Xovofiai, wash some part of myself: also (wash myself rr) bathe. 

(3) CicaffKOjiai kcica(TKOixT]v Xovo^ai e\ovouriv 
ciCa^o[j.ai lac a%ay.i]v Xovaofxai k\ovaap.i]v 
CeciCayjJiaL ictciCay[X7]v XAof/uat k\i\ovuijv. 

(4) The only tense with any peculiarity of termination is the frst aor. mid. 

aprjv ai 1 aro 

a/JuGov aaQov ao9i]v 

a/j-sQa aoQs avro 



For aero (ao — u\ 



LESSON XLIII. 



87 



Vocabulary. 

<pv\aaaoiiai, guard-myself ; defencl-myself. 
fxiaOou), let : mid. cause to be let by myself; hire. 
irapa-G'Ktva.Z.onai, provide myself w ith. 
iravu), stop (trans.) ; mid. stop (intrans.), cease. 

Depoxent. 
(3ia%ofiai, force, compel. 

Exercise 44. 

I was defending-myself. I shall defend myself. The Persians 
were defending themselves. I have hired the garden. He stopt. 
I have stopt. I shall lament. He was lamenting. He lamented. 
I have stopt (99). I have-provided-myself-with this axe. I shall 
stop. He hired the garden. They will hire the garments. The boy 
has lied. 

LESSON XLIII. 

[Act. verbs with future middle.] 

Many active verbs have a fut. of the mid. form. Of these, 6av[xa^uj (wonder- 
at, admire) ; /eoXa£w (chastise) ; oi'^ua^a; (cry-out) ; Onpau) {hunt) 1 ; have been 
given in the Vocabularies 2 . 

Exercise 45. 

The boy will hunt the hares. You (two) will admire the beauty 
of the harbour. You (pi.) will punish the boy. The boy will cry- 
out. You (pi ) will pursue the hare. You (sing.) will admire the 
dove's wing. The other Persians will pursue the wild-beast. Who 
in-the- world will pursue the wild-beast? Who in-the-world will 
chastise the base flatterer? Who in-the-world built the temple 
of Minerva ? O lawgiver, do not admire the false wisdom of the 
Scythian. 



1 oiakcu, pursue. 

2 From this time davfid^uo, Ko\a'£w (which have sometimes fat. act.) are to 
take fut. mid. 



PART III. 



E A S Y EXERCISES 

ON THE 

GREEK ACCIDENCE. 



Verbs in fit, Anomalous Verbs, &c. 



Obs. In this Part the pupil is to accentuate his Greek. See 
Questions on Accentuation, at the end of the Book (p. 134). 



PART III.— INTRODUCTION. 



PRINCIPLES OF WORD-BUILDING. 

I. VERBS FROM SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES. 

1. Verbs derived from substantives and adjectives denote the being, having, 
making, or furnishing with, what the root expresses. 

2. aw, kit), ti'it), (and sometimes 10 a a oj or wttoj, d^oj, and denote being, 
or having. 

3. 6t>), iZ,u), viu), aivh), denote making, making into, or furnishing with. 

4. 06s. Those in a£w, from proper names, denote adopting the manners, 
party, or language, of the person or nation : as, eWrjviZtiv, fiijdi^eiv. 

a) Other terminations are (1) desideratives in aw, from root of future, and 
in taio, ao) from substantives ; (2) indicatives in ckw ; (3) frequentatives in a£w, 

II. SUBSTANTIVES FROM VERBS. 

5. Endings to mark the man who does, are these : 
cue, Trip, rojp, and (of first declension) rrjg. 
In compounds og, and sometimes aQ or 

6. The feminines of evg are taaa, eta. 

But r??p and rujp give rapa, rptf, and rpia. 
Tt]Q rpia gives, — remember this, — 
Not rpia only, sometimes rig. 

7. tiov, from name of man in evg, 

Is th' instrument the man doth use, 
Or place in which he works: rpa, rpov, 
(From rtjg and rwp) with rrjpiov, 
Have the same meaning, which is meant 
By tiov : avov l , too, is instrument. 



From verbal roots. 



92 



PRINCIPLES OP WORD-BUILDING. 



8. flog, — and g.a 
Whose genitive is roc ; 
oig, aia, 7] or a, 

And (mas. or neuter) og, 

Are nouns from verbs ; and by them is exprest 
The doing, or the thing quod factum est. 

(Remarks.) 

9. The sigma terminations naturally follow the future ; and the mu terrnina- 
tions the perfect passive. The vowel terminations change £ of the root into o, 
like the perf. mid. 

10. /iog generally becomes (Jfiog, when added to pure?. 

11. fjt7}, pa, da not always take this sigma, even when the perfect has it : but 
they generally retain the long towel of the future when they do not. 

12. fiog denotes properly the doing (but often the thing done); u.a, the thing 
done: [Mi} fluctuates between both meanings. 

13. aig (G-. eojg), trta (= Eng. ing : Lat. to) denote the doing: though some- 
times (as the terminations ing, io) the thing done. 

14. Ih some compounds aia denotes a permanent property. 

15. ?] or a have not so distinctly marked a signification, but the abstract 
notion generally prevails. Most of them are oxytone. Those in ua, from verbs 
in svo), have the a long, and are paroxytone. 

16. Masculines in og are generally dissyllables with o for the vowel of the 
root 1 ; neuters in og never take the o. Masculines in rag are longer forms, 
generally oxytone. 

III. SUBSTANTIVES FROM ADJECTIVES. 
17- La, 77]Q (G. rrjTog). avvi). 

a) A final t generally becomes cr before la ; but not, if the termination of 
the root is or. 

IV. ADJECTIVES FROM SUBSTANTIVES, VERBS, 
AND OTHER ADJECTIVES. 

^ fLog (Eng. like, ly, en, &c.) ~y mark belonging, relating to, or proceeding 
\iKog (Eng. tite, site, ic, &c.)J from, consisting of, &c. 

a) The termination tog coalesces with a final a, s, 0, into aiog, sloc, oiog, 
qjog. — aog is often from the name of a person (Eng. ic, can). A final t often 
becomes g before toe. 



Either as coming from roots with 0, or by changing e into 0. 



PRINCIPLES 



OF WORD-BUILDING. 



93 



19. eog, Xvog (Eng. y, en) denote the substance or material of which a thing 
consists. 

a) Some in ivog are from words of time ; and some from other substantives, 
and even adjectives (aXysivog, dXrjOivog). 

20. pog 1 (tpog, rjpog), a\sog, ng (i)sig, oeig, Uig) and wdrjg, generally denote 
fulness, abundance (Eng. y,ful, ous). 

21. ifiog and ucog denote capability, fitness, &c. ; those in ip.og, both trans- 
itively and intransitively ; those in ucog only in a transitive sense. 

22. 6g, vog, \6g, wXog, pog, and ag, also express the verbal notion as adjec- 
tive ; most commonly in a passive, but sometimes in a transitive sense. 

23. \n»v denotes the possession of a habit or feeling, expressed by a verb. 

24. TBog = part, in dm. 

25. rog = past participle ; but often fit or proper to he, &c. (ibilis.) 



26. wc, added to the root of adjective. 

27. ^ov, as, express manner, place, &c. (from substantives ) 

28. 9i — in a place : also the old datives, 01, t]gl 2 , or (after 1 or p) act ; and 
(chiefly from pronominal adjectives) ^ou, XV- 

29. 0£v = from a place. 

30. de = to a place. 

31. cW, <5?7V, &c, denote manner (from verbs). 

32. c, ei, ti, rsi, dig, are other adverbial terminations, denoting manner, 
circumstance, &c. 

33. oti is from national names. 



V. 



ADVERBS. 



VI. PECULIAR CLASSES OF SUBSTANTIVES. 



34. Diminutives. — lov, diov, idiov, apiov, aaiov, vcpwv, vXXiov, vXXig, ig, 



iGicog, tenet], &c. 

35. Amplificatives. — oov, ag. 

36. Gentilia. — og, 10c, ivog, avog, r\vog, vrr\g, tarrjg, torqg, svg. 




*J> (masculine.) 




1 Observe the accents wherever they are given. 
3 Seldom lovog. 



2 Not ?jai. B. 



94 



PRINCIPLES OF WORD-BUILDIXG. 



A in composition has three meanings. 

38. (1) a ( — dvev, without), not, un-, &c, negative. 

(2) a ( = dyav, very much) strengthens the meaning. 

(3) a ( = d\ia, together) expresses the connexion between the two 

objects. 



Table of the less obvious meanings of Prepositions in Composition. 

39. d[X(pi, on both sides. 

40. dvri, against, marking opposition ; in return for, &c. 

41. dvd 1 , up ; bach again. 

42. did (dis) marks separation ; talcing apart or aside. 

43. ev, often into. 

44. Kara 2 , 1) down; it often implies completion, and hence 2) ruin, destruction 
(answering in both to per). 

45. fitra (trans.) marks transposition, change, sharing. 

46. Trapd sometimes signifies (like propter) missing, or doing amiss. rrapa- 
fiaivuv, to transgress, &c. 



1 With fia'ivuv, &c. ava, up, and Kara, down, mean respectively into the 
interior, and down to the coast. 

3 Hence Kara is sometimes equivalent to up in English : Karatpayeiv, to 
eat up. 



ACCENTUATION. 



95 



ACCENTUATION. 

I. SUBSTANTIVES. 
(1) First Declension. [First and second declensions.] 

1. a, Gen. rjg. Accent as far back as possible. But Roman names in Xva are 
properisp., and Greek names in ca, 6a, paroxytone. 

a) Hence those in ua, from adj. in t]g, are proparoxytone, since they end in 
a : those in eia, from verbs in svoj, paroxytone, since they end in a. 

2. pa, accent as far back as possible, except verbal derivatives, which are 
oxytone. 

3. vvrj, paroxytone. 

(The other terminations can hardly be reduced to rule, from the number of 
endings and exceptions.) 

4. drjg, adrjg, are paroxytone. 

5. T7]g from verbs, generally oxytone, except those that in the poets appear 
likewise with the termination rjp, as ^dXrrjg, Kv(3epvrjTT]g, TrXda-rjg, KXkirrrjg, 
\pev(TTt]g. 

(2) Second [TJbird] Declension. 

6. Here, too, words directly from the root (whether with or without the 
change of £ into o) are paroxytones : those with peculiar syllables of formation 
(as fiog, rog, &c.) are oxytone. 

7. Observe: KaXafiog, Kotrfiog, oypog, olfxog, oXpog, oppog, iroXefiog, ir6r}iog, 
wpog, and others in jxog, not being obviously derived from existing verbal roots, 
have the accent as far back as possible. So Odvarog, icivdwog. 

8. Obs. vofiog, laic vopog, pasture-ground 

Xovrpov, bath Xovrpov, water for washing 

(3log, life fiiog, bow 

Iriliog, people Sipog, fat. 

9. actXcpog, 6e6g, icpiog, Xaog, vaog, vlog, with many others that are not 
abstract nouns, are oxytone. 

10. Neuters are accented as far back as possible. ( — 1 ipTnroi', %vy6v, 
TTTspov, ujov, and the adjective substantives <pvrov, (3ot6v, pvrov.) 

11. Diminutives in iov are paroxytone when they form a dactyl (rrailiov) : 
when not, they throw the accent as far back as possible. 



— (minus) means e except ' : + (plus) means ' together with'. 



96 ACCENTUATION. 

12. Of other diminutives, 

a) idKog is paroxytone : veav'iGKog. 

b) apiov, idwv, vXXwv, v<piov, proparoxytone. 

(3) Third Declension. 

13. Monosyllables with acc. a are oxytone. — ttclq. 

14. Monosyllable neuters, and those with nom. -g, acc. v, are perispomena. 
— /cXa'f, Ktg, Xig (but acc. kXuv, kiv, Xip). 

(Polysyllables.) 

15. a) Neuters throw the accent as far back as possible. 

b) The following terminations (of mas. and fern.) are oxytone ; the others 
throw the accent back as far as possible'. 

av, svg, (t) 

ag, fern. + 6 dvdpidg, ijxdg. 

i)v — some droper names and adjectives. 

r)p,mas. + ?? yaarrip. 

ig, acc. a — dyXtg, SsXXig, fisp/xig, opvig. 

(vg — uXiog, ydXiog. -j- 6 tvpwg, idpujg, racjg. 

vq — fiorpvg, ykvvg, yrjpvg, tyxtXvg, Oprjvvg, trvg, Kopvg, Kwfivg, 

vsKvg, 7rtXeKvg, Trr\x v £i k'itvc, 7rpi<j(3vg, ardj^vg, %£\vg : — and 
some proper names, as Yoprvg, QopKvg. 

(vv, fern. — yXrjxwv, firjKCJV. + many proper names (as HatyXayuv, MaKt- 
diov), the names of the months (Va/jnyXihiv), all in sojv, and 
dyoiv, dy/cwV, aloiv, dXe/crpvwV, rjytfiujv, Krjdsmov, Kavoip, 
Xujxoiv, yiruv and a few more 1 . 

16. Feminine names of persons in ig are accented on the same syllable as the 
masculine form from which they are derived : — if, however, the masculine was 
proparoxytone or a dissyllable barytone, the fem. in ig is oxytone. 

Thus avXr}ri]Q, 'S.TrapTiaTrig, but Utpcrijg, alxpdXoiTog. 
avXrjrp'ig, 'Sir a pricing, ITtpcrtV, atxpaXwrig. 



11. ADJECTIVES. 

17- Simple adjectives (except those that are used substantively, as <piXog, a 
friend, &c.) generally have the accent on the last syllable : compound adjectives 
not. But to this rule there are many exceptions. 



1 So words denoting a place where things are kept : e. g. <7iro/3o\wV (granary), 
&c. oSovg, tooth, is oxytone. 



ACCENTUATION. 



97 



I. 

Oxytone. 

Gog, tcog, Xog, vog, 
Trog, pog, aog, crrog x . 
aog when there is 

no kindred form 

in scog. 
rig, G. tog. 
ag, G. adog. 
vg. — Verbals in roc. 
Dissyllables in oiog, 

<i>og; and aiog from 

substantives. 

Exceptions. 
aloXog r)Xiicog 
(3e(3nXog 7rr)Xiteog 
6ij\og rrjXiicog 
etajXog 
KoXog 
XaXog 
oXog 
(pavXog 

fiovog 

aicpog 

yavpog 

yXicrxpog 

eXevGepog 

Xaftpog 

Travpog 

IO0Q 

fxkffog 

All in vvog 

Those in ivog from 
simple roots, de- 
noting a substance 
or species. 

irXripng 

TjfXHTVg 

GrjXvg 
Ttp'tafivg 



II. 

Paroxytone. 

iXog, vXog, Xeog. 
Verbals in nog. 
ag, when G. not 

adog. 
eig, (ov. 

Multiplicatives in 

oog. 
r\g, G. r\Tog, 
with the word 

oXiyog. 



Exceptions. 
aiavXog 



proparox. 



III. IV. 

Proparoxytone. Properispomena. 
tog, tog, fxog, Polysyllables in 



and polysyll. 
in (tog (when 
these endings 
are simply 
appended to 
the root.) 



oioc, ({tog ; aiog 
from subst. 
Dissyllables in 
nog. 



Exceptions. 
fiaXtog 
SeZiog 
TToXiog 
GicoXiog 



Exceptions. 



avTiog 
Ivavriog 

WeXnfiog 
ira/xog 

avdptlog 

yvvaiKSiog 

iraiptlog 

fjGeiog 

fieyaXeiog 

oUelog 

bQvuog 

7rai8eioQ 

7rap6tveiog 

O7cov$ilog 

Those in tog, 
where the £ 
is an Ionic 
insertion, 
are oxytone; 
as Ktveog, 
&c. 



apaiog 
yepaiog 
drjvaiog 

(3s(3aiog 

fiiaiog 

SsiXaiog 

o/xoiog ~\ 
ytXoiog J 



-qfiaiog 

Kparaiog 

traXawg 

dUaiog 
fxaraiog 



Attic e. 



1 When adjectives with these terminations are formed from simple roots 
course %og, rpog come under cog. 



98 



ACCENTUATION. 



{Compound Adjectives.) 

18. og. — Accent as far back as possible, except in those compounded of noun, 
verb (in that order) with long penult and transitive meaning ; which are oxytone. 

19. Exceptions. — Those in apxog, cvXog, are proparoxytone : so are those in 
epyog that express a worker, not as one who follows such an occupation, but as 
one who is of such a character. These become properisp. if a contraction takes 
place ; as KaKo-tpyog, KaKovpyog. 

20. When the penult is short, those with a transitive meaning are paroxytone ; 
those with a passive or intransitive meaning, proparoxytone : nrjrpoKTovog, 
mother-killing : urirpoKTovog, killed by his mother. 

21. Exceptions. — Compounds with short penult whose first factor is a prepo- 
sition, a derivative or intensive), dvg, tv, au, dyav, apt, dpn, Ipi, r)fii, £a, Ttav, 
7ro\v, are proparoxytone : so are many in o%o£ (from cx w )* 

22. Verbals in rog become proparoxytone in the compounds, when they are 
declined with two endings : not otherwise. 

23. r]g, Gr. tog. Those are oxytone (1) that have short penult, and a verbal root 
as their last factor ; as, iofia<p-f}g. 

(2) Those ending in aXyrjg, axBrjg, sidrjg, ovpyrjg, 7r\t)9r]g. 

(3) The compounds with the words enumerated in 21 ; as, arepirrjg, &c. 

24. The neuters of rjprjg, wdijg, are p>roperisp, : rjptg, ioSeg. 

25. The others in rjg, tog, throw the accent as far back as possible (virep- 
[ity 'iOrjg, neut. vTrtpixkytBtg). 

26. Those in ag, G. ov, are paroxytone. 

27. Those in rig, G. ov, with penult long, are oxytone (except those in wwXiyc) : 
those with penult short, paroxytone. 

28. If, however, the last factor is an unaltered substantive, the accentuation 
of that substantive is retained. 

29. All in 7r\rj%, p6)%, rp<I)Z, cr<pa%, are oxytone. 

III. NUMERALS. 

30. Numerals throw the accent as far back as possible. 

31. Exceptions. — (1) Itttcl, oktoj, ivvka, harov. 

32. (2) Adverbs in diag (paroxytone). 

33. (3) Ordinals in oarog (oxytone). 

34. (4) Multiplicatives in oog, ovg. 

35. (5) Substantives in ag j fiovdg, rpidg, &c. (oxytone). 



LESSON XLIV. 



99 



IV. ADVERBS. 

36. ojq from oxytones in og is circumfiexed : from barytones, paroxytone. 

37. uq from ijg is oxytone (— those in r)9u>g). 

38. wg from vg, ojv, tig, and participles, is paroxytone. 

39. etv~) 

I (1) Those in o9ev, 061, oae, are paroxytone; except those from 

I Trag, dWog, olicog, ivdov, and eicrog l , which are proparoxytone. 
at J 

(2) With any vowel but before the termination, the accent remains on the 
syllable that has it in the original word: dp-^riQiv from apx*)', dvojQev from 
avoj. Except sKa6sv from ei<dg, Attlce SKag. 

40. de is enclitic, and treated as such: rtoXivfo, oIkovSs, MsyapdSe. 

41. dh]v is paroxytone : £6v. irfov, oxytone. 



LESSON XLIV. 
[rtOq/u. See pp. 36, 37, &c] 

VOCABULARY. 

Word-building.'] — To put-down (icara-nOrmi, W. 2 44). To put-to; to add 
{7tpo<j-TiQr]p.i). To place-round; to put round (7T£pi-ri0/;jui). To put-up (dva- 
Ti6r)p:i,W. 41). That which is put up ; a votive- offering ; offering (dva-Orjfxa, 
n. W. 11. A. 15, a). That which is fixed (6safj.og 3 = institution, ordinance, 
statute. W. 12. A. 6). A placing (Oeaig, f. W. 13. A. 15: of laws, enacting: of 
names, giving). A placer {Qk-i]g, g. ov : of names, a giver, W. 5). 

Stone (\i6og, m. A. 6). Name {bvojxa, g. arog, A. 15, a). 

Exercise 46. 
[In what number is the verb after neuter plurals ?] 
He puts-down the silver. Put-down the money. I have put- 
down the gold. I am come to put-down the silver. He has put-up 
a votive-offering in the temple of Minerva. A votive-offering 
will be put-up in the temple of Mercury. O Neptune, beautiful 
votive-offerings will be put-up in the temple. A certain beautiful 

1 Remember these words by their meaning : "Every other house, within (and) 
without" 

2 A. = Rules for Accentuation. W. = Rules for Word-building. 

3 In Athens, Oefffiog was one of Draco's, vdfiog one of Solon's, laws. 

h 2 



100 



LESSONS XLV. XLVI. 



offering was put-up in the temple of the gracious god. Do not 
put-up the offering in this temple. I was there to put-up 1 the 
offering. The giving 2 of names is something clever. The axe 
having been sharpened, the artist went-away. May the axe be 
sharpened 3 . He wondered-at the placing (pl>) of the stones. He 
was-going to put-up the beautiful offering in the temple of Minerva. 
He admires the giver 4 of names. The giver of names was wise. 
He was putting-up the offering in the temple. 

LESSON XLV. 
[dc&u/u. See p„ 36, &c] 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.} — Act of giving ; giving (Sooiq, f. W. 13. A. 15). Gift (dopa, 
W. 11. A. 15, a). To give-away (aTro-didiopn, give-up, render). To give a share 
of (fitTct-didajfxi, W. 45, impart). To give-in-return {avTi-diduni, W. 39). One- 
who-gives-forth (7rpo-86rr]g, W. 5. A. 5, proditor, traitor, betrayer). To give away 
from myself {airo-doaQai, mid., to sell). To suffer punishment (to give justice, 
diKtjv SidiofjLi). 

Exercise 47. 

The gods gave us 5 sleep. Give- us 5 a-share of the gold. The 
unjust citizen will suffer punishment. He is-going to suffer punish- 
ment. O unjust judge, you will suffer punishment. Give-a-share 
of your good (things) to the poor. He was giving-up the silver. 
The gifts of the poor are sacred. The base traitor has suffered 
punishment. The bad have suffered punishment. I am come to 
put-down a the silver. What will you give- me -in-return ? She 
is going to sell the dove. Who in-the-world has given us these 
things ? 

LESSON XLVf. 

Comparative and Superlative. 
[Learn how to form comparative and superlative, p. 13. Learn Voc. 13, p. 14.] 
1. The comparative in the Greek governs the genitive. — votywrtpoQ tov 

didacncaXov, wiser than his teacher. 



1 That 1 might put-up. * Say, placing. 3 As a wish. 

4 Say, placer. 5 Dat. of person. 



LESSON XLVII. JOl 

2. To express 1 he is too icise to do a thing,' the Greeks said, e he is wiser 
than so-as to do it,' 

0o<pu)Tsp6g Igtiv rj wore ttoiuv tovto. 

V0CA3ULARY. 

f], than. 
axTTt, so as. 

To get or acquire (srao/iai : perf. I have got = I possess). A possession, from 
root ktcl (Krrj-fxa, W. 11. A. 15, a). Act of acquiring; acquisition; possession 
(Krrj-ms, W. 13. A. 15, b). 

Exercise 48. 

[What adjectives in og have only two terminations ? Top of p. 12.] 
He gave-a* share of the gold to the very-clever poet. He will 
wonder-at the very-pious old-man. O most pious old-man, do not 
give-a-share of the silver to this most-hateful flatterer. He sold the 
dove to the Persian. The eagle is blacker than the dog. The wine 
is very sweet. Nothing (is) more hateful than a flatterer. Having- 
done very-base things, he went-away. Do not pursue the very- 
strong wild-beast. May you suffer punishment, O basest man. He 
is admiring the very-broad river. The Nile 1 is very broad. The 
voice of the nightingale is sweeter than that 2 of the peacock. He is 
too just to steal {say, juster than so-as to steal). No possession is 
better than virtue. The possession (fcr^ctc) of virtue is alone secure, 



LESSON XLVIL 
(t(rrri[ii.) 

(1) Tenses with the intrans. meaning, 'stand.' 
Pres. 'Larauai, -\ . 

' - „ « , ? Really pres. and imperf. pass. 1 am placed — 1 stand. 

Imperf. iCTa^v, J 

Fut. GTrj(rofj,ai, (really, fut. mid.) shall (place myself =) stand: hut also, 

shall erect. 
Aor. tartiy, aor. 2. act. 

Perf. earrjKa, ~\ perf. and pluperf. act., with the meaning of pres. and 
Plnp. i.OTr]Ktiv z , j imperf. 4 



1 NaXof. 2 Say, than-the. 3 Or ugttjkuv. 

4 But in some of the compounds, the perf. has a real perfect meaning. 



102 



LESSON XLVITI. 



Vocabulary. 

To stand-by (jraoa-oTr}vai l , Accent on penult). To stand-up (ava-o-rrjvai). 
To change my standing ; remove, intrans. (nsra-arrjvai). To stand-away ; revolt 



(Trao-ic, revolt. W. 13. A. 15, b). Removal ([xsracrracrtg). Act of standing-up 
(avaardaig, resurrection). That which is placed between; interval (diaunj/x a, 
W. 11. A. 15, a). Act of standing (cTavig, used for sedition 2 ). Stand-apart; 



He removed from the country. He will stand-by his friends 
(dat.). They stand-by their friends. Mayest thou stand-by thy 
friend. He is going to stand-by his friends. The resurrection of 
the body soothes the pious. The revolt of the island injured the 
city. He wonders-at the seditions of Greece. Seditions injured 
Greece. I will remove from this country. He rose up from (tV, 
gen.) his bed 3 . The Medes 4 revolted from the king. The Medes 
were-about to revolt from the king. I wonder-at the removal of the 
geometer. O geometer, rise-up from your bed. The geometer 
wondered-at the intervals between the chords (say, of the chords). 
Give (me) where I may stand. Those who stood-around wondered- 
at the strength of the fire. Those-who-have-revolted. Stand-up, 
O lawgiver. Those who were hurt stood-apart. The Persians were 
standing-apart. Stand-by your friends (143, p. 38). 



(a.7ro-<7TT]vai). To stand-round (TTtpi-GTiqvai). Act of standing-away (airo- 



separate (dia-arrjvai). 



Exercise 49. 



LESSON XLVIII. 



Pres. "i<yTr\\it 

Imperf. 'icrrtjv 

Fut. <TTT](T(t) 

Aor. tart] era 



Act. 




Perf. to-Tapca 



erect (e.g. a monu- 
ment). Aor. mid. 
has only the latter 
meaning. 



Plup. eGTa/xnv 



1 The compounds of 'LarrjpLi are here given in the inf. aor. 2. 

2 Of which Plato says, it might be better called dia-oraaig, ' standing apart J 

3 kXiv?]. 1 Mijdog. 



LESSON XLIX. 



103 



Vocabulary. 

To make to stand-up ; raise {clv-iott]\ii : also to expel a body of men from 
their country ; that is, to make them rise up and quit their homes). To make to 
stand-away (acp-iarrj/xi, to make to revolt). To remove, change, trans. (/it0- 

lGT1?l}Xl). 

Obs. As e abeo xisurus ' is i I go to see,' so the fut. part, in Greek may ex- 
press a purpose, t/koj, / am come, hiriKovprjamv, to administer- aid, &c. 

Exercise 50. 

I am come to (p 1 ) make- the Scythians -revolt. He made- the 
Medes -rebel from 2 the king. I am come, that I may make- the 
island -rebel from the Persians. He was there to expel {say, that 
he might expel) the Lydians 3 . The dogs (p. 41) will put-up the 
hares. A trophy 4 will be put-up. I am come to (p) change the 
constitution 5 . The lawgiver changed the constitution. The soul 
shall be removed from this country. The soul having been removed 
(aor.) from 6 the earth, is happy. 

LESSON XLTX. 

Some contracted forms of iotj^i occur in the per/, and pluperf., of which the 
following are the most common : 

Perf. dual, tora-ov : plur. eorafisv, 'ityrare, ecrracri^v). 
Pluperf. 3 pi. saraaav 7 . Inf. taravai. Part, eurug. 
Part. koT&g, karojcra, torwc (or ecrroc,). 
Gen. ioTwroQ, cotwotjc, sgtuitoq, &c. 

Exercise 51. 

The king will punish those who-have-revolted. The king of the 
Persians punished the island which-had-revolted. (It is) a terrible 
thing to revolt 8 (perf.). Those who-have-revolted shall be punished. 
We have revolted to the king of the Persians. Do not put-down 

1 A p will be placed after the ' to/ when it is to be translated by a participle. 

2 From after revolt is gen. or airo with gen. : to is ttooq with acc. 

3 Avdog. 4 rpoiraiov. 5 j) noX'trua. 6 Ik, with gen. 

7 e<XTci[itv, &c, from pluperfect, hardly occur in prose. i<Trr}Ksvai is perhaps 
not in use at all. — 'icrraOi, etrraitjv, are poetical : of the subj. ear<2>, the forms 
with 77 do not occur. 

8 Express the article. 



104 



LESSONS L. LI. 



(aor.) the silver. They were going to put-down the gold. Ye 
were there to (p) put up the offerings in the temple of Ceres. Do 
not stand-by the bad (143, p. 38). He is too pious c to revolt 
from the gods. 

LESSON L. 
[itipi : p. 40. 146, 148.1 

Vocabulary. 

To send or throw away (cKp-irifxt, dismiss: let go: hurl, sJwot). To send- 
together, i. e. put-quickly-together = understand (<tvv-uj[xl). Intelligence {avv- 
e-cig, A. 15, b). Dismissal (cuptGig). 

Missile ((SeXoc, n. A. 15, b. — dart, javelin, arrow). 

Exercise 52. 

The soldiers hurled their javelins. I will let- you -go. The 
darts being hurled hurt nobody. The boys are shooting their 
arrows. I am come to (p) shoot-off e my arrows. O boys, you will 
shoot-off your arrows. Let the dart be hurled (imperat. of per/.). 
The darts were hurled. They were-about to hurl their darts. 
Having shot-off his arrow, he went-away. Having shot-off these 
arrows, I will go-away. A certain boy had shot-off an arrow. The 
boy understood his father's words. You understood what (neut. 
of rel. p. 15) I was saying. The geometer was astonished-at the 
intelligence of the boy. Do not say what you do not 1 understand. 
If we understand, (say we understanding: gen. absol.), they will be 
silent. 

LESSON LI. 

(Contracted Verbs in eu).) 
[Learn Rules, p. 31. Art. 126, 1 ; and Voc. 20, p. 100.] 
Obs. In present tense we have u, ov, for e, o. 

Exercise 53 2 . 

Ye are injuring the good citizens. Do not injure the good citizen. 
Do not threaten. He was there to threaten (say, that he might 

1 m> 

2 In these and the following examples, use the contracted imperfects of ri6r]/.u 
and 'it] fit. See 142, p. 38. 



LESSON LIT. 



105 



threaten) the base flatterer. What in- the- world are you threaten- 
ing me with (say, are you threatening to me)? The self-satisfied 
young-men were threatening the just judge. Ye were injuring the 
just artist. The two young-men were injuring the pious old- 
man. Ye were counting the seditions of Greece. Practise virtue. 
The Persians practised (imperf.) this virtue. The citizens were 
unfortunate. Do not move the stone. The boys were moving the 
great stone. Do not rail-at your father. The artists were putting- 
up the offering. The boys were giving-a-share of the flesh to the 
wild-beasts. The boys were shooting-ofF their arrows. Do not add 
(pres.) this. 

LESSON LTI. 
(Contracted Verbs in aw.) 
[Voc, p. 24. Learn also Vocab. of Irregular Nouns, p. 41.] 

Vocabulary. 

Word- building. .] — Deceit (airarr]). To have or use deceit ; to deceive (cnra- 
Taoi). Deceitful (a.iraTi)\oQ, W. 22. A. 17). To laugh (ye\aoj,fut. yeXaaopai. 
See p. 27- 114, a). To be inclined to laugh (ytXaatUo, W. 4, a). 

(Model Sentence.) 
lav ti (xwfxev, SwcTo/xev : if we have any thing, we will give it. 
kolv ( — Kai dv, nai lav), even if; even though. 

In a conditional sentence with * if/ use lav with the subjunctive when the 
verb of the consequence is in the future. 

Exercise 54. 

Having been deceived (aor.), he went- away. He is going to 
deceive his father. If you deceive your father, the gods will chas- 
tise you. The boy is deceitful. The race of flatterers is deceitful *. 
The citizen was railing-at him who-had-deceived (him) f . Ye are 
deceiving your mothers. He was daring (to do) this. Who in-the- 
world dares to do this? Do not deceive (sing.). If you dare (to 
do) this, you will be chastised. Who in-the-world erected the 
trophy ? I will chastise him who-is-daring f this. Do not hunt (pi.) 
this hare. O Apollo 2 , do not injure this city. I will give-a-share 
of the milk (p. 41) to the boys. Who in-the-world (pi.) built this 



1 Begin with the adjectiv 



2 P. 9, 32. Obs. 2. 



106 



LESSONS LIU. LIV. 



temple to Mars ? (p. 41.) He wondered-at the laughter (p. 41) of 
the deceitful (man). Even though you laugh, you shall be chas- 
tised. The boy was laughing. T should laugh. He wounded 
{fi\<nrr) the Scythian with his spear (p. 41). O boy, you are 
inclined-to-laugh. 

LESSON LIII. 
(Contracted Verbs in oo>.) 
[Learn from Ztvg to Maprvg of Irregular Nouns, p. 41.] 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building. ~\ — To make accurate, from aicp'ifiijg (afcp7/3ow, to know accu- 
rately ; to observe accurately; keep accurately). Accuracy (atcplfieia, W. 17. 
A. 1, a). Accurately {aicpZfiujg, A. 37). To enslave, strengthened from dovXou) 
(icaTa-dovXou), W. 44). 

Both, rs l , after its word. 

Exercise 55. 

You are staining- the boy's hair -with- blood. He was there to 
enslave 3 the islanders 2 . You know- the name -accurately. Do not 
accurately-observe this. The Persian was accurately-keeping his 
rank. The geometer will wonder-at the accuracy of Thales. O 
Jupiter, do not observe- accurately these works. The Greeks built 
this temple to the great 3 Jupiter. He admired the hero. The 
hero's hair {pi.) was-standing on-end {say, straight, p. 10, 38). I 
was wondering-at this kind of hair {pi.). You will wonder-at both 
the hair {pi.) and the claws of the wild-beast. I will give the key 
to this servant. He wondered at the mess. I will give the mess 
to these witnesses. The boy admired the dogs of the Greek. 

LESSON LIV. 

(Rest of the Irregular Nouns : and the present and fut. Tenses of the Verb to be, 

p. 40.) 

Exercise 56. 

Nature has given great ears to asses 4 . I will give-a-share of the 
water to the bird. Neptune, do not hurt this city. You will not 



1 This is the weakest 'both.' /cat before its word is stronger. 

2 Islander, from vrjaog (y?7<nwr/?e, 35). 

3 P. 13. 4 bvog, m. A. 6. 



LESSONS LV. LVI. 



107 



deceive Neptune. They were-going to polute the temple of Nep- 
tune. They were-not-able to deceive Neptune. The old man will 
assemble the wise Greeks in (eiy) the Pnyx. You (pi.) will admire 
the swallow's wings. He has two sons \ He has (say, there are to 
him) beautiful daughters. boys, ye are deceitful. Ye will be 
wise. It will be just. The woman will give this to her husband 2 . 



LESSON LV. 

(d7r-eijxi, I will go aicay. Leam its tenses, p. 40.) 

The radical vowel of this verb is i, lengthened in some forms into «. 

dpi = icill go : the other moods whose nature allows it, have also this future 
meaning, which does not, however, appear in dependent and secondary sentences, 
in which they are generally employed. — Obs. iwv with accent of an aorist 
participle. 

Exercise 57. 

The citizen having-been wronged (perf.), will go-away. Having- 
been wronged, you will go-away. The poor (man) will go-away 
empty. Let him go-away. We will not go-away empty. O most 
empty of flatterers, go-away. If you go-away, you shall be 
punished. Having threatened the very-base old man, we w r ent- 
away into the city. Let us go-away (sabj.) to deceive the very-wise 
old-man. 

LESSON LVI. 

(Second Aorist.) 

(1) Comparatively few verbs have the second aorist in the act, and mid. ; but 
more have it in the passive. 

Some verbs that have aor. 2. act. : 

(3a\\- KpaZ,- (short root upay) (j>evy- Xenr 

cast, hit croak fly ; fly from leave. 

Some verbs with aor. 2. pass. : 

ratyau) (ray) GKanTO) paTrru) 3 Kpvirr 3 GTtip 

arrange dig sew hide soic. 

Very few verbs have both aorisU in use in the same dialect: kovtttu) and 
/3Xa7rroj hate (in the pass.). Such verbs may be compared with dig, &c. ; which 
have two forms for their perfect, digged, dug. 

1 There are to him two sons. Express e two,' and use the dual for e sons.' 

2 di'i)p, p. 13. 3 For the short root of these verbs, see 76, p. 20. 



108 



LESSON LVII. 



Vocabulary. 

Word-building.} — Act of arranging ; order, rank, post {ray-Gig = ra%tg, W. 13. 
A. 15, b). Act of digging, from CKa-trr, to dig; short root, <JKa$ {gkol^t}, W. 15). 
To dig-down (KctTa-GKcnrTO) — to raze walls, &c). Act of razing (icaTaffKCKpr], 
W. 15). To stitch or sew together {avp-pairruj 1 ). That which has been dug 
(ffKafi-na, foss ; trench, A. 15, a). A digger {aKa-aT^o, W. 5). From to sow, 
CTTSip -w.form that which is sown; seed (aTrep/xa, A. 15, a). 

Exercise 58. 

The Scythian left his rank. Why in-the-world did the Persian 
leave his post ? He was hit by a great stone. The raven croaked. 
The young-man fled into the city. The wise words were put- 
together 2 by the flatterer. The citizens will both dig and sow. 
That-which-was-sown f withers- away. The Greeks fled towards the 
walls of the city. Vice will wither the soul. I do not accurately- 
know the name of the seeds which ye sowed. T did not accurately- 
know the name of the seeds which were sown. I am come, that I 
may raze the walls. By whom were the walls razed ? I am come 
to raze b the walls of the city. They were lamenting the razing of 
the walls. They are too wise c to fly-from their friends. 

LESSON LVII. 
(Perf. 2. See § 20. Attend to 106.) 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.] — To break-to-pieces (Karayvv^ii. See 153, 1, p. 43). Pitcher 
(vurpa). A potter (xvrpevg, A. 15, b). To have wealth, to grow or be rich, 
from TrXovrog, wealth (TrXovT-eto). Wealthy (7rXov(riog, W. 17- A. 17). To 
send-up (avirjfjii ; also to dismiss, relax, slacken). Relaxation, laxness (av-t-aig, 
A. 15, b). Slave (dovXog, A. 6). Act of flying, flight, from (psvy (<pvy-T],W. 15). 
A fugitive (<pvy-dg, Gr. adog, deserter, exile). Act of lamentation (odvpnog, W. 10. 
A. 6). 

Verbs wither/. 2 : Xelttoj, (psvyoj, Sec. See Voc. 21, p. 26. 



1 The avp is aw with its final consonant assimilated : it will appear again as 
aw before the augment. 

2 Aor. 2. from wppa-rio. 



LESSON LVIII. 



109 



Exercise 59. 

All have fled. I will pursue those-who-have-fled f . I would- 
not-fly-from s the pleasures of , virtue. The boy broke- the pitcher 
-to-pieces. The pitcher is-broken-to-pieces (perf. 2. act.). I 
lament my father's flight. I shall lament the evils 1 of old-age. 
What in-the-world is the lamentation? I will put-a-stop-to this 
lamentation. I would not leave (aor. 2) my post. We have not 
left our post. Wealth is sent-up out-of (Iff, gen.) the earth. The 
potter, having-grown-wealthy, will remove out-of the country. 
The potters are wealthy. They will punish the deserters. He did 
not-understand the slackening of the strings. The strings were 
slackened. 

LESSON LVIII. 
(Irregular Verbs. Learn the Irregular Verbs in a.) 
Obs. 1. aipko), take : in mid. take to myself; choose, elect. 
Obs. 2. vavg, vewg, vr\i, vavv,l are the Attic forms of vavg, ship. 

vr/eg, veuiv, vavai, vavg, j Thucyd. has dual vtolv. 

Obs. 3. ' Apapravio with gen. is to miss (an aim, &c). 

'A\sE(o (assist: with acc. ward off) is in mid. ward off from myself; 
repel ; rexenge-myself-on. 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.'] — Form from alp's- (o, subst. to express the act (alptcng, choice, 
A. 15, b). From crrpaTog army, ayui lead, form one who leads an army, general 
((TTpaTijyog, A. 18). Form from alps-Ofxai, adj. to express, capable of being taken, 
or fit to be taken (alptrog, eligible, desirable, A. 17). From dovXog slave, form 
to be a slave (dovXetiio). From ctfiaprs, shorter root of afiapravu), form subst. a 
sin committed (afiapTi][xa, errour) — Sin (afxapria). 

Worthy (a%iog, A. 17). Death (Qavarog, A. 7). Aim, mark (atzoTrog). 
Exercise 60. 

The general took the town. Pleasure has taken-prisoners (atpe) 
many men. Let not him who-has-been-chosen f (aor.) go away. 
Those who-had-been-chosen f , lamented (imperf.). I wondered-at 
the generals, whom you' elected. I would not choose s (aor.) this. 



Neut. pi. of KUKog, as mala in Latin. 



110 



LESSON LIX. 



She led the boy 1 by the hand. The mother was leading her 
daughter by 1 the hand. I did not perceive the boy (gen.'). The 
city was taken. If the city be taken 1 (aor.), I shall lament. The 
city is-going to be taken. All the ships were taken. Having been 
taken (aor.), they will be- slaves. This life would not be& desirable. 
What do you order concerning 2 the choice of generals? If you 
hide these things, you will sin. He sinned (things) worthy of 
death. He has missed his aim. Whosoever (og av, with subj.) has 
sinned (aor. subj.), shall be punished. The boy having committed 
(say, having sinned) great sins, the father was lamenting. You will 
miss every thing (pi.)* You would miss g your mark. If any one 
sin (aor.), he shall be punished. Sin blunts the soul. Sin having 
blunted your soul, you will commit (say, sin) great sins. Justice 
increases cities. True wisdom will increase the city. I am come 
to revenge-myself-on b my enemies. 

LESSON LIX. 
Irregular Verbs (/3). 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.] — To go from {cnro-fiaivu — turn out, of events, &c. : also to 
disembark). To go up (ava-(5aivu), from the coast to the interior of a country : 
also to mount). To go down (Kara-fiaivu), to the coast from the interior). Act 
of going-up (ava-(3a<Tig). 

To come together {avfi-^aivio, happen). 

To throw away (airo-fiaWwi). The act of throwing away (a.7ro-(3o\rj, W. 15) 
A thrower-away (cnro(3o\tvg, A. 15, b). To be thrown-away, as adj. {aito- 
(5\r]Tog). 

To eat down ((cara-/3t/3pw(r/cw = eat up : see 43). 
When ? 7t6t£ ; 

Exercise 61. 

When will the general disembark? I will look towards the 
things that-will-turn-out f . I wonder-at the throwing-away of his 
arms. Who in-the- world threw-away (aor. 2) his ^ arms? The 
very-base man has thrown-away the silver. The horns of the stag 
were thrown-away (aor. 2). Having disembarked from (ek) his 



See Lesson LIT. 



Trtp'i with gen. 



LESSON LX. 



Ill 



ship, he left the city. Those who-have-disembarked from the ship, 
"will go away. I wonder-at the things that-are -turning out f . The 
thrower-away of his arms has injured the city. Having-mounted 
(aor.) his horse 1 , he will pursue the wild-beasts. He is going to 
mount (on) his horse. I have gone on board 2 . The general dis- 
embarked from his ship. Cyrus 3 went-up against (im, acc.) the 
king. I was wondering-at those who-were-about-to-go-up f against 
the king. Ye will go-down towards the harbour. The quail was- 
going to be eaten-up. The generals were going to disembark from 
their ships. Many evils had happened. The trees grew (fiXaaravoj). 

LESSON LX. 
(Learn Irregular Verbs, y, S.) 
tl ti £X ot i" l > 8°<-t]v av : if I should have any thing, I would give it. 
When, in a conditional sentence, both verbs have should, would, both are in the 
optative: the conditional verb without av, the other with it. 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building. "\ — From root yvo form act of knowing, knowledge (yvuaig, 
A. 15, b). To know something against a man (Kara-yiyvucKu = to condemn). 
To run-away {a-n-o-didpaaica)). 

Exercise 62. 

The lion shall become a horse. The slaves will become masters. 
If the slaves should become masters, the change would be just. If 
the slaves become masters, they will punish the citizens, I wonder- 
at the things that-have-happened f (part, perf, 2 of ytyvofiai). 
Something of-that-kind (roiovrog) was going to happen (aor.). They 
will become better 4 . (It is) a hard thing to know the soul. Being 
gods, ye know the affairs of-men (adj. avdpuyirivog). Let-us-know 
(aor.) if 5 you speak true (things). Nothing (is) better than know- 
ing i these things. I wonder-at those-who-know (aor.) f these things. 
The dog will bite the boy. The dog would bite the boy. The boy 
having-been-bitten by (biro, gen.) the dog, was crying-out. The 



1 Say, on his horse ; km with acc. 2 Say, have gone-up into the ship. 

3 6 Kvpog. 4 Drop the v from pi. of fltkriuv, and contract. 

5 si with indie. 



112 



LESSON LXI. 



Ethiopian having-been-bitten 1 (aor. 1), ran-away. The city was 
built by the Greeks. Those-who-built f (aor. 1. mid. regular) the 
city, appointed the laws. Who in-the-world taught the boy ? I 
will have- the boy -taught the arithmetical 2 art. If these things 
should be 3 so, I shall run away. If these things should be so, I 
should run away. The slaves, having run away, shall be punished. 

LESSON LXI. 

Irregular Verbs (t). 
Obs. 1. lya'pw, awaken, stir-up ; rouse-up: syprjyopa, I am awake. 
Obs. 2. (Eng.) The rhinoceros has a very hard hide. 

(Greek.) The rhinoceros has the hide very hard : ti)v dopdv lexvpo- 
rdrnv t'x f t- 
Obs. 3. Add to the Irregular Verbs : 

IXauvo), drive; eXacu) ag, <ji) ; 

iXrjXaica, IXrjXctfjicti, rfXdQrjv. — Drive away (cnr-tXavvu)). 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.'] — Am asleep (Ka6evSu>). Opposite (Ivavnog, A. 17). Imme- 
diately (tvQvg). That which is eaten, from ISt (sfooyza, W. 11). Proper to be 
eaten (tdscrog, esculent, W. 24). A finder (tvptrng, W. 5. A. 5). A thing found 
(tvprjpia, W. 11. A. 15, a. invention, discovery). From Qvfiog, mind, form to have 
the mind on («7ri-0vfi-£w, desire, governs gen.). Form easily from pahog, easy 
(pqdiug, A. 36). 

Exercise 63. 

Do not wake the base desires of the soul. He will stir-up a 
sedition in the city. Ye have stirred-up the desires of vice. The 
boys having-been-awakened (aor. 1. pass.), will go away. You 
immediately were-awake j (perf. 2). Being-asleep •> is opposite to 
being-awake •>. I will give the keys not to those-who-are-asleep f , 
but to those-who-are-awake f . Do not eat 4 things 5 not (/.trj) proper- 
to-be eaten. He said this. Let us follow this (man) 2 . His friends 

1 Aor. 1. pass, and perf. pass, are regular from dt]tc. 

2 From apiOn* form adj. to express relating to counting (dptOfinriKog, A. 17, 

arithmetical). 

?> Aor. of yiyvofiai : so, ovrojg. 4 laOno to be used. 

5 Use the article, omitting things. 



LESSON LXII. 



113 



were following Thales. Ye will follow the just judge 2 . Let us go 
to (Trpog) the things-which -follow f these. I will praise 1 those-who- 
follow f the law. You did not follow the geometer's wise words. If 
he were (optat.) wise, he would follow the laws. Following i the 
laws is (the part) of a good citizen. I have come the opposite way 
(ace). I came to announce a these things to the citizens. You 
would not find (aor.) more beautiful things than these. If you find 
(aor.) the silver, you will-give-a-share (of it) to the poor. I have 
found a certain treasure 2 of wisdom. You will not easily find a 
greater city than this 3 . If we find (aor.) the road, we will run 
away. The arithmetical art was not-yet (ovttw) discovered. These 
things have been found-out. The discovery is wise. Let him have 
this nature. If you have this (pi.), you will have all (pi. of u-n-ag, 
p. 13). A certain woman had (imperf.) a goose. He had (aor.) 
many names. It (is) hard to boil (aor.) a stone. 

LESSON LXII. 
(Irregular Verbs, £, 9 } t.) 
Exercise 64. 

He is not-yet dead (perf.). It is better to die* (per/.) than to 
live. Let the unjust man die (perf.). Let some-one bury the body 
of the dead man (perf. part.). Every thing that-lives is-born 5 from 
that-which-is-dead f (perf. part.). The souls of those who-have- 
died f , still live. O basest man, thou shalt die 6 . Even-though 
we die (aor.), we shall live. Dying is not formidable 7 to the good. 
Let us sit down (pres. mid.). The king makes- the horsemen -sit- 
down. We will-make- the boys -sit-down. He arrived to teach a 
the citizens. You have arrived here (hvpo). No-one has arrived 
thence 8 . Ye will arrive here. Philip drove-away the ambassadors 9 . 

1 (.Tr-aivkb). See p. 42. 2 9i~iaavp6g. 

3 When man or thing is omitted, the article is not to be used with ourog. 

4 Use the syncopated forms of 9vi)<jkoj (note, p. 44) as well as the regular 
ones. 

5 Pres. of yiyvofxai. 6 Use fut. Tt9vt]%0[xai. 7 <pofitp6g. 
8 tKiWev. 9 7rptoj3rg, A. 15, b. 

I 



114 



LESSON LXIIT. 



The man was not deceived. The woman, having been deceived 
(aor.), deceived her husband also (jccu before the article). This wise 
man has come to boil a a stone. 

LESSON LXIII. 
(Irregular Verbs, k.) 

(1) Use the Attic form kugj. 

(2) I will not do it, npiv av tXOyg, before you come. 

Vocabulary. 
To fear {<po$konai). 

Word-building.'] — Act of burning ; burning (tcavcrig). That which isburnt-up ; 
heat (Kavfia). Burnable (Kavaifxog, A. 17). To burn-down (/caraffaw, bum = 
consume by burning). Act of mixing, mixture, mingling (tcpa-aig). Choose (i9k\u>). 
From bpQog, right, form rightly (dpQwg, A. 36). High (v\pr)\og, A. 17). 

Exercise 65. 

He fears being-burnt K Burn the letter. He fears the heats. 
The boy was fearing the burning of his body. I will not go away 
before the letter is burnt (aor. 1. pass.). The wood having been 
burnt-down {aor.), the slaves ran-away. Do you call any-thing 
right ? When I call (say, I calling), he does not choose to come- 
in *. I called the boy. The boy being called (aor.), does not 
choose to come. The judge has been invited (say, called) to 
dinner 2 . He will have been rightly called (fut. 3). Virtue would 
be rightly called s (aor.) by-this name (acc. without prepos.). The 
mother was calling her daughter. His body suffered (Ka/Avo) 3 ) from- 
disease. I shall never 4 be-tired of praising him (say, praising him). 
The souls of those who-have-flnished-their-labours 5 still live. I 
will not cease before T am tired (aor.). The cup has been mixed. 
I will not go-away before the cup is mixed 6 (aor.). I fear the 
mixture of opposite things. He hung from (ct7ro, yen.) a high 
(place). The mountains hung over (virep, gen.) the city itself . 
They hang timidly (say, fearing) on (kin, gen.) their horses. 



1 tia-Ufll. 2 £7Tl SsiTTVOV. 

3 Kctfivh), to labour; to suffer (from disease); to be tired. 

4 oviroTt. 5 Perf. part, of Ka/xvu). 6 fKpdOijv and iKipdaQrjv, Plat. 



LESSON LXIV. 



115 



LESSON LXIV. 
(Irregular Verbs, \, fx.) 
XavOdveiv rtvd, to escape a man's notice. 

(1) When the my, thy, his, their, &c. are emphatic, they are to be translated 
by possessive 1 pronouns. 

Your slave, 6 cog dovXog. 

(A slave of yours, cog covXog.) 

(2) The possessives of the third persons (og, ofylrtpog' 1 ) are hardly ever used ; 
the gen. avrov, avrwv being used for 'his,' 'their? kavrov, iavruiv (or avrov, 
avr&v), for 'his own,'' 'their own? 

(3) (Eng.) My' friend and my father's. 

(Greek.) 6 kfibg <piXog ical 6 tov irarpog ['my friend and the of my father' 
(friend understood)]. 

06s. When the possessive pron. is emphatic, it will have an accent over it 
(thus, my). 

Exercise 66. 

You have received (as your lot) a wonderful nature. Ye have 
received (as your lot) this land. He received (as his lot) both your 
city and this. Having received the island (as his lot, aor.), he 
went-down towards the sea. Having taken {perf.) the silver, I 
will give-a-share (of it) to this lame man. The Greeks have bor- 
rowed {say, taken) many names from {irapa, gen.) the barbarians 3 . 
I will not go-away before 1 I have taken (aor.) the city. They will 
not go-away till the city is taken 4 (aor. 1). He entered 5 secretly 
{say, having-lain-hid, aor.) into the city. The road is very narrow. 
I will take (some) of the flesh. I have escaped-his-notice. You 
did not escape-the-notice-of the gods, when you wronged {say, 
wronging) the poor. You would not escape-the-notice-of s the gods, 
if you injured {say, injuring) the poor. I shall learn many things 
from {napa, yen.) the very wise geometer. Ye had learnt many 
things from your fathers. You have either 6 learnt or invented 

1 The possessive pronouns are accidentally omitted in Voc. 16 : 

ifiog, <rog, (og) \ r'jusrepog, vfierepog, ((npsrspog). 

2 aty'sTipog is found (at one age or another) for all the persons of both numbers. 

3 fidp(3apog. 4 Reg. from \n(3. 5 da-spxojxai. 
6 Either — or, j} — rj. 

i 2 



116 



LESSON LXV. 



many names. Water has been mixed with-the fire. Iron being- 
mixed (aor. 2), what in-the-world will it become 1 They say that 
you (acc, with infin.) do not remember. He is too-wise c to mix 
opposite things. He had (imperf.) both his own dog and his 
friend's. (See 2, 3.) I will give (some) of the bran to the hares. 

LESSON LXV. 

(Irregular Verbs, o.) 
Vocabulary. 

Word-building.] — Slippery, from oXioOt (dXio-Qrjpog, W. 19). A slip (okio-Bnjxa, 
W. 11. A. 15, a). The power of smelling, from oaQpe (docpprjvic,, W. 13. 
A. 15, b). Home = to home (o"acade). From home (oikoOsv, A. 39). 

(1) £aa> (live, am alive), ireivdu) (am hungry), di^au) (am thirsty, thirst), 
Xpao/xai (use), contract as into tj instead of a, and ati into y.| 

(2) xpao/iai governs the dative. 

(3) Use d-n-oWv/xi instead of the simple oWvui. The perf. cnr-oXuAa = I am 
undone. 

(4) Translate to-be-prof table-to, to benefit, by bvivrjui; and to receive benefit- 
from, by the pass, of that verb. 

(5) syo> olfiat occurs as syoj/xai : ojq lyt^fiai, as I' think. 

Exercise 67. 

I have seen the city living and being-awake. I think that- you 
(pi. acc.) think the truth (say, true things). If we were-to-think 
this u , we should be-wrong 1 . 1 did not think (imperf.) that the 
city was takeable. The flatterer is gone. I shall be off home (fut. 
of olyofiai, with participle of cbr-ap). You will slip. The old 
man slipt. I fear the great and slippery stones. I am undone (3). 
Seditions destroy the city. Vice was destroying the young-man. 
The sedition destroyed the city. Having ruined (uttoWvixl) the 
city, he is gone. We are undone, if we be-known (aor. 1 . pass.). 
He has arrived here from-home. I think that-you (acc.) have 
heard 2 . You will destroy 3 (Att. fut.) the whole? race. You 
swore false oaths 4 . My tongue 5 has sworn. My mind has sworn. 
If you' do not swear", I' will not swear. Justice is-profitable-to 
states. Others, seeing these, receive benefit. By doing this (say, 



1 afiaprdvoj. 

4 OpKOQ. 



2 151, p. 42. 
5 yXdoaaa. 



3 109, p. 26. See note 1. 



LESSON LXV1. 



U7 



doing this), you will benefit your friends. Looking towards these, 
you would receive-benefit s. If you follow the laws (say, following 
the laws), ye will receive-benefit. The soul is not seen. I had 
not-even (ovde) seen Thales. If you were-to-see u these things, 
you would laugh. You are leading him where 1 you will see him. 
No-one has seen him walking (j3adt£w), nor will see (him). No-one, 
as I think (5), of those who-were-present f , said 2 this. The 
gods gave us the power 3 both of seeing j and smelling K "What 
is owing (pass.) to you ? 

LESSON LXVI. 
(Irregular Verbs, ir.) 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building. ~\ — To fall-into (l/i-7ri7rr£ii>. £/x will again become iv before the 
augment). A fall, from itro (7rrwjua, W. 11. A. 15, a). To drink-down (»eara- 
7rtVw = swallow). Drinking, from iro (-xoaig, A. 15, 6). That which is drunk, 
drink {iru^a, W. 11. A. 15, a). That which is eaten, meat, from /3po, simplest 
root of (3i[3pio<ric(o (/3jOWjua). Often, from noW (-rroWaicig, A. 32). To Athens 
('Adfiva^s for 'AOrjvag-de). It seems (doKti. The third persons of the other 
tenses, except imperf, are to be formed from Sok. 86%6i, tdo%e : perf. StSoKrai). 
Relating to art (rixvinog, W. 20). In a scientific manner, scientifically (t£x vi - 
k<i)q, A. 36). 

Exercise 68. 

I do not know what in-the- world he has suffered (indie). They 
will play with 4 each-other. I have not suffered greater things than- 
these. They often suffered, what they thought that they should do 
(fut. infin. without pronoun). If you suffer any thing", I' will 
stand-by (you). The Medes will suffer less (evils) than the Persians. 
What do you think that-you shall suffer (omit pronoun) 1 The wild- 
beast has swallowed (aor.) a bone. I am come to fix (partic.) the 
centre 5 in the earth. The water was congealed (aor.). All? the 
wine is congealed. We saw the slave both drinking and having 
drunk. You have fallen-into (tig, acc.) a wonderful discourse 6 . 
The old man slipt and fell (say, having slipt, fell). He is going to 

1 o7ruv. 2 Irreg. verb, 23. 3 Svvafiig. 

4 Trpog, towards, acc. 3 ksvtqov. g \6yog. 



118 



LESSON LXVTI. 



receive-benefit from 1 the work. Being frightened, they are-ofF. 
Having run-away (aor.) to (em, acc.) the sea. Do not drink much 
wine. The horse having been sold (aor.), I shall be-off to Athens. 
Whoever is caught 2 , shall be sold 3 . The city would not have fallen h 
such 4 a fall. We' prevented them from falling (say, to fall ; aor. 
inf.). The boy fell from (airo, gen.) a certain ass. The rhetorician, 
struck (aor. 2) by what-had-been-said (aor.) f , was-silent. The 
young-man having been struck (aor. 2) by the old man, was chas- 
tising him. It seemed to all that the man was struck 5 : and he (6 o') 
fell scientifically. I would enquire 5 (aor.). I will not go away 
before 1 I have enquired. He sends a man to enquire (partic.) e . 
I will enquire what I ought n to do. The letter, having fallen into 
the fire, was burnt. You have asked what you ought to do (omit 
you). Fly-from the desires about (nepi, gen.) meats and drinks. 

LESSON LXVII. 
(Irregular Verbs, p, a, r.) 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.} — That which flows, as thing (ptvfia, stream). Fountain (irt]yi]). 
Pure (icaOapog, A. 17). To make pure (icaOaipu) 6 or KaQap'iCw). To be pure, to 
preserve one's purity (tcaOaptvu)). Purity (KaOaporrjg, G. rjTog, A. 15, 6). To 
break-down (Karap^yvv/Jii ; use pass, for break-down intrans.). To drag down 
(Ka.Ta-<J7rdu)). Scimitar (a.Kiva.Kt]g, G. ov : a of penult short). Cutting, from 
rtfi (to [xri, W. 15; or, from tlis, Tpirjcrig, the word for laying- waste). 

(1) The aor. 2. evfirjv (like ((ttj]v) is intrans. I am extinguished. 

(2) Aor. mid. airdaao-dai is to draw a sword, &c. 

Exercise 69. 

There is flowing a fountain of pure water. There are flowing 
fountains of pure waters. Their desires have flowed towards these 
things. It happened that a portion of land (sag, something of land) 
was broken-ofF. Labours extinguish insolence. The city was 
terrified at (trpog, acc.) the tidings 7 . The wall broke-down (aor. 2. 

1 a-Ko. 2 ooTig av with aor. subj. of dXicrKuj. 3 7re7rpda$Tai. 

4 Use the art. before such. 5 TrtnXijyei ai. 6 Use KaQaipu). 

7 dyyeX'ia. 



LESSON LXVII. 



119 



pass.). They thought that-the place 1 was already taken. The 
couch was spread (per/.). We will lay- the country -waste. The 
country having been laid-waste, the Persians marched-into-the- 
interior (avapaivcj). The physicians use both cutting and burning. 
Do not cut the tree. He fears cutting and burning. If you cut u 
the tree, you shall be punished. The gods gave us the power both 
of seeing J and of being seen j . The bridge broke-down {pass.). 
The mother has borne a son. Wealth begot insolence. He is 
lamenting the death of her-who-bore-him f . I will give-a-share of 
the silver to those who-have-been-wounded f (aor.). O woman, do 
not wound your husband. The laying-waste of the land injured 
Greece. He ordered the boy to run and announce this (say, having 
run 2 to announce). The others had run-down to (etc) the harbour. 
Do not pollute the purity of your soul. Cyrus was dragged-down 
from his horse. He drew his scimitar. I will be pure (from) base 
desires (gen.). 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.] — To cut-down (icaTa-Tsnvu)). Harp (oOapa). To play-on- 
the-harp (/ci0ap«'£w). 

Exercise 70. 

Having come thither, you must n die. The (crops) that-had-been 
cut-down, had-sprung-up 3 . He being-struck (aor.) by some man, 
went-away and died (say, having gone-away, died) immediately ; 
and he who-struck f him escaped (diatyevyuj). The boy hit the mark. 
They happened to have drunk 4 the mess. O boy, you will hit the 
mark. O boy, do not strike the slave with your whip. The whole 
race was-extinct 5 . He rushed 6 (say, sent-himself) against 7 him. 
The very faithful servant saw Cyrus fallen (perf. part.). The 
servant threw-himself-on 8 his master's body. The bridges broke- 
down. (Men) say that the harp was an invention of Minerva. He 
purified the temple of Minerva. Having-added this, he was-off. 
He is-going to add this. 

1 to xojpiov. 2 Aor. 3 (3\a<jravoj. 

4 Say } having drunk (aor.). 5 Use atroofitvvvfxi. 6 Mid. of 'iijfii. 

7 lir'i: cut off i before the vowel of avrov, and mark the apostrophe. 

8 Say, fell-around, from 7rfpi-7ri7rrw, with dat. 



120 LESSONS LXVTII. LXIX. 

LESSON LXVIII. 
(Irreg. Verbs, 0, x-) 
Vocabulary. 

Word-building.] — Possible-to-be-taught,/ro?ft didax- (SidaKTog, W. 24). To 
burst-asunder (diapprjyvvni, pass, for intransitive 'burst'). 
<pkpe ( = the Latin age), come ; come now. 

Exercise 71. 

I am-seen 1 to know {say, knowing 2 ) nothing. They carried- 
him -out, as-if 3 dead (perf.); but he had 4 suffered nothing. Virtue 
would appear s (aor. 2) to be possible-to-be-taught (neut. : omit 
to be). The number was greater than that-which-now-appears f 
{aor. 2). I should bear {aor.) s old-age cheerfully {say, easily). 
Come now, let us see what follows {say, the things following) these z . 
You will bear-off (fut. mid.) greater honours than the others. 
Wherefore 5 , think you {sing.), does he bear reproach ? They 
arrived at (elg) the city before us {say, ' they anticipated us, having 
arrived at the city '). I will disembark before you {say, c I will 
anticipate you, having gone out from the ship '). I shall rejoice 
to remember y this true pleasure. Philip was driven-out from (e£) 
Eubcea 6 . I am-seen to have received (say, having received 7 ) favour. 
Even- though some of these men should burst-asunder, Philip was 
driven-out by me. He swore that-he would go-away {inf. of 
cLTT-eifxi, without pron.). 

LESSON LXIX. 
Vocabulary. 

Word-building.'] — Form thing with which one is bound, from de- (de-c-[xog } 
chain, bond: W. 10. A. 6). One who is bound; prisoner (dta^ojrr]g 8 ). Prison 
(dscr/iojTripiov, W. 7- A. 10). Belonging to the people; public, from dij/jLog, 
people (SrifxoGLog, A. 17. hi.). Praiser, from iiraiviu), to praise (kiraivtTr)g). 



Use (paivofiai. 2 olSa, laOi, ei6su]i/, eidw, dbkvai, tidujg. 

wg. 4 rjv, from et/it, with part. perf. 

Sid t'l, o"ui, &c. 5 ~Ev(3oia. 

Tvyxavw. 8 From the verb Sen/dou). 



LESSON LXX. 



121 



Exercise 72. 

The prisoner has been bound with strong chains. Having bound 
the slave in the public prison, he went-away. Let the unjust judge 
be bound (perf. imperat.). The prisoner threatens 2 those f who 
have bound him. The wild-beast having been bound (aor. 1), the 
stags rejoice 1 . He was praised 2 by the good. The praisers of the 
good are praised themselves. The boys will laugh 3 . Reverence 4 
the god. Tf you reverence the gods, you will be happy. The water 
is very hot. He will give (some) of the bran to the hare. I shall 
reverence the gods. You ought 11 not to bind (aor. 1) your (own) 
father. The Greeks took 5 the island by a stratagem 6 ; and sold 7 
the islanders. O Apollo ! 

LESSON LXX. 

(1) Necessity {must, should, ought) is expressed by the verbals in rkog, which 
thus answer to the participle in dus. 

(2) If the verb governs the ace, this acc. may become the nom. to tort, with 
the verbal in agreement: as, dcrKrjTsa ecrri <xoi r] dperrj (colenda est virtus), 
1 virtue should be cultivated ' or ' we should cultivate virtue.' 

(3) But even then we may say, acricrjTsov sari aoi rr)v apsrrjv: whereas 
c colendum est mrtutem, is not used by writers of the golden age, with the excep- 
tion of Varro. 

(4) If the verb governs the gen. or dative, the verbal in rsog will be in the 
neut. gender, and govern the substantive in the case of its verb. 

(5) a) e7ri6v[xr]Tsov lori Trig dpsrrjg, we should desire virtue, 
b) £Trixeipr)T£ov sari r<£ tpy<{>, we shoidd set-about the work. 

Vocabulary. 

Word-building.'] — From KoXa^w, chastise, form chastising, chastisement (ko- 
Xacrig, A. 15, b). Verbal in rsog, from <ptvy-b), fly -from ((pevnTeog, A. 17) — from 
0i\£w, love ((piXrjreog, A. 17)— /rom ttXUu), weave (TrXtKTtog, A. 17). 



1 x ai P"- 2 See 114 (2), p. 27. 3 See 151, p. 42. 

4 Aor. 1. pass, (inform) of atfiofjiai. See p. 27 (1), s). 

5 See 153, 3, p. 43. 6 aTrdrrj, deceit. 7 Lesson XLV. p. 100. 



122 



LESSON LXX1. 



Exercise 73. 

[Several of the verbs used have fut. mid. See p. 42.] 

Let them be chastised with the same chastisements. They will 
all praise the same old-man. We shall suffer from (dat.) the same 
disease. O Apollo, I am undone ! The boy will walk towards the 
city. The daughter will sing more-beautifully 1 than her mother. 
I will panegyrize the just judge. If u you bid 2 them, they will be 
silent. If you had bid 2 them, they would (now) be silent. We 
must weave the garland with the same flowers. We must not fly- 
from labours 3 . We should-love our father. Fathers should-love 
their daughters. We should desire the pleasures of virtue. 



LESSON LXXI. 

[Correlative Pronouns.] 

Demonstrative. Relative. 

togoq, so (or as) great 4 , ocrog, as (tantus, quantus). 

rotoc, such 5 , olog, as (talis, qiialis). 

r so (or as) old 6 , rjXitcog, as. 

TijXiKog < 

I so (or as) great, 

(1) The pronouns of the demonstrative series are strengthened to express 
just, exactly, as great, &c, by the addition of 8e or ovrog ; those of the relative 
series by the prefix 6tt-. 

(rocrog, rolog are seldom used in prose.) 

(2) Toa6<rde ~\ roiocrde 1 rrjXiKocrSs "| 
[ToaovTog I « f f Toiovrog , f rnXiKovrog I , ^ , 



< Toaavrr] | b ' < roiavrrj ( t# < Tt]\acavTt] ( 

[_T0(T0UT0(v) J [^TOlOVTo(v) J \^Tri\lKOVTO( v) J 

(3) But a strengthened demonstrative may be followed by a simple relative : 
and vice versa. 

(4) The — the, ogq — roaovrq). 

(5) Utrum — an, 7rorepov — r\. The forms with bir prefixed are also de- 
pendent interrogatives. 



1 KaXXTov, neut. of compar. adj. 2 Ke\sva> : express the pronoun. 

3 irovog, m. 4 Or, of-sucli-a-size. 

5 Or, of-such-a-kind ; of-this-kind. 6 Or, of-such-an-age, Sec. 



LESSON LXXII. 



123 



Vocabulary. 

Word-building.} — From ToX/xa, boldness, form to-be-bold (roXfxaoj). Form 
verbal from roX/xaw, to dare (roXfxrjreog, A. 17). From Kovpevg, barber, form 
barber's shop (icovpelov, W. 7). Bold (ToX/xrjpog, A. 17). Bold-deed; daring- 
action (roXfitifxa, A. 15). Daring, subst. (roXfirjaig, A. 15). To run-through 
(diarpexoj)' To sail-round (Trepi-irXeo). Aor. tirXsvoa. See 113 (3), p. 27). 
To take-up (ava-Xanfiav<t)). 

I asked (?)po/i^v). 

Exercise 74. 

[The strengthened forms are to be used when there is an accent (such').] 
Uglf Remember that in dependent sentences the optative follows the past tenses. 

The power of the gods is such' and so-great'. Say as- much 
(pi.) as' (is) agreeable 1 to you. Is he such' (a person) as the 
barber? Is the steward such' (a person) as the baker? Is the 
baker as-old as the barber? Such 2 (men) dare all things. These 
men indeed 3 are such'. I should not dare to deceive my father. 
We must dare to speak the truth 4 . Let the boy, being of-such-an 
age, learn these things. O boy, being so-old, do not admire flat- 
terers. The more pious (they are), the more happy. Is he pious, 
or not? I asked how-old the boy was. He asked of-what-kind 
the thing was. Honour is something of-this-kind. From (a7ro, gen.) 
this daring-action he was praised. Having lost some few 5 (men), 
he conquered the Persians. Brasidas ran-through the Athenians. 
The ships having sailed-round, took them up. The soldiers went- 
on-board the ships. The old-women 6 , being of~such-an age, died. 
They will praise the daring of the boy. 

LESSON LXXIT. 

(Correlative Pronouns, continued.) 

(1) The interrogatives are of the same form as the relatives with tt prefixed : 
but for dependent interrogatives, the forms with 6tt prefixed are also very com- 
monly used. 

1 (pikog. 2 Use the article before roiovrog. 3 fxsv. 

4 to dXr t 9sg, neut. adj. 5 oXiyog. See A. 17, 

6 r) ypavg, ypa-6g, ypavv, ypav. 
PL ypaeg, ypavg : ypadh', ypavvi, ypavg. 



124 



LESSON LXXIIT. 



(2) The indefinites (of any, or some, kind, size, age, &c.) are the same in form 
as the interrogatives : but the accent of two of them is moved to the final syl- 
lable (iroaog, ttoloq), but remains in 7r rjXiKog. 

(3) Hence the whole series is 



(size) 
(quantity) 

(quality) 



(age) 
(size) 



Interrog. 


Indefinite. 


TTOtJOg 


iroaog 


ttoXoq 


Troiog 









Demonstrative. 

Toaog 
Tocroade 
Toaovrog 

Tolog 

TOiovrog 
rrfk'iKog 

TrjXiKovrog 



Relative, 
oaog 
biroaog 

olog 
oiroiog 



t)\'iKog 

67TT)XlKOg 



(4) Obs. iroiog is very often followed by rig: ttowv ri ioriv ; 

(5) irotairog is of-what-country 1 — which has oTrodairog for its compound form. 

Exercise 75. 

flijggr Remember that in dependent sentences the optative follows the past tenses. 

Of-what-kind is the affair ? He asked of-what-kind the harbour 
was. How-old are the old- women ? They asked how-old the old- 
women were. Of-what-size are the mountains 1 The geometer 
asked of-what-size the mountains were. What-kind-of produce do 
they reap ? Of-what-kind is the life of bakers ? He asked of- 
what-kind the life of bakers was. Of what country is the geometer ? 
I will ask of what country the geometer is. Of-what-size is the 
giant ? I will ask of-what-size the giant is. 



LESSON LXXIII. 
The adverbs have also a correlative series. 
Interrog. Indef. Demonstr. 



hots, when 1 

ttov where ? 

7toT whither ? 

ttoQev whence ? 

7ra>g how ? 

7T7/ in what direction ? how ? 

irr\v'uta at what time of the day 1 



Indef. 
(Enclitics.) 

7C0TS 
TTOV 
7T01 

TToQiv 
7rwg 

TTt] 



(roQsv) 

(ru)g) 

<JV) 

TK\VlKa 



Relat. 
Simple. Comp. 
ore — OITOTE 

OV OTTOV 

01 OTTOl 

WsV OTToQsV 

b)g — curujg 

7J 07T77 

r)viKa — oirTjviKa. 



Vocabulary. 

Word-building.'] — From-heaven, from ovpavog (ovgavoQtv, A. 39). Home 
(o'iicads). To-Athens, from 'AOrjvai ('A6rivaZs for 'AQrjvaa-de, A. 40). At- 
Athens ('AOfjvrjai, W, 28). Every where (iravraxov). At-home (o'Lkoi). There 



LESSON LXXIV. 



125 



(sicti). Thither (kfTfff). Thence (eicuQev). At-Olympia {'O^fxiriaai, W. 28). 
At-Megara (Meyapoi, W. 28). 

rd iroWa,for the most part. 

Exercise 76. 

flggp" Remember that in dependent sentences the optative follows the past tenses. 

The messenger came from-heaven. When did the soul receive 1 
this knowledge 2 ? I asked when the soul received this knowledge. 
He went-away thither. He is come thence. He is setting-out 3 
for-Athens. He lives 4 for the most part at-Athens. Does he live 4 
at-Athens or Megara ? I asked whether he was living 4 at-Olympia 
or at-Megara. Whither is the old-woman, being of-such-an-age, 
setting out ? When will you do what you ought 5 ? Whence are you 
come ? Where is the wise geometer living ? I will set-out thither. 

LESSON LXXIV. 

(1) Of two the interrogative is 7r6npog ; the relative and dependent interro- 
gative, o7rorfpoc. 

(2) One (or the-one) of two is 6 srspog : neither of the two, ovdsrspog or jxtjSL- 

TSpOQ. 

a) firjdirepoQ (like fxrj) with the imperative, and 'if,' ( in order that,'' &c. 

(3) The forms of srepog often coalesce by crasis with the article when it ends 
in a vowel : after crasis the vowel is always a. 

(4) Thus arspoQ for 6 trspog : Qarkpov, Qarkpip, for tov hkpov, t<$ krepy. 

Exercise 77. 

Hgir Remember that in dependent sentences the optative follows the past tenses. 

Of-which-kind (of the two) does it happen 6 to be {say, being) ? 
The messengers happened 6 to be present {say, being-present). 
Which of the (two) boys happened to be present {say, being-present)? 
Neither. Let neither of the boys go-away. We must fly-from one 
of these (two) things. Of two beautiful (things), one is the more 
beautiful. Of-what- country are the boys ? Which of these things 
is the more true ? 



Xa/x/3dj'w. 2 £TTi<TTtip.t]. 3 7ropevo{xai. 

OiarpijSoj. 3 a Stl. 6 Tvyx c ' ll,u) - 



126 



LESSOXS LXXV. LXXVI. 



LESSON LXXV. 

(1) oUa, properly a perf. from eldu, see. I have perceived =1 know. 
Moods. — olda, laOi, eidsirjv, eldu>, eiS'evai, eidwg. 

Flap. ySsiv. Fut. slcrofiai (tldrjaoj). 

Perf. olda, olcrOa, olds | 'Icrrov, larov | icrfjiEv, tort, iGacn (from lan/xi). 
Plup. S. ydeiv, Att. ySq (from ?]Sea). 

ySeig, commonly yduuQa, Att. ydnaQa. 

ySei 3 Att. ySeiv, and ydr]. 

P. yfoiiitv, and yafitv. 

yStiTE, ycre. 

?jds(xav, yaav. 

(2) Obs. kXIttj-Wj 7refi7T(jj, and some others, change £ into o in perf. act. 

Exercise 78. 

g§|r Remember that in dependent sentences the optative follows the past tenses. 

I do not know whither he is setting-off. Do you know what I 
am-going to do ? I know what (a) I learnt. I will soon know 
where he lives (125, N. 4). I will soon know whether he is living 
at- Athens or at-Megara. We ought 11 not to know base 1 (things). 
Do you know, or not ? Know that (on, with indie.) he brought-up 
two sons. We know these things. I am-come, that I may know 
the truth. Who in-the-world has stolen the axe ? 

LESSON LXXVI. 
(Fut. 3. pass.) 

(1) The fut. 3. generally expresses a future action completed and continuing in 
its effects. 

(2) It is obviously the natural fut. of those verbs which, from marking a 
continued state, are equivalent to a present with new meaning : as, KtKTnfxai, 
I possess ; fj.e/xvniJiai, I remember. 

Exercise 79. 
Use fut. 3. in the following Examples. 
The prisoner shall be bound 2 . The thing shall be done. The 
Scythians shall be bound in the public prison. I shall remember 
this injustice. I will not remember the insolence of the very base 
Ethiopian. I shall possess those most beautiful things. How-many 
and what-kind-of things will be left behind ? These things shall be 
wept-for. 



1 Use the article. 



- dsoj keeps the long vowel in fut. 3. 



APPENDIX. 



I. PREPOSITIONS. 

1. With gen.) dvri, instead of; cctto, from; Ik (before vo\vels 3 out of; 
svskci, on account of; npo, before, for. 

2. With dot.) kv, in; ovv (£vv), with. 

3. Gen. and acc.) Sid, through, because of; Kara, down, according to ; virsp, 
over. 

4. Gen. dot. acc.) apty'i, about; It: i, on, to, against ; \itrd, with, among, after; 
7capd,from, by; 7repi, about, of; 7rp6g, to, besides; vtto, under, from, by. 

II. CONJUNCTIONS. 

(1) Copulative: Kai, rk, and. (2) Separative: \uv — Se, indeed — but; rj, or; 
ovSe — ovds ; firjck — jJ-rjSs, neither — nor; d\\d, but. (3) Of time: ore, 6-ore, 
orav, birorav, when, whenever ; eirei, kirudr), sTrsiddv, when, after. (4) Of cause. : 
yap, for ; on, because, that; iird, since; wore, so that ; so as. (5) Of purpose : 
'iva, ocppa, ottioq, <bg, that ; in order that. (6) Conditional : d, idv (t]v, dp), if. 



QUESTIONS ON THE ACCIDENCE. 



§ 2. — Name the mutes with a p sound (71-, /3, <p) : those with a k sound (k, y, \) 
and those with a t sound (r, d, 9). Name the semivowels (The liquids A, \i, 
v, p — and g). Name the double letters (£, £, To what is £ equivalent ? 
(To <r£.) To what is £ equivalent 1 To any k sound with g.) To what is \js 
equivalent ? (To any p sound with g.) What are the improper diphthongs ? (a, 
y, it) ; that is, ai, r\i, wt, the t being subscript, or written under). Is the t of 
these vowels ever not written below, but in the line ? (When capital letters are 
used, the 1 is still written as a letter 1 .) How is a y pronounced before a k sound 
or % ? (As ng.) Is ri before a vowel pronounced shi, as ice usually pronounce 
til (No.) 

By what vowel or diphthong did the Romans express ai ? (ov: sometimes 
ai or aj.) eil (Long i, or long e.) 01% (os : sometimes oj.) ov ? (Long u. ) 
ut ? (?/£.) How did the Romans represent the termination og ? (By us.) 
What does v become in Latin words ? (y.) 

Which are the smooth mutes, or tenues? (The first of each of the three sets 
is a smooth mute : that is, 7r, k, r.) Which are the middle mutes, mediae % (The 
middle one of each set : (3, y, d.) Which are the aspirates, aspiratae ? (The last 
of each set : 0, 6.) What is meant by changing a mute into its aspirate or 
its smooth ? (Into the aspirate or smooth mute of the same sound.) Which of the 
mutes are lip-sounds or labials? (The p sounds.) Which Unguals ? (The t 
sounds.) Which palatals ? (The A; sounds.) 

Breathings.'] — What words have a breathing over their initial letter? (All 
that begin with a vowel or diphthong, and those that begin with the consonant p.) 
Over which vow r el of a diphthong is the breathing marked 1 (Over the second ) 
What are the marks of the smooth and rough breathings respectively ? (The 
smooth is a comma : the rough a comma turned the wrong way.) What words 
always take the rough breathing ? (Those that begin with v or p.) If two p's 
meet in the middle of a word, what is done ? (A smooth breathing is marked 
over the first, a rough one over the second.) 

Stops.]— Mention the Greek stops. (The comma and full stop are like our 
own; our semicolon is their note of interrogation; and for semicolon and colon 
they have only one stop, which is a dot placed in the upper line of the row of 
letters, as dvrjp') 

§ 3. — Repeat the terminations of substantives (p. 3). Repeat the article (p. 3). 

§ 4. — What is always the termination of the Gen. plural ? (ojv). What accent 
does gen. wv always take in the first [first and second] declension? (The cir- 
cumflex.) What does the dat. sing, always end in ? (In 1, which is subscript 
except in the third [fifth] declension.) What nouns in rjg take the voc. in a ? 
(Nouns in Trjg, national names, and verbal compounds in fxerprjg, rpi/3/;c, 7rwX?jg.) 
When do feminine nouns in a take gen. in rjg and dat. in rj ? (When a is im- 
pure ; but the termination pa keeps the a throughout.) What is always the 
quantity of a wdien the G. is r\g ? (Short.) Is a, Gen. ag, always long ? (Not 
always, but generally.) When is a, Gen. ag, always short ? (When the acute 
is on the last but two, or the circumflex on the last but one 2 .) How are you to 
go through a contracted noun of the first ? (To consider the contracted 



1 Thus, AE2nOTHI/or Ston-ory, "Aifojgfvr $<lrig. 

2 As, fiaxaipa, fiolpa. 



QUESTIONS. 



termination as the original termination, and decline regularly.) Is there any 
exception to this ? (Yes ; those that end in a, take the alpha forms through- 
out ; those in ag take the Doric genitive a.) 

§ 6. — What vowel appears in every case of the Attic [fourth] declension ? 
(w.) When is this id subscript ? (Wherever the second [third] declension has 
t, whether subscript or not.) What is sometimes the acc. of log ? (w.) 

§ 7. — What letters are thrown away before 01 in the dat. plur. of the third 
[fifth] declension ? (The t sounds and v.) What is ovrai to be changed into \ 
(overt.) What av-ai \ (aai.) What svrcri \ (siai.) What wren \ (vfft.) To 
what terminations is the acc. v confined \ (To if, vg, avg, ovg.) What nouns 
of these terminations take the acc. in v only \ (Pure 1 nouns.) When do impure 
nouns in ig, vg, take accus. in a only ? (When the tone-syllable is the last.) If 
they are not accented on the last syllable, what is their accusative ? (Generally 
v \ but sometimes both forms.) 

Nominative.] — In the third [fifth] declension, how is the nominative to 
be found when the root ends in a consonant \ (By adding g ; and throwing 
away t sounds and v before it.) When the root with the added g would end 
in avrg, srrg, ovrg, vvrg, what must be done ? (They must be changed into 
ag, tig, ovg, vg : but ovrg often into cov.) What vowels of the root are 
changed in the nom. ? (s, o,into 77, a>.) What terminations do not l'eceive the 
added g I (v,p.) To what nom. do roots in ar belong \ (a neut., op or ojp.) 

Of the Yocative.] — What terminations form the voc. by throwing off g from the 
nom. I (Contracted nouns in ig, vg, evg : with ~aig, ypavg, /3ouc.) How is the 
voc. formed for roots that end in avr, svt ; that is, for nominatives in sic, ag l . 
(They generally form the voc. by throwing off the final r of the root : but of 
those in ag, several have the voc. in a.) How is the Voc. formed of nouns whose 
final vowel is 77 or o> ? (Generally it is the unaltered root ; but only if it has the 
short vowel, £ or 0.) What is the voc. mas. of participles in wv, sig, ag ? (The 
same as the nom.) What is the voc. of feminines in 10, ojg 1 (pi.) Of 'A— 6XXa>v, 
UocrsiCojv, aw-rjp \ ("AttoXXov, TLocrsiBov, Gihrsp, all with the accent thrown 
back.) Do any nouns that have the long vowel, 77 or w, in the nom., and the 
corresponding short vowel in the root, retain the short vowel in the voc. ? (Yes, 
substantives with a final tone-syllable.) 

Dative Plural.] — How is the dat. plural formed \ (By adding ui to the root ; 
or, which comes to the same thing, inserting g before the 1 of the dat. singular.) 
What further change must be made \ (T sounds and v must be thrown away.) 
When may the dat. be got by adding 1 to the nom. sing. \ (When the noun ends 
in £, ty, or g after a diphthong.) When, after the rejection of v and a t sound, a 
short vowel remains, what is done ? (It is lengthened ; but e, are changed, 
not into 77, oj, but into the diphthongs et, ov.) 

§ 9. — Adjectives.] — What terminations in og make fem. in a \ (og pure and pog.) 
Does any termination in og make fem. in 77 \ (Yes ; 00c, when not poog.) What 
are the nom. terminations of adjectives in vg I (yc, sia, v.) In sig ? (eig, sacra, 
sv.) In ovg for oog I (ovg, rj, ovv.) Of ag I (ag, aaa, av, in irag, arrag, and 
participles, but fikXag, raXag, -aiva, -av.) 

Give voc. of f.d\ag (/.ikXav) — voc. and dat. pi. of x a P L £t-Q (x a 9 uv ' X a , otfcrt ) — 
nom. neut. pi. of yXvtcvg (yXvKsa). 

Give the terminations in og that are generally 'of hco terminations f : — that is, 
have og mas. and fem., ov neuter. (Compound adjectives not ending in Kog: the 
terminations i/j.oc, tog, sicg, aiog.) Give the principle on which /.isyag and TroXvg 
are declined. [See p. 13, (1).] 

§ 10. — What words suffer syncope ? (p. 13. 40.) In what cases do they drop £ \ 
What letter is inserted before cri in the dat. plural ? (a.) How is the dat. plural 
accented I (The inserted a is the tone-syllable, and, being short, takes the acute.) 
What is the voc. of these words ? (ep, with the accent on the first syllable.) How 
is dvrjp declined I (The £ is dropt, but a B inserted between the v and the p.) 



That is, those whose roots end in a vowel. 

K 



130 



QUESTIONS. 



§ 11. Comparison of Adjectives.] — What ai*e the general terminations of the 
Comparative and Superlative respectively ? (Comp. repog. Superl. rarog.) What 
are the less usual terminations ? (Comp. lav. Superl. iarog.) How are repoqa,nd 
tcltoq added to adjectives in og, vg ? (g is thrown away from nom. before the 
terminations are added.) Is any other change ever necessary ? (Yes : if the 
penult is short, the final o is changed into w.) How are repog, rarog, added to 
the terminations rjg, eig ? (These terminations are changed into eg, before repog 
or rarog is added.) How are they added to adjectives in ag ? (To the root.) How 
are they added to other terminations ? (The syllable eg, for the Jc sounds ig or eg, 
is first added to the root.) What terminations often take iwv, tarog ? (vg and 
pog.) How are these terminations added ? (vg and pog are first thrown away.) 

§ 12. — Explain the terminations io, ovg, in comparatives. (They are formed 
by contraction after the rejection of v: w from ova, ovg from oveg, ovag.) What 
case or cases then is w ? (Acc. sing., mas. or fern. ; or nom.pl. neut.) What ovg ? 
(Nom. or Aco. plur. mas. or fern.) 

§ 13. The four first Numerals.] — Go through elg. — dvo. — rpelg. — r'eaaapeg, 
p. 15. 

§ 14. Decline the Pronouns 1 in Voc. 16, p. 15.] — What is the pi. of Ijxavrov ? 
(rj/xelg avroi — the two pronouns not coalescing.) Of aavrov ? (vfxelg avroi.) Of 
eavrov or avrov ? (eavruiv or avrwv, -oig, -ovg, &c.) What is the nom. pi. of 
ovrog ? (ouroi, avrai, ravra.) What is the m. and n. root for the other cases ? 
(rovr.) The f. root? (ravr, but G. pi. rovr.) What pronominal adjectives take 
neut. in o ? (ovrog this, eieelvog that, dWog other, avrog self.) Have any both o 
and ov ? (Yes : roaovrog and roiovrog.) What is the neut. of 6 avrog the same? 
(ravro, and more commonly ravrov.) How is 6 avrog declined ? (The cases of 
the article that end with a vowel coalesce by crasis Avith the first syllable of 
avrog : thus avrog or avrog, ravrov, ravri^, &c, for 6 avrog, rov avrov, r<i> 
avry, &c.) What is the difference between ravry and ravry with a breathing 
over it ? (ravr?] with a breathing, is for ry airy: without a breathing, it is the 
dat. fern. sing, from ovrog.) What is ravra with a breathing ? (ret avrct: not 
to be confounded with ravra, these things, from ovrog.) How is oorig declined ? 
(Both og and rig are declined: but together with ovrivog, <$rivi, the forms 
brov, 'dry occur, and together with ariva, the form arra.) On which syllable 
of its dissyllable forms is rig , who ? accented, and from what does this accent dis- 
tinguish it ? (On the first syllable : it is thus distinguished from those of the 
indefinite rig, any, which are accented on the last.) 

§ 15. Verbs.] — Which are called principal tenses ? (Pres. Perf. Fut.) Which 
secondary or historical ? (Imperf. Aorists, Pluperf.) To which mood is the aug- 
ment confined ? (To the indicative.) What is the augment of verbs beginning 
with a consonant ? (The syllabic 2 augment, e.) Of verbs beginning with a vowel? 
(The temporal augment.) Give the augment of e (rj) : of a (rj) : of o (a») : of 
short i and v (long i and v) : of av (-qv) : of ai (y subscript) : of q. subscript 
(y subscript) : of oi (q> subscript). What vowels and diphthongs are not aug- 
mented ? (ei, ev, ov — y, u), l, v.) Is ev ever augmented? (Yes: sometimes, 
by the Attics.) Do they ever augment ei ? (Yes, in eiicaZ,<i) : imp. yKa^ov.) 

What may be the initial vowel or diphthong of a verb which has y sub- 
script for its augment ? (ai or q, subscript.) What may be the initial 
vowel of a verb with aug. r\ not subscript ? (a or e.) 

Reduplication.] — When does the perfect take a reduplication ? (When it 
begins with any single consonant except p ; or with any mute and liquid except 
yv, and sometimes y\, (3\.) What is the reduplication ? (A syllable prefixed, 
made up of the initial consonant of the verb with e.) If the verb begins with an 
aspirate mute, what is done ? (The smooth mute of the same organ is used in 
the reduplication.) What prefix does the perfect take when it does not take 
the reduplication ? (The simple augment.) What verbs do not take the redu- 



1 The possessive pronouns are given at page 115, Note. 

2 Syllabic, because it lengthens the word by a, syllable: temporal, because it 
lengthens it in time. 



QUESTIONS. 



131 



plication ? (Those that begin with p ; with two consonants, of which the second 
is not a liquid ; with yv ; — and some of those that begin with y\, (3\.) Are 
verbs that begin with £, £, \p, augmented or reduplicated ? (Augmented ; for 
these are equivalent to two consonants.) Do the moods and participle of the 
perf. retain the prefix ? (Yes : whether it be reduplication or augment.) 

What is the augment of a few verbs beginning with X, fx % (ft.) 

Does the pluperf. take an augment % (Yes : but, if the perf. has the augment, 
it makes no further change.) Is there any peculiarity when the augment is 
prefixed to p I (Yes : the p is doubled.) 

Concurrence of Consonants.] — Repeat the table for the mutes. What does this 
table show with respect to the concurrence of two mutes % [(1) That the second 
is always a t sound : (2) That the two must always be of the same order of 
breathing, the former conforming to the latter : and (3) That the t sound will 
not tolerate another t sound before it.] 

N.] — What becomes of v before &p sound ? (It passes into ft.) Before a k 
sound ? (It passes into y.) Before a liquid ? (It is assimilated.) Before a or 
£ ? (It is generally thrown away, but not before <rai of perf. pass.) 

2.] — What becomes of cr when it would stand between two consonants ? (It is 
thrown away — and the preceding consonant conformed to the following one.) 
When a t sound and v are both thrown away before crt, how is the vowel of the 
syllable changed if short ? (It is changed into a diphthong; e into a, o into ov.) 
How if doubtful ? (It is lengthened.) How is the doubling of an aspirate pre- 
vented ? (By changing the first into its smooth.) Is this done when the first, 
alone or with p, is separated from the second by a vowel ? (Yes: thus, 6pe<p 
becomes rpt(p, but when is changed into xp the aspirate reappears: Opttp.) 

Short Moot.] — How may the short root generally be obtained from the longer 
one ? (By changing a diphthong into a simple vowel ; a long vowel into its 
kindred short one ; or throwing away one of two consonants.) Is rj of the long 
root always e in the short root ? (No : a.) Of £, that is <rd, which letter is 
thrown away ? (c.) Of tv, which vowel is thrown away \ (e.) How must ei 
be changed, to get the short root ? (Into t before a mute, s before a liquid.) 

Formation of the Tenses.] — What are Barytone Verbs ? (Those that end in w.) 
Why are they so called ? (Because their last syllable has the supposed grave 
accent, (3apvg rovog : that is, has not the acute.) How are barytone verbs 
divided ? (Into mute, liquid, and pure verbs, according as their characteristic is a 
mute, a liquid, or a vowel.) What do you mean by their characteristic 1 (The 
letter that determines or characterises their conjugation, which is the last letter 
of the root.) 

What verbs belong to the first conjugation of the Eton Grammar ? (Those 
whose roots end in a p sound or ttt.) To the second ? (Those whose roots 
end in a k sound or kt.) To the third ? (Those whose roots end in a 
t sound.) To the fourth ? (Those whose roots end in <jg, tt, or £.) To 
the fifth ? (Those whose roots end in a liquid.) To the sixth ? (Those 
whose roots end in a vowel.) 
What are the only verbs that have the second future in the active and middle ? 
(Liquid verbs.) What verbs have the second future in the passive \ (Those 
that have the second aorist passive.) When the root of the present is as short 
as it can be, can any second aorist be formed 1 (Yes ; the second aor. passive, 
which in that voice is sufficiently distinguished from the imperfect by its termi- 
nation.) Mention some classes of verbs that have no second aorist. (Derivative 
verbs in a£u», aivoi, svu), aio, fw, ow,) 

§ 16. Mute Verbs, including those in tct.] — Give the most important termina- 
tions for the p sounds, as they appear after they are appended to the root with 
its necessary euphonic changes (^w, <pa, p.pai, QOrjv) — for the k sounds %«, 
yfiai, x® r l v ) — f° r * ne t sounds (goj, ica, ajxai, oBt]v). Have mute verbs the 
termin. ica or a. in the perfect 1 (The p> and k sounds a, the t sounds jca.) Why 
is the rough breathing placed over the termination a % (To indicate that the p 
or k sound must be turned into its aspirate before the termination.) How are 
roots in -kt to be treated \ (Exactly as if they ended in a p sound, except, of 
course, for the imperfects, which have always the root of the present.) For 

K 2 



132 



QUESTIONS. 



what tense is it necessary to know which p sound the verb originally had ? (For 
the second aorist.) Why is it not necessary to know this for the other tenses I 
(Because all the p sounds are combined in the same way with the other conso- 
nants.) Mention some verbs in tzt that have /3 for their true characteristic: 
(/3<\d~ tlo, kov-toj) — some that have 9 (,3d— tu>, pcnrTw, Qcltttu), gko.—to), 
p'nrrw, Opv-Tuj). What is £ of a monosyll. root often changed into in the second 
aor. \ (Into a. — Tpkrr-oj, iTpair-qv.) In what verbs is e changed into a in the 
perf. pass. ? (oTps<p<o, rpkipw, of which the root is Bpt<p, and rpsira 1 .) Form 
perf. pass, from 0oe0. {re-Bpafi-fiai.) What is the dipththong tv changed into, 
in the perf. pass. ? (v.) Into what is the £ of the root sometimes changed in the 
perf. act. ? (Into ; in ecr-po^a, kekXoQo., from arpitpw, kXs—toj.) 

§ 17- Verbs in £, <t<j, tt : Eton fourth Conj.] — What is the true characteristic 
of verbs in acr. tt ? (Generally a h, but sometimes a t sound.) What is the true 
characteristic of verbs in X> ? (Generally d, but sometimes y.) Mention some 
verbs that form their tenses as if the roots ended in yy. (icXa£w, TrXdiw, 
Ga\—i£u>, &c.) 

§ 18. Liquid Verbs.] — From what root are all the tenses of liquid verbs formed, 
except the pres. and iiuperf. ? (From the short root.) What is the fut., act. and 
mid., of liquid verbs ? (The second future.) What peculiarity is there in the 
aor. act. and mid. I (It is without c.) Is the vowel of the short root altered in 
these tenses ? (Yes: the vowel is lengthened, and for this purpose £ is changed 
into, ei ; a into 77.) Is a always changed. into 77? (No: those in paivw, with 
some others in aivw, make aor. 1. ava.) Is e of the short root changed in any 
other tenses ? and if so, into what, and in what tenses ? (Yes : it is often 
changed into a, in the second aorists, and in perf. pass, and aor. 1. pass.) What 
peculiarity is there in some verbs in ivw, eivw, vvu> ? (They drop v in the per- 
fects, act. and pass., and aor. I. pass.) Of the verbs in vw that retain the v, how 
is the perf. pass, formed ] (Most of them change v into c : but some change it 
into \l, and some reject the v, the preceding vowel being long.) What must be 
remembered with respect to the 2nd sing, of these perfects ? (That in all of 
them the v will reappear before c.) Give the perf. of fisvio : (/te/ilvijKa, as if 
from iitvkoj) — of vs/xuj (vtvkj.i.i]Ka, as if from vs/j-kcj). 

§ 19. Pure Verbs.] — How must the root of pure verbs be altered, before out. tea, 
fjiai, Br)v, are added ? (The final vowel must generally be lengthened ; both e 
and a into if.) If the final vowel is a, is it always changed into r\ \ (No : a is 
kept if the letter before a is one of those in the word p£i.) Give the futures of 
aKpodofiai, xpdoyiaL {aKOodaofxai. y^ui]GOfxaL). Do any verbs retain £ or short a 
in the fut. &c. ? (Yes.) What are the terminations of the perf. pass, and aor. 1. 
pass, for pure verbs that retain £ or short a ? (cyuai, cr0?;v.) Mention some 
other pures that take crjuaj, oQi]v. (ukovuj, KtKtvw, Trataj, aeiuj, &c.) What is 
the perf. of Tcavofiai I (— iTravfiai) — the aor. 1. pass. ? (tTravoQqv.) 

§ 20. Perfect 7/.] — From what root is the perf. 2. formed ? (From the short 
root.) With or without change I (With change.) Into what are a, e, t, of the 
short root changed ? (Into 0, 01 respectively.) What verbs retain the root of 
the pres. in perf. 2 ? (Those which have ev in root of pres.) How do some 
verbs that have £ lengthened by position in the root of pres. form perf. 2 ? (From 
root of present ; changing £ into 0.) 

§ 21. Attic Future and Attic Reduplication.] — When crw is preceded by a short 
vowel, what change takes place in the Ionic dialect \ (The g is dropt.) What 
further change takes place in the Attic dialect ? (The two vowels are contracted.) 
Give the Attic futures of ts\su>, fii(3d%<i>. (reXw, fiifioj.) Go through them. 
[See note, p. 26.] If 1 precedes aw, and therefore no contraction is possible, 
what is the Attic future ? (The io is circumfiexed, as i f a. contraction had taken 
place, but the 1 retained.) Give the Attic fut. of vofxi^u (vo/itoi). When is the 
penult of auoj, iguj, vcrio, always short ? (When they come from verbs in Zu>, 
aaco, or ttid). "What is the Attic reduplication \ (The initial vowel and conso- 
nant of a verb beginning with a vowel, which is prefixed to the temporal augment.) 



This verb has also aor. 2. iTpa-ov. 



QUESTIONS. 



133 



With what change is this often accompanied ? (With the shortening of the 
penult.) What verbs in ew have c v in the fut. or its derivatives ? (Six verbs, 
all of which describe gentle motion: 7r\sw sail, Qeu) run, rrvsoj blow, psu) flow, 
a ew swim, yJw pour.) What verbs in aiw or aw take au in the fut. ? (/catw 
burn, kXci'hi) weep.) 

§ 22. Moods and Persons.'] — Give the terminations of the Moods for the Active. 
[See Table, 115, p. 27-] What are the terminations of the infin. and partic. of 
the perf. act. % (tvai, with acute on the e ; and wc, with the acute.) What 
moods are wanting in the fut. ? (The imperative and subjunctive.) Give the 
terminations of the moods for the pass, and mid. [118, p. 28.] How are the 
opt. and subj. of the perf. pass, generally supplied? (By the opt. and subj. of 
tlvai, to be, with the perf. particip.) Give the general forms of the persons. 
[118, p. 28.] What difference is there in the dual and plural of the principal 
and historical tenses ? (The principal tenses have third dual ov ; the historical, 
third dual r\v, in all voices. In the act. 3 plur. has ert in the principal, 
v in the historical tenses. In the pass. 3 plur. vrai for the principal, vto for 
the historical tenses.) 

§ 23. Peculiarities of Augment/] — What compound verbs take the aug. at the 
beginning ? (Those whose first factor is a noun or a.) When is the aug. in the 
middle, i. e. before the verb ? (When the first factor is a prepos. or dig, (v.) If 
the preposition ends in a vowel, is the vowel elided ? (Yes : except in 7repi, "xpo, 
and sometimes dfupi: the o of ttqo is often contracted with the following vowel.) 
When is the aug. placed before Svg, sv % (When the verb begins with w, r\, or a 
consonant.) When is the aug. placed before the preposition ? (When it is 
closely joined to the verb by elision; or the simple verb is out of use.) Mention 
some verbs that are augmented in both places. (dvopOSaj, IvoxXeu).) What verbs 
beginning with a take no augment ? (aw, aiw, ai)9e<j<T(o, drjoiZonai.) What 
verbs beginning with oi take no aug. ? (oueoupfw, oiVow, oiarpkoj.) What verbs 
take i after the initial t as their augment % (f%w, idio, e'Xxw, sp7rw, ep7rv%ui, 
sOiZu), kXiaaoj, STrofiai, Ipyd^ofiai, ioriaw. — So elttov said, siXov took. See atpsw 
take, in Anom. Verbs.) What verbs beginning with a vowel prefix s as aug. ? 
(clXlctkco in w\wv ; ayvvfii, w0ew). Mention some perfects that do the same. 
(eoiKa am like, from utcu>: ioXira, eopya, from the obsolete ?\7rw and tpyu.) 
Give imperf. of koprd^oj (edtpra^ov) — of opdio (twpwv) — pluperf. of eoiKa 
(iiijKUv). Give imperfects of /.teXXw am going, dvvafxai can. (ijutXXov, rjdvvd- 

flTJV.) 

§ 24. On the Terminations.'] — Which 3rd plural of the imperat. is the more 
common in Attic Greek ? (ovrcov, avra>v.) What optative is there besides oifti ? 
(oirjv in fut. 2. and contracted verbs.) Go through oirjv. (Note 2, p. 30.) What 
opt. is there instead of aifXt ? (The iEolic Aor. in eta.) In which persons is this 
the more common form ? (nag, sie — tiav.) What is an Old-Attic term, of plu- 
perf. % (r], r]g, from Ion. ta, sag.) What were originally the second persons from 
jxai, jujjv \ (aai, go, from which g was dropt, and the vowels contracted.) What 
is eat, for eaai, contracted into besides rj 1 (ft.) In what tenses is the second 
person often ti ? (In fut. 2. mid.) In wdiat words is ft the only form in use I 
(fiovXei, o\pei, ohi.) What forms are used even by Attic poets for fieOov, fj,t9a ? 
([xe<r6ov, p.ta9a.) When are the forms for 3d plur. perf. and pluperf. passive 
unmanageable ? (When the root does not end in a vowel.) How do the Ionians 
form these persons ? (By changing v into a, aspirating the characteristic for 
the^> and k sounds.) Is eiev, or tirjaav, the more usual 3d plur. optat. of the 
passive aorists ? (titv.) What forms occur in the poets for eirifiev, ur\TS. ? (tlfitv, 
fire.) 

Contraction of Verbs.] — Give the rules for the contraction of verbs in s<v. (es 
becomes ft; eo, ov ; and e is thrown away before long vowels and diphthongs) — 
of verbs in aw. (a before an f sound is long a; before an o sound, w) — for ow. 
(o before a short vowel becomes ov ; before a long one, w ; but it disappears 
before ot, ov.) Is there any exception to this rule ? (Yes : with ft of the indie, 
and y subscript of the subj., it is contracted into ot.) What pure verbs leave the 
vowels open in some of their persons ? (Pure verbs with a monosyllabic root 



134 QUESTIONS. 



leave the vowels open, except before e, «.) What verbs contract at into r\ ? 
(£a'w, £itj<?; Si\}/d(jj, thirst; Trsivdio, hunger; xpdofiai, use.) 

On the Conjugation cf the Perf. Pass. See 129, p. 36; and Lesson XXXIX. 
p. 84.] — What person do the first dual and plur. follow ? (The fh'st singular.) 
What does the 2nd sing, follow ? (The first future.) What do the second and 
third dual, and the second plural follow ? (The aor. 1 pass. ; for, since the a of 
o9t disappears between two consonants, the termination is virtually 9.) What 
will the consonant before rot be in the second sing. ? (tt, k, er respectively for 
the p, k, and t sounds : and the final liquid of the root for liquid verbs.) 

§ 25. Verbs in jju.~\ — To what tenses is the peculiarity of these verbs confined ? 
(To the pres., imperf., and aor. 2.) From what are verbs in \ii formed ? (From 
simpler, generally monosyllabic roots.) How are they formed \ (The vowel is 
lengthened, and either simple i before double consonants, or i with the initial 
consonant of the root, prefixed; the smooth being of course used for the aspi- 
rate. The termination /xi is then added.) Is any other alteration of the root 
ever made ? (Yes : vv or vvv is sometimes added to it.) From what roots do 
TiOrj/xi, didoo/xi, iVrjjjui, ds'iKw/jii, respectively come 1 (9s, do, era, dtiK.) Go 
through the terminations of the moods. (136, p. 37.) Go through the moods 
themselves. (140, p. 38.) Give the terminations of the tenses. (138, p. 37-) 
Go through riOrifu, 'iar^fxt, didwfxi, dtiKW/xi. (139, p. 37-) Go through the 
imperfect of tLOtjui. (139, p. 37-) What ether imperfect has it ? (er'iQaov = 
iriOovv, as if from TiO'tuj.) Go through imperf. of 'icrrr][ii (139, p. 37) — of 
Sido}[ii (139, p. 37). What other imperf. has it ? (Ididoov = kdidovv, as if from 
dtdooj.) Go through aor. 2. of riO/j/zi — of tor^jui — of didco/jii (139, p. 37). Go 
through subj. iorw (iorio, iaryg, &c, not l<xr£c) — of didu> (did(fg, Sec). Are 
otG), du> gone through in the same way ? (Yes: crrw, <rryg ; du>, defig, &c). Go 
through 9kg (9eg, 9eru), &c.) — dog (dog, doT(o, &c). What other imperat. have 
verbs in fit ? (One as if from verbs in £a>, aw, ow, vw — riQti, tor?/, didov, dtiKVv.) 
What form of imper. aor. 2. occurs in compound verbs ? (ord for errijOi.) 

Pass, and Mid.] — Go through the moods of Ti9efiai, 'ioTafxai, didofxai, dt'iKVv- 
fxai. (144, p. 38.) Have these verbs any opt. and subj. of the present tense 
besides those set down ? (Yes : Ti9r)fu, didwfii have forms in oifirjv, io/jiai \ as 
if from t19(d, didej.) Has 'iarrjfii any such form ? (Not in the subj. : but a simi- 
lar one, ioTa'ifxr}v, 'foraio 2 , &c. in optative.) Go through 19s[jlt]v, ecTTdfirjv, 
iddfxrjv. (p. 39.) Go through Ti9e-[x,aL, "iGTa-fxai, dido-fiai, di'iKvv-fiai. (fiat, oai, 
rat, &c. regular: as in 118, p. 28.) Go through kri9s-jj.i]V, iard-}ir]v, idid6-fxr]v, 
eSeiicvv-[ir)v (p. 39) — i9efinv, edSfinv (jJLr)v, cro, to, &c. ; but i9ov, idov, for 
£0e(7o, idocro). Does taTd\ii\v occur ? (No.) Give the remaining tenses of 
TWjjfii, didiofxi, lorjjfii, and 'irifii. (146, pp. 39 and 40.) Mention some anomalous 
first aorists in /ca. (Wrjtca, tdwica, rjtca, from Ti9rjfjLi, didoj/jii, 'Irjfii.) Between what 
meanings is 'i<TTi]fxi divided ? (Between 'stand' and 'place.') Which tenses of 
the active belong to 'place V (Vor^jut, tor^v : GTrjaoj, iartjaa) — which to ' stand V 
('iaTt]Ka, iaT7]KUv, tarqv.) What is the meaning in the pass. ? (' to be placed' 
throughout)— in the mid.? (sometimes to place myself; sometimes to place, to 
erect ; which is the only meaning of aor. 1 , mid.) Explain the forms i<STa\ir\v, 
'iaraaav, kcTavai, eaTwg. (They are abbreviated forms for tffTrjKaixev, cot^kc- 
aav, tcrrrjKsvai, £<xrr//cu>g.) Go through tcrwg. (tardjg, earuiaa, karojg or hcrog, 
G. i(TTU)Tog, ecrrojenjg, koruTog, &c.) 

(Accentuation.) 

1. The syllable on which the accent stands is called the tone- syllable, and is 
said to have the tone. 

2. The last syllable but one is called the penult > the last but two, the ante- 
penult. 

3. An accent that stands as near the beginning of the word as it can, is called 



Thus TiQoiro, rtfqrai for rtfelro, ri^rai. j ^ accentg< 
didoiTo, CioujTai for ciooito, oiouTat. J 



2 For loraio. 



QUESTIONS. 



135 



a jore-accent ; one that stands as near the end as it can, a hind-accent ; the acute 
on the last but one, a middle-accent. 

4. Words are oxytone, paroxytone, or proparoxytone, according as the acute 
stands on the last syllable, the penult, or the antepenult. 

5. A word is a perispomenon, or properispomenon, according as the circumflex 
stands on its last syllable or on its penult. 

What are the only unaccented words ? (The cases of the article that begin 
with a vowel: the prepositions sg, iv, Ik 1 — with u, (og, ov.) Is ojg ever 
accented ? (Yes : wg, ' as,' is accented when it follows its word : wc, ' thus,'' is 
always accented.) Is ov ever accented? (Yes: when it stands by itself in a 
denial ; or follows its word.) 

What are the only syllables which can have the tone ? (The three last.) Can 
the circumflex stand on the antepenult ? (No.) When only can either accent 
stand as a, fore-accent ? (When the last syllable of the word is short.) What 
diphthongs are considered short as far as accentuation is concerned ? (at, ot, 
except in the optative.) Over what syllables only does the circumflex stand ? 
(Over syllables long by nature.) If the last syllable is a tone-syllable, what is 
generally its accent ? (The acute.) What exceptions are there besides contacted 
syllables ? (The genitives and datives of the two first declensions : adverbs in 
wg: the voc. of nouns in tvg, and some monosyllabic words.) If the tone- 
syllable of such a word as XP 7 ?]"^ he the first syllable, that syllable being long 
by nature, what must its accent be ? (The circumflex : %p>7ft«.) 

Changes, &c. of Accent in continued discourse.'] — How are oxytones marked in 
continued discourse ? (With the accent drawn the other way, thus [ x ] 2 ). When 
does an oxytone continue oxytone in a sentence ? (When it forms the last word 
of it.) What are enclitics ? (Little words, which throw back their accent on the 
pi'eceding word.) What words are enclitic ? (The oblique cases of the personal 
pronouns 3 : the pres. indie, of tiji't, I am; <j>r][xi, I say ; except the 2d sing. : the 
indefinites wilyg, ttw, tto'i, 7rr], 7rov, 7ro0i, woOev, 7tots — and rs, roi, ye, ks (ksv), 
Orjv, vv, vvv, irsp, pa.) When does an enclitic throw its accent on the final of 
the preceding word ? (When the preceding word has a fore-accent 4 ). When 
does an enclitic lose its accent % (When the preceding word has a middle or hind 
accent.) Is there any exception to this rule ? (Yes : dissyllable enclitics retain 
their accent after a middle accent.) If an oxytone is followed by an enclitic, 
should the acute be written as the gravel (No.) When do enclitics retain their 
accent ? (The personal pronouns retain it after a preposition : tori retains it, 
but on its first syllable, when it stands emphatically for ( there is," 'there exists 5 ,' 
&c.) Should sfxov, &c, or ftov, &c, be used after prepositions ? (Ifiov, &c.) If 
an apostrophised particle precedes the enclitic, would it retain its accent \ 
(Yes c .) 

Change of Accent in the Declensions.] — When a long final syllable of a gen. or 
dat. is the tone-syllable, what accent does it take, and what results from this ? 
(It takes the circumflex: and hence oxytones become perispomenons in the 
genitives and datives of the first declension.) What case of the first declension 
[Eton first and second declensions] is always a perispomenon? (The gen. 
plural.) Are there any exceptions ? (Yes : the genitives of xPV ffTr lQ usurer, 
a(pvrj anchovy, errjffiai the Etesian winds.) When an accent can no longer stand, 
from the final having become long, what must be done ? (The word must take 
the middle accent.) If the final of a paroxytone, with penult long by nature, 



1 That is, kg or tig : iv or tiv : sic or I? : ov, ovk, or ovx- 

2 This is called the grave accent — an accent supposed to belong to all the 
unaccented syllables. 

3 But not the dissyll. cases of syw. 

4 Thus, av 9po)7rog ^ , f dvOpoyirog sari. 

Kpolaog J ~~ \Kpo\abg iari. 

5 When, that is, it is more than the mere copula. 

6 Thus, ttoWoi 8' lia'iv. 



136 



QUESTIONS. 



becomes short, what must be done ? (The acute must be changed into the 
circumflex 1 .) 

Second Declension {Eton third).'] — What changes are here necessary ? (Exactly 
the same as in the first [first and second'] except that the gen. plur. is not neces- 
sarily circumflexed.) 

Third Declension {Eton fifth).] — How is the accent changed in monosyllabic 
words ? (The final is the tone-syllable of all genitives and datives 2 .) Are there 
any exceptions ? (Yes: 

dadwv, dfxojojv, 7ra'idu>v, 9u)u)v } 

<P(pC)WV, (pd>T(DV, OJT(i)V, TpCJOJV.) 

How are monosyll. participles accented % (On the root.) How is ttclq accented ? 
(Gen. and dat. plural are accented on the root 3 .) Does the accent of polysyl- 
labic words undergo any but the necessary changes ? (No : the accent remains 
on the same syllable as long as it can.) 

Accent of Act. Voice: p. 31, side.] — What is the general rule? (That the 
accent is as far back as possible.) What tenses are always accented on the 
penult ? (The infinitives of aor. 1. and perf., and 3 sing. opt. in oi, at.) What 
parts of the verb are oxytone ? (The participles of the perf. and aor. 2.) What 
part of the verb is circumflexed on the last syllable ? (The infin. aor. 2, and all 
the long final syllables of the fut. 2. 4 ) Mention some imperatives that are 
oxytone. (t iVe, evps, e\9& : and Attice, \af3s, ids.) 

Accent of Passive and Middle.] — What is here, too, the general rule ? (That the 
accent is as far back as possible.) When" is the accent always on the penult ? 
(In the infinitives of perf., aor. 2. mid., the passive aorists, and the perf. parti- 
ciple.) How are the subj. and participles of the pass, aorists accentuated ? (The 
subjunctive has the final syll. circumflexed in the sing., the penult in dual and 
plural : the participles are oxytone.) How is ov of imperat. mid. accentuated ? 
(Circumflexed : but in the dual and plural the accent is thrown back.) 

Accentuation of Verbs in /n.]— Do these differ, in point of accentuation, from 
verbs in w ? (Not essentially : of infinitives in vai, the penult is the tone- 
syllable 5 : the participles in g are oxytone.) How is the subj. active accented % 
(It takes the circumflex as having arisen from contraction.) 



1 Thus TroXirrjQ (t), V. tto\itcl, N. pi. Troklrai. 

2 Thus, Qi)p, Oqpog, Orjpi, Qripa, &c. OrjpuiV) Onpai. 

3 Thus, 7ta.VTh)V, TTCMJl. 

4 Except in the oblique cases of the participle. 

5 The accent of this penult will be the circumflex if the vowel is long by 
nature. 



TABLE OF DIFFERENCES. 



a. I am come to do it. 
I came to do it. 

b. To suffer punishment. 

c. Too wise to be deceived. 

d. The surface is smoother than that 

of, &c. 

e. I am come to shut, &c. 
I sent a man to-do-it. 

f. He who does. 

Of him who-does. 
Of ihose-ivho-do, &c, 
f I would not do. 
\ I should not do. 
^ J I would have done it. 

l_I shoidd have done it. 
i. To lead 6?/ the hand. 

j. Knowing (participial substantive). 

Of knowing. 

To knowing, &c. 
k. The rhinoceros has a hard skin. 
1, I will not go before you come, 
m. I may do it. 

I might have done it. 
n. I ought to do. 

I must do. 

I ought to have done it. 

o. The same. 

Himself, herself, &c. 

Himself, herself, itself, with a noun. 

p. Every city. 

The whole city ; all the city, 
q. The rest of the country, 
r. My friend and my father's. 

s. (1) This. 



I am come, that I may do it (subj.). 
I came that I might do it (opt.). 
To give justice. (Sidwpii — diKt].) 
Wiser than (r)) so-as (wots) to-be- 
deceived. 

The surface is smoother than the of, 
&c. 

I am come about-to-shut, &c. (Jut. part.) 
I sent the (man) about-to-do-it, tov 

TToir\GQvra. 
the (man) doing, 6 irpdmov. 
of the (man) doing, tov Trpdrrovroc. 
of the (men)dohig,Tu>v it paTT0VTi)Jv,8ic. 
dv, with optative, (ou/c dv 7rpdrroi{jii.) 

dv, with indie, of aorist. (ZirpaZa dv.) 

to lead of the hand : gen. without pre- 
position, 
to-know : to yvwvai. 
of to-know : tov yvCjvai. 
to to-know : r<£ yvtivai, &c. 
The rhinoceros has the skin hard. 
I will not go Ttpiv dv 'iXOyg (subj.). 
eZeoTi (juoi) TToislv. (t%t(TTi — licet.) 
l%,r\v (\ioi) 7roielv. 
del ps Ttoiziv : or, xpr) pe Ttoiiiv. 

tSei ps ttouTv: or, £%9V V H- e ttoihv. 

6 avrog. 

in nom. avrog, 

avrog in agreement. 

(QdvaroQ avrog : avrog 6 Bdvarog.) 

irdua Tvokig. 

TV da a r) iroXig. 

y) dWti x^pa- 

My friend and the of my father ( friend 

understood). 
(1) ovTog 6 : or, 6 — ouroc,~l with subst. 
or ode 6 : or, 6 — oSe, J between. 



1.38 



TABLE OF DIFFERENCES. 



(2) That, 
t. His : — their. 

His own : — their own. 
u. If I have any thing, I will give it. 

If he should have (or, were to have) 
any thing, he would give it. 

v. If I had any thing, I would give it. 

w. If I had had any thing, I would 

have given it. 
x. Whereas you may, &c. 



I (2) Iks Zuog 6 — : or 6 — skuvoq. 
avrov : avrwv. 
6 kavrov : 6 eavriov. 

(1) 'if to he translated by eav with 

! sub i- 

(2) e if to be translated by si w r ith 

optative : the other verb ( ( would 
give') to be in optative, with av. 
c if to be translated by d : both verbs 
in imperf. indie. The second with av. 
' if to be translated by ei : both verbs 
in aor. indie. The second with av. 
i%6v ; nmt. part, from here 
i used absolutely in nom. 



Some verbs that govern the gen. 



Remember. 
Forget. 

Care for, have any regard for. 

Hold cheap. 

Despise. 

Spare. 

Desire. 

Aim at. 

Master. 

Overcome. 

Get the better of; surpass. 
Accuse, charge. 
Condemn. 



f-isjxvi)iiai. 

an iXavOdvofxai, 

Kr]3ofiai. 

oXiyojptu). 

icaraippovsu). 

(Pt'idofxai. 

i—i9v}ikii). 

crroxaKofiai. 

Kparkw. 

Trspiyiyvofxai. 

Trep'uifxi. 

Karrjyopsoj. 

KarayiyvuxJKw. 



Some verbs that govern the dat. 



Threaten. 

Associate with, keep company with. 

Follow. 

Envy, grudge. 

To meet, fall in with. 

Blame. 

Find fault with, rebuke. 

Scold, rail at, speak calumniously of. 

Accuse of, charge with, blame. 

Plot against. 

Fight with. 

Contend or dispute with. 

Am angry with. 

Am in a passion or rage. 



STTOfiai. 

(pOovsto 1 — <p96vog, envy. 

ivTvyxavu), 

[xs/x(pofj,ai. 

eTriTifido). 

XoLdoptofiai — Xoi£opfw, takes the acc. 
sy/caXsw 2 . 

S7Tlj3ov\eV(x). 

6pyl^op,ai. 
XaXe—aivu). 



1 (pQovku) takes gen. of the object that excites the envy, or of the thing grudged. 

2 Verbs of reproaching , &c. take acc. of the thing (as well as dat. of person), 
especially when it is a neut. pronoun. {iyKaXdv, &c. rt tivi.) 



ON 



THE RESOLUTION 

OF 

CONTRACTED SYLLABLES, 



a = act, as, arj. 
ct r= ai, aft, ay. 
a — fa. 

?? = r]B, fa. 
|/ = fat, sy, rj'L 
7 = it, ta, tf. 

w = ao, aw, aou, fu>, oa, or}, ow, wa. 

<£» — aoi, on. 

at = oat. 

ft = ff, ft, set. 

01 — fot, ot, oft, oy, 001. 

OV — 00, fO, SOV, 06, oov. 

v = va, ve, vrj, v'i. 

vi — v'i. 



INDEX. 



(1) If there is only one reference, it is to the page : if two, the first is to the 
page, the second to the paragraph. 

(2) L. stands for Lesson; N. for Note; P. for Paradigms. 

(3) irr. stands for irregular : the word must be referred to in the lists. 

(4) The pupil must consult the article referred to for the declension or con- 
jugation, &c. 

ggir Obs. Look under { am i for adjectives, phrases, &c. with to be. 



A. 

Accuracy, a.Kp!(5tia, 106. 
Accurate, dicplj3i]g, 63. 
Accurately, aKpTfioug, 106. 
Acquire, Ktaopai, 101. 
.Acquiring, Krrjmg, 101. 
Acquisition, Krrjaig, 101. 
Action, TrpaXiQ,/. 11, a. 
Add, 7rpocTi6riiJ.i, 99. 
Administer aid, sTriKovptu) (dat.), 103. 
Admire, OavfiaZm, 52. with fut. mid. 

after p. 87. (See 42, 151.) 
Adorn, Kovfxiio, 85, N. 
iEneas, Aivuag, 57. 
Affair, Trpayfxa, 8, P. 
Against, iiri, acc. 111. 
Aged, ytpaiogor y?jpcuoc(p.97,iv.),12. 
Agreeable, <piXog (96, 17), 123. 
Agricultural, yewpyiKog, 12. 
Aim, CKO-nog, 109. 
All, -nag, 13. a-ag, 113. 
Alone, povog. 12, 38. 
Already, rjCrj. 
Also, /ecu, 114. 

Am, «/u, 40. [sometimes aor., &c. of 

yiyvo/xai, 112.] 
Am able, Svva[.iai. See 79 (6). 
— alive, £aw,'ll6, (1). 



Am anxious about, Kr)oofj.ai, and kskt]- 
ca, 26. 

— ashamed, aiG-^vvopiai, 23. 

— asleep, KaOtvCw, 112. 

— awake, eyprjyopa, 112. 

— bold, roXpaio, 123. 

— born, yiyvop.ai (irr.), 113. 

— broken, taya, 43, 1. 
to pieces, tppwya, 47, 70. 

— busied with, etto;, 44, 24. 

— come, ijku), 77? 8. 

— extinct, aor. of cnroaftevvvfii (irr.), 
119. 

I — extinguished, ea(3r]v, 118. 

— fixed, -xnrriya, 26. 

| — going to, fitXXb), 79. 

— gone, oixopai, 46, 48. 

— here, iraptipi, 77, 8. 

— hid, XavQavoj, 45, 40. 

— hungry, ttuvcioj, 116 (1). 

— ignorant of, dyvoeto, 42. 

— in haste, aTrovSa^cu, 42. 

— inclined to laugh, yeXacrfioj, 105. 

— living (at), dia-u~ij3u), 125. 

— mad, fxatvojiai, and [uf/xTjva, 27. 

— of opinion, vop.i%u), 22. 

— off, oixopai, irr. verb, 46, 48. 1 

— placed = stand, laTafiai, 101. (See 
Lesson 47.) 



1 With partic. of cltth/xi, p. 116. Ex. 67. 



142 



INDEX. 



Am present, Trap-ei/ji, 40. 

— pi'ofitable to, dvivrjfxi, 46 ; and ] 16 
(4). 

— pure, KaQapsviij, 118. 

— putrid, otGt}Tra, 26. 

— rich, ttXovtso), 108. 

— seen, cpaivo/xai, 120. 

— silent, aiu)7rato, 42, 151. 

— a slave, SovXevw, 109. 

■ — taken, aXicr/cop-ai, 43, 6. 

— thirsty, Stxpau), 116 (1). 

— torn, tppioya, 26. 

— undone, cnroXuXa, 116 (3). 

— unfortunate, "| j . 

— unhappy, J 

— wealthy, ttXou-sw, 108. 

— wrong, aixapravu) (irr.), 116. 
Ambassador, 7rp£(r/3£uc, 113, N. 
Anchises, 'Ayxt<7»;c, 4, 16. 
Announce, ayyfWw, 23. 
Another, aXXog, 15. 
Anticipate, (pOavw (neut.), 48, 83. 
Apollo, 'AttoXXwv, 41. 
Appear, Qaivofxai, 48, 81. 
Appoint, raaaio, 22. 
Arithmetical, apiQ^riTiKog, 112, N. 
Arms, birXa,pl. 110. 

Army, crrparog, 6. 

Arrange, racrffw, 22. (See p. 107) 

Arranging (the act of), ra^ig, 108. 

Arrive, aty-ncveofjiat, irr. 

Arrow, /3fXoc, n. 104. 

Art, r£x^»?, 4, 16. 

Artist, tsx^t7]q, 4, 16. 

As I think, h)Q £y<ppcu ( = £yu> olfiai), 

116. 
As if, (if, 120. 
Asked, ^po/xr/v, aor., 123. 
Ass, ovoc, 1 06, N. 

Assemble, a6poi£<o, 22. aysipu), 23. 

Assist, a\£^w, 109. 

At, 7rpoc, acc. 118. 

At Athens, 'AOtjvrjm, 124. 

— home, o'ikoi, 124. 

— Megara, Mfyapoi, 124. 

— Olympia, 'OXvfX7riacn, 124. 

— what time of the day 1 Trr}viKa ; 
124. 

Athens, to, 'A9rjvaZe, 117. 
Athos, 'A9u>g, 7, 27. 
Awaken, syapw, 112. 
Axe, irtXticvQ, m. 64. 



B. 

Bad, tcaicoQ, 66. 
Baker, a.pT07rooXr)g, 57. 
Balance, £uyoc, /. 6, 21. 
Barbarian, (3apj3apog, 115. 



Barber, Kovpsvg, 123. 

Barber's shop, Kovpaoi', 123. 

Base, afaxpog, 62. 

Basket, k&veov (icavovv), 6, <2. 

Bathe, Xovofiai, 86. 

Battle, pax*], 58. 

Be, tt/xt, 40. 

Bear (= bring-forth), tiktu), 47, 75. 

( fero), (pepuj, 48, 82. 

off (mid. of bear), 48, 82. 

Beautiful, icaXog, 62. 

, more, kciXXhov, 14, § 12. 

Beauty, icaXXog (to), 63. 
Become, yiyvop.ai, 43, 13. 

fixed, 26. 

putrid, (T/jTrojuat, 26. 

Bed, kXivtj, 102, N. 
Before, npiv, 114, Ex. 65. 
Beget, ri/crw, 47, 75. 
Beguile, ipevdio, 21. 
Believe, irtiOopai (dat.), 26. 
Beloved, aya7r?jro£, 12. 
Belly, yaarrjp, 13, 40. 
Bend, ffrpf^w, 21. 
Benefit, bvivt][j.i } 116 (4). 

Better, }" ya0oe (P ositire )> U > 48 - 
Betrayer, irpocoTTjg, 100. 
Bewail, olfiw^u), 42, 22. 
Bid, (C£\£uw, 24, 98. 
Bind, 27, 114 (2). 
Bird, bpvig, G. bpviQog, 41. 
Bite, Saicvo), 44, 15. 
Black, [xtXag, 14. 
Blind, rv(pXog, 12. 

Blow, 7TV£(i), 27, (3). 

Blunt, a.fi(3Xvvio, 23. 

Body, <ru)fj.a, 9. 

Boil, £i|/u>, 44, 28. fcoi, 27. 

Bold, 0patn)c, 13. ToXpijoog, 123. 

deed, ToXfxijfxa, 123. 

Boldness, roX/xa, 123. 

Bond, Stu/xog, 120. 

Bone, bartov (borovv), 6, cZ. 

Bore, rtrpaw, 47, 76. 

Boreas, Bopporc, Gr. a, 5, 18. 

Both — and, /cat — /cat ; r£ — kcu, 106. 

Boy, 7raic, 8, P. 

Bran, 7rirvpov, 49. 

Break ( W™/"' 4 ?> 70. [OX™, 27-] 
' \ayvwpt, 43, 1. 

to pieces, Karayvvfxi, 108. 

down, Karappqyvvfu, 118. 

Bright light, atXag, 11, a. 
Bring, Kopi£a>, 22. 

to mind, /xi/jivrjiJKOfiai, 45, 45. 

forth, TLKTO), 47, 75. 

up, rp£0w, 21. 

Broad, evpvg. 

Build, ££juw, 44, 18. /cn^w, 22. 



INDEX. 



143 



Burn, icauo, 45, 32. daiw, 26. 
( = consume by burn- ) 

Burnable, Kavaipog, 114. 

Burning, Kauffjc;, 114. 

Burnt up (that which is), Kavfxa, 114. 

Burst asunder, diapprjyvvfii, 120. 

Bury, OawTu), 58. 

, £V yy KpvTVTio, 58 (note). 

By, v7to, gen. 111. 

By no means, ijniara, 15. 



C. 

Call, /caXew, 45, 33. 
Carve, yXvtph), 21. 
Cast, ftaXXu, 107. 
Catch, dXic/cu;, 1 18. 
Cause to hope, sXttu>, 26. 

pass. 7rspau), 27- 

Cavalry, 'nrirog,/. 6, 21. 
Cease, rcavopai, 87. 
Celebrated in song, doidifxog, 12. 
Centre, Kevrpov, 117- 
Ceres, At][xr]T?]p, 13, 40. 
Certain, ri£, L. 37, (4). 

(certus), ocMprjQ, 13. 

Chain, Ssa/xog, m., pi. re., 120. 
Change, pLtGiarripi, 103. 

/uf TttfioXr], 1 1 1, Ex. 62. 

Chariot-seat, difypog, m., pi. n., 6. 
Chase 1 , Orjpau) and Qrjpsvu), 42, 151. 
Chastise, (coXa^w, fut. mid. after p. 87, 
42. 

Chatterer, a£oX£<7x»?£, 57. 
Cherish, Qakitu), 21. 
Choice, aipscig, 109. 
Choke, Trviyo), 42. 

Choose, aipf.op.ai, 109. aw willing) 

I9e\u), 114. 
Chord, xopdtj. 
Citizen, TroXiTr\g, 4, 14. 
City, ttoXic, 10, P. clgtv (to), 64, P. 
Claw, 6vv%, m. 10. 
Clever, cotyog, 62. 
Cleverness, aotyia. 
Collect, aytipuj, 23. 
Colonize, kti£w, 71. 
Come, tpxop-ai, 44, 25. l<ca^w, 45, 31. 
am, ryica;. 

(=z arrive), d(p-iKveopai, 45, 31. 

together, avpfiatvu), 110. 

in, eiaeifii, 114. 

now (= Lat. a#e), 0epf, 120. 



Compel, (3ia£op.ai, 87- 
Conceal, /cpu7rrw, 58. 
Conceited, aiiOdSijg, 13. 
Concerning, 7rtp«, gen., 110. 
Condemn, KarayiyvwaKio, 111. 
Confess, 6jj.oXoyt<o, 43. 
Congeal, Trrjyvvpii, 46, 62. 
Constitution, TroXireia, 103, N. 
Contain, %wp£oj, 42. 
Contest, dpi(pi(jj3r]Tsu>, 43. 
Contrary, ivavTiog, 97, iii. 
Corn, o-Irog, m., pi. w., 6. 
Corpse, ivf/cug, t>o£, m. i>£<cpo£, ov, to. 
Count, apiOfxsoj, 24. 
Country, y»), ^wpa. 
Croak, Kpa£o», 107- 

Cry-out (= waiOj oifiu%oj, 42. /3oawj 
150. 

Cunning, aocpia, 62, N. 

■ adj. ao(pog. 

Cup, ^£7rng, 11, a. 

Curl, /3ocrrpvxo£, to., pi. w., 6. 

Cut, repivu), 47, 74. 

— down, KararejAVM, 119. 

Cutting, to/ztj, r^aig, 118. 

Cyrus, Kvpog, 111, N. 



Damsel, Kopr/. 

Danger, kij^^{I^oc, 49, d. 

Dare, ToXpaw, 24. 

Daring (subst.), roXpijatg, 123. 

action, ToX/xrifia, 123. 

Dart, /3eXoc, n. 104. 

Daughter, Bvyarrjp, 13, 40. 

Dawn, £W£ (Acc. iw), 7, 27. 

Day, r)p,spa, 4, 16. 

Dear, 0iXoc, (96, 17) 62. 

Death, Bavarog, 109. 

Deceit, cnraTtj, \ 

Deceitful, a7rar>jXo£, / 

Deceive, cnraTaix), 24. (r= disappoint) 

xpsvSio, 21. 
Deep, /3a0j; e , 13. 
Defend, dpvvu>, with c7a£. 

■ myself, <pvXa<r<7op.ai, 87. 

Deserter, <pvyag, 108, L. lvii. 

Desirable, aiptTog, 109. 

Desire (v.), k7ri6vp.e(o, gen., 112. 7ro- 

0£fa>, 27, 42. 

£7ri0yjuia, 4. 

Destroy, dXXvpii, 46, 50. 
Dextrous, fo^iog, 12. 
Die, 6v7]<ricu), 44, 29. 
Different, dia<popog, 12. 



1 The fut. act. of Orjpaw may be formed. Fut. TOia 7 . is to be used after p. 87- 



INDEX. 



Dig, GKa7TTto, 107. (See art. 76.) 

— down, KaraaKaTTToj, 108. 
Digger, cncaTrTTjp, 108. 
Digging (act of), aica<pri, 108. 
Dining-room, dvujyeutv, ft., 7, 27. 
Dinner, to, sttl cuttvov, 114, N. 
Disappoint, ipsvda>, 79. 
Discourse, Aoyoc, 117- 
Discover, avpicicio, irr. 
Discovery, tvpij/xa, arog, n. 
Disease, vocroc, /., 5, 19. 
Disembark, cnrofiaivoj, 110. 
Disgraceful, alvxpog, 62. 
Dismiss, dtpirjfxi, 104. avirjfii, 108. 
Dismissal, atyecig, 104. 

Dispute, djj.(pL(rj37]ri(ji}, 43. 
Do, 7rpac7(7w, 22. 

— injustice, aCi/ctw (ace), 24. 

— not know, dyvoiu), 42. 
Dog, kvujv, G. kvvoq, 41. 
Dove, TreXeiag (aoog), 9. 
Drag, IXfcuw, 27 (1). 

down, Karacnrau), 118. 

Dragon, dpaicuv (6), 61. 
Drain, dpuw, 27 (1). 
Draw, £puw, 17-aw, 27 (1). 

{a sword), aTracracOai, 118. (See 

27, 114, a.) 
Drink, ttivlo, 47, 63. 

(subst.), Trauia, ~j 

down, K:?ra7rivw, > 117- 

Drinking, -nroaig, J 
Drive, kXavvoj, \ ] 12 
Drive-away, cnrtXavvuJ, J 
mad, 26. 

E - 

Eagle, derbg, 5, 19. 
Ear, ovg, G. wrog, n., 41. 

of corn, (TTaxvg, m., 11. 

Earth, yjy, 5, 18. 
Easily, paSuog, 112. 
East-wind, Eupoc. 
Easy, pyliog, 14. 

Eat' 1 , PfipuffKu), 43, 11. e^w, 44, 22. 
rpwyw, 47, 78. 

— up, Kara(3ij3puj<TKOJ, 110. 

Eaten (that which is-), ececrfia, 112. 
(3pw[ia, 117. 

(proper to be -) eSearog, 112. 

Either — or, r) — ?), 115, N. 
Elect, aipeojjai, 109. 
Elephant, eXe(p-ac, avrog, in. 
Eligible, aiperog, 109. 
Ell, 7TJ] X vg (6), 64, P. 



! Empty, ictvog, 62. 
Enacting, Qtcrig, 99. 
End, avviu, 27 (1)- 
Enemy, e^poc, 62. 
Enquire, 7rvv0avoj.iai, 47, 67« 
Enslave, covXouj, KaracovXou). 
Enter, eiaspxo/xai, 115. 
Erect, avi(TT?]fjA, 102, L. xlviii. 
Err, duapravoj, 43, 7- 
Errour, d/j.ap~T]fia, 109. 
Escape, £ta<psvyw, 119. 

a man's notice, XavQavd) riva, 

115. 

Esculent, ifooroc, 112. 
Ethiopian, AiOio-Jy, 9. 
Euboea, Ei>/3oia, 120. 
Even if, jedr, 105. 

though, tcav, 105. 

Every, rrag, 13. 

where, rravraxov, 124. 

Evils ( = 6ac? things), kcuccc, 109, N. 
Exercise, aaictio, 24. 
Exile, (pvyag, G. a£oe, 108. 
Expel (e. g. a £rioe from their habita- 
tions), avi<TTr]fii, 103. 
j Extinguish, (Tj3evvvfxi, 47, 71. 



F. 

False, rpevdijg, 63. 

Fall, TTi—rw, 47, 65. 

— ■ — ■ into, tuTTi-ru), \ 1 1 7 

(subst.). 7r-cufia,J 

Family, ytvot;, fog, 11. 
Father, Trarrjp, 13, 40. 
Favour, %ap-«c, irog, f. Acc. ii>. 
Fawn, 7rpo<7/<:u?/€a;, 42. 
Fear, <po(3eo/jiai, 114. 
Few, oXiyoc, 123. 
Fig, cu/coy, 5, 19. 
Find, evpicTKiv, 44, 26. 
Finder, evperrjg, 112. 
Finish, reXtw, 27 (1). 
Fire, Trvp, ttdooc, n. 
Fish, i'x0ug, 65. 
Fix, Trrjyvvfjii, 46, 62. 
Flame, <Ao£, 9. 
Flatterer, /co\a£, 9. 
Flay, depw, 23. 
Fled, aor. 2. of (pevyw. 
Flesh, aapl, 9 : (flesh to eat,) Kpsag, 
11. 

Flight, 0uy?j, 108. 
Flow, pfw, 47, 69. 
Flower, dvBog, gen. eoc, 11. 



1 6<70ihi> is to eat; to take food: rpwyeiv is generally applied to eating uncooked 
fruits, &c. (3i[3pu)<jKEiv is only used by the Attics in pres., imperf, perf. of act. 



INDEX. 



J 15 



Fly, (pevyu), 42 (aor. 2). 

— from, <ptvyi», {aor. 2) 107. 

— (rolare), 7r«ro^ai, 46, 60. 
Flying, act of, (pvyrj, 108. 
Follow, ewo/JLaL, 44, 24. 
Foot, ttovq, irodog (6), 66. 

For the most part, rd TroXXd, 125. 
Force (verb), fiiatojiai, 87. 

■ (subs.), ntvog, 63. 

Foreign, £ffoc, 12. 
Formidable, <po(3epog, 113, N. 
Forswear myself, £7r iookeo*, 42. 
Forum, dyopa. 
Foss, aKajifxa, 108. 
Found, jcrt£w, 63. 
Fountain, irriyr), 118. 
Four, TtacrapeQ, 15. 
Fowl, 6pvi£ (6, t)), 41. 

FOX, dXai7T7jt, 9. 

Fox-skin, aXwireicr], 5, 18. 

Frighten, (pofieio. 

Free from, d7raXXarrw, 43. 

Friend, <piXoe, 62. 

Friendly, (ptXog, 62. 

From, dwo,gen., 114. rrapa, gen. 115. 

= OUt Of, £K, 

heaven, ovpavoOev, 124 : 99, 39. 

Fugitive, Qvyag, G. adog, 108. 



G. 

Garden, Kt]7rog, 5, 19. 
Garland, arttyavog, 85, N. 
Garment, 1/xaTiov, 6. 
Gather, dptTrw, 21. 
General, (7rpar»jyog, 109. 
Geometer, yfajjitsrpjjg, 4. 
Get, Kraofxai, 101. 

by-lot, Xayx«vw, 45, 38. 

Giant, yiyag, 9. 
Gift, %ia, 100. 
Girl, 7ratc, 8, P. 
Give (will), ^wuw, 57. 

a share of, fxtTahdoifii, 100. 

away, aTrodidoj/xi, 100. 

forth a smell, 6Zw, 46, 46. 

in return, a.vTidi8wfii, 100. 

Giving, <Wi£,/. 100. 

(of names), Otaig, 99. 

Go, spxofxai, 44, 25 1 . [/3at)i£w, x 0) P i(t) > 
42.] 

— (paiV(o)\ 43, 9. 

— away, cnrufxi, 80, 107. 



Go from, a7ro/3ai^w, ~] 

— up, dvapntrw, I 110. 

— down, Karaflaivo), J 

— in festive procession, /cwjua^w, 42, 
« — on board, avaflaivio, 111, N. 2. 

— to ruin, 6XXv[xai, 26. 
God, Qeog. 

Goat, at'?,/. 10. 

Going up, avaflacrig, 110. 

Glide, 6Xi<jQaivu>, 46, 49. 

Gold, xpveroe (=: money, %pi/crioi/). 

Good, dyaSog, 62. 

Goose, xrjv, 61. 

Graceful, %api£tf, 11. 

Gracious, tXtw^, 12, P. 

Grave, crefivog, 12. 

Great, psyag, 14. 

Greater, greatest, jxsit^ojv, 14. [xsyiarog, 
48 2 . 

Greece, 'EXXaf, /*. 10. 

Greek, 'EXX??^, 8, P. 

Grief, Xvizri^ 4, 16. 

Grow, fiXaaravu), 111. See 43, 12. 

old, ynpavKw, -acrobat, 42. 

rich,** } **™™> 108 « 

Guard myself, (pyXaaao/xai, 87, 43. 

H. 

Hair, Qpi%, G. rpi%of,/. 41. 
Half-naked, rijiiyvfivog, 12. 
Hand, x tl P>f° 41. 
Hang, Kpepavvvfxi, 45, 35. 
Happen, aTrofiaivu), 110. ruyxavw,47, 
79. 

yiyvo/xai, 111. 

Happy, tvdaifMov, 12. 

Harbour, Xifiijv, 10. 

Hard, ^aX£7ro£, 12. cncXrjpog, (=. strong) 

iaxvpog, 112. 
Hare, Xayu>£, 7, 27. 
Harp, KiQapa, 119. 

Hasten, <77r£u<5u>,. 21. OTrovda^oj (in- 

trans.), 42. 
Hateful, ix^pog, 62, 14. 
Have, £%w, 44, 27. 

room, x w i° £W > 42. 

got = possess, perf. of KTao^xai, 

101. 

wealth, 7rXovr£w, 108. 

perceived, oi'da, 126. 

Head, Kt<paXrj, 4, 16. xapa, G. icparog, 
41. 

Heal, d/cfojucu, 27. 



1 fi'/n (= 7 ?ci?£ (70) is more common than the fut. of spxo/xat ; the moods of 
si'/ii, than the moods of the pres. of hpxofiai ; and imperf. yav than fipxofirjv. — 
fiaivu) is used of going on foot (gradior). 

2 See 14, and for fiti^m;, 15. 

L 



146 IND 

Hear, d/couw, 42 : 24, 98. 
Heat, Kav/xa, 114. 
Heavy, flapvg, 14. 
Helmet, Kopvq, 10. 
Her 1 , avrrjg, ' \ 115 

Her own, eavrtjg, avrrjg, J 
Herself (worn.), avrrj, 15. 
Here (= hither), Sevpo, 113. 
Hero, r/pwc, G. wof, 41. 
Hide, icpvTrru), 58. 

(subs.), Sopa, 112. 

High, v\prjXog, 114. 
Himself (nom.), avrog, 15. 

■ (°f), avrov, 15. 

Hire, /xicrOoo/xai, 87. 

His 1 , avrov, \ jj;. 

His own, iavrov, avrov, ( 

Historian, avyypacptvg, 11. 

Hit (a mark), rwy%avw, 47, 79- /3aXXw, 

107. 

Hold, l X w , 44, 27- 

■ my tongue, aiyao), 42. 

Holy, ayioe, 12. 
Home, at, o'ikoi, 124. 

to, oUade \ 1]6 

irom, oiKoVsv,] 

Honour, ri\it\, 4, 14. yepag, 11. 

, rifxau), 43. 

Hope, l\7ro/xat, and £o\7ra, 26. 

■ , g\7TlQ,f., 10. 

Horn, Kspag (ro), 65, P. 
Horse, iirirog. 
Horseman, imrtvg, 66. 
Hostile, sxOpog, 62. 
House, oiicog, 59. 

How, 7ru>£ ; 77-*) ; in what direction ? 
124. 

-old, Trr]\iKog. (As dependent 

interrog.) birrjXiKog, 122. 
Hunger, 7rtivaio, 31, 6. 
Hunt, Grjpauj. Orjpevu), 42. (fut. mid. 

after p. 87-) 
Hurl, cKpirjjJii, 104. 
Hurt, /3Xa7rrw, 56, 43. 
Husband (rir), d*^p, 13, 40. 

I. 

I, syw, 16. 

Image = statue, dvdpiag, 9. ti'jcwv,/., 
41. 

Immediately, evQvg, 112. 
Impart, fisradidatfxi, gen. of i/iift*? im- 
parted, 100. 
In, eV, dat. 

— = into, tig, 74. 

— order that, iva, 77, 8. 

In the world (after who, what, why), 
7rore, 64. 

Inclined to laugh (to be), ytXacreiu), 100. 



EX. 

Increase, avZavoj, 43, 8. 
Indeed, ficv, 123. 

Injure (=hurt), /3\a7rrw, 56: (== 

wrong), clSiksoj, 43. 
Injustice : do — to, adacth), 43. 
Inquire, 7rvv6avofxai, 47, 67- 
Insolence, vfiptg, eujg,f. 
Institution, QtGfiog, vojxog, 99. 
Intelligence, ovvtaig, 104. 
Interval, hiaarr\\ia, 102. 
Into, ac, 74. 

Intoxicate, fieOvu), 27 (1). 
Invent — find, tvpioicu), 44, 26. 
Invention, evpijua, 112. 
Iron, cridrjpog, 6. 
Island, vr)uog (>/), 59. 
Islander, vrjatujrrjg, 106. 
It seems, £okh, 117- 
Itself (nom.), avro, 15. 

J. 

Javelin, fisXog, n., 104. 
Jeer, rw0a£w, 42. 
Judge, Kpiri]g, 4, 16. 
Jupiter, Zeuc, 41. 
Just, diicaiog, 12. 
Justice, £ik»7, 4. 

K. 

Keep accurately, aicpifiou, 106. 
Key, icXae,/. G. /cXatfot;, 41. 
Kind, ytvog, n. 

King, fiaaiXtvg, 65, P. dya£, 41. 
Kiss, Kvvth), 45, 37« 
Knee, yovv, 41. 
Knife, /xa^aipa, 4. 
Know, oi'da, 120. 

, yiyvdiOKU), 44, 14. 

accurately, aKpifiou, 106. 

Knowing, i^pic, 12. 

(act of), yvwaig, 111. 

Knowledge, yvwcrig, 111. 
kiriGTrmri, 124. 

L. 

Labour, irovog, 122. 

(<??.) ko/jlvoj, 42: 45, 34. 

Lamb, dprjv, G. dpvo£, 13, 40. 
Lame, %w\oc, 12, 38. 
Lament, odvpo/xai, 23. 
Lamentation, odvpfiog, 108. 
Land, y?J, %wpa. 
Latona, Atjru), 11, a. 
Laugh, ytXau), -acro/iai, 42, 151. 
Laughter, ytXwg, m., 41. 
Law, vofiog, 59. 
Lawgiver, vofxoOtrrjg, 4. 



1 But his, her, when unemphatic, are to be translated by the article. See 57, Obs. 2. 



INDEX. 



J 47 



Laxness, avtaig, 108. 
Lay waste, [7rep0u», 46, 61] — a coun- 
try, TSLIVHV, 47, 74. 
Laying waste, TLinaig, 118. 
Lead (subst.), /.loXtfidog, 6. 

, dyw, 43, 2. 

Leap, 7rr]Saoj, 42. 

Leani, /xavOavcj, 45, 42. 

Least of all, ijKiara, 15. 

Leave, Au7ra>, (aor. 2. per/". micZ.) 58. 

behind, Xenrio, 58, 107- 

off, Xrjyu), 21. 

Less, tXacawv, 14, 48. acfo. rjcraov, 15.. 
Let, fxiaOou), 87. 

— -go, cupirjfxi, 104. 
Letter, iiriGToKt], 56. 
Lie (to), iptvdojxai, 21. 

Lie-hid (irr. verb, 40 j, XavOavuj, 45. 
Life, /3ioc, m., 66. 
Light, iXcuppog, 12. 

Lily, fcpt^ov : Nom. plur. also fcrpivea, 

I), jcpiveo-t. 
Lion, Xeujv, ovrog, 8, P. 

skin, Xtovrn, 5, 18. 

Little, fUKpog, 14. aefo. (xiicpov, 15. 

Live, £aw, 31 (Obs. 6). /3tow, 42. 

Look, fiXsTTio, 42, 58. 

Loose, Xuw, 27 (2). 

Love (subst.), aycnrri, 4. (verb) <piXeu), 

66. 

Lydians, AvSot, 103, N. 
Lyre, flapfiiTog, m. or/., 6, 21. 

M. 

Make, 7rparrw, 25, 107. 

accurate, aicplfiou), 106. 

known, yvojpt^w, 22. 

no noise, gudttciio, 42. 

putrid, crj-rro), 26. 

to stand up, avi<yrr\\ii, 103. 

away, a<pi<TTT)Lii, 103. 

to cease, Travu), 24, 99. 

to revolt, a<pi<Trr]iAi, 103. 

myself-acquainted-with, yvwpi- 

Zu>, 22. 

pure, KaQaipu), 1 18. 

■ to sit down, ica0i£w, 45, 30. 

— tod, } viyvWh 46, 62. 
Male, apanv, 12. 

Man (homo), avOpuTrog, 6. 

(wr), dvvp, G. avdpog, 13, 40. 

Manifest, aa(pt}g, 13. 
Many, TroXvg, 14. 
Mark, lottos, 109. 
Market-place, dyopa, 4, 16. 
Mars, 'Apqc, 41. 
Master, ds<T7roTt]g, 4, 16. 
May, see 78 (4). 
Meat, /3pwjua, 11 7. 

L 



Mede, Mrjtfoe, 102, N. 
Meet, cnravTau), 42. 
Melt, ttjku) (trans.) ; — OLiaidntmns.), 
26. 

Mention, ni}xvnctKO}xa.i, 45, 45. 

Mercury, 'EpLirjg, G. ov, 5, 18. 

Mess, kvkoi)v, m., 41. 

Messenger, dyyeXog, 6, 20. 

Milk, ya\a, atzrog, 41. 

Mina, /Ltva, G. ag, 5, 18. 

Mind, voog (vovg), 6, Ovfxog, 112. 

Minerva, 'AOrjva, G. ag, 5, 18. 

Mingling, /cpaaeg, ] 14. 

Miserable, raXag, 13. 

Miss, a/xapTavoi), with 109. 

Missile, fitXog (to), 104. 

Mix, KSpau), 45, 35. LityvvLii, 45, 44. 

MiSufe,} *P*"&U4. 

Mock, OKWTTTU), 42. 

Modesty, alScog,/., 11, «. 

More, fxaXXov, 15. 

Mortal, Ovr/rog, 44, 29 : 12. 

Mother, juqrrjp, 13, 40. 

Mount (verb), avafiaivoj, 110. 

Mount- Athos, 'A0we, 7, 27. 

Mountain, opog, 63. 

Move, /clvew, 24. 

Much, 7roXvg, 14. 

Muse, Movaa, 4, 14. 

Must (see Lesson lxx.), verbals in reog. 

My, hpog, 115, N. 

Myself (of), Ijxavrov, 15. 

N. 

Naked, yvfivog, 12. 
Name, dvo/xa, G. -arog, 99. 
Narrow, arfvoc, 12, 38. 
Nature, (pvaig,/., 11, «. 
Near, ay%i, 15. 
Necessary, ayayicaioc, 12. 
Neptune, Hoauduv, 41. 
Never, ovirore, 114, N. 
Nightingale, arjdujv,/., 41. 
Nile, NaXoe, 101. 

No one, ~}ouri£: fxrjrtg: ovStig: finS- 
Nobody, J eig, 16. 
Nor, ovSe. 

Not, ov, ovk, 60 (note). 
— j M> 78, Lesson xxxn. 

— yet, ou7rw, 113. 

— even, ovSs, .11 7. 
Nothing, 16. Vide Nobody. 
Nourish, rpf</>w, 21. 
Number, dpiQjiog. 

O. 

Oak, £pvc, 66. 
Oath, bpKog, 116, N. 
Observe accurately, aKp'ifiou), 106. 
2 



148 



INDEX. 



Obtain, KO/xiZofiai, 22. 
Oedipus, Oidnrovg, G. -ttoSoq and -ttov, 
41. 

Of-such-an-age, rrjXttcog, 122, N. 
Of man, di'0pw7ri2/oe, 111. 
Of-this-kind, roiog, 122, N. 
Of-what-kind (dep. interrog.), bicoiog, 
122. 

Of what country, TtoScnrog', oTzodcnrog, 
124. 

Offering, dvciOrjfia, 99. 

Often, 7ro\\atciQ, 117. 

Old-age, y??pac, 65. 

Old-man, y£pwv, 9. 7rpea[3vrr]g, 49, rf. 

Old- woman, ypavg, 123. 

On, £7ri, 114. 

On the right hand, dt%iog, 12. 

left band, dpiartpog, 12. 

One, tig, 15. 

■ another (of), dXXtjXajv, 15. 

Only, ixovog, 12. 

Open (intr.), dvoLyo/xai, 26 (perf. 2). 
Opinion, am of, voyn^w, 22. 

■ , yvbjfxr], 4, P. 

Opposite, evavriog, 112. 
Orator, prjrcop, 9. 
Order {verb), tcioow, 22. 

■ (s«6s«.), ra£ig, 108. 

Orderly, Kocfxiog, 12. 
Ordinance, Qtap.og , vofxog, 99. 
Other, «\\oc, irtpog (of two), 15. 
Others, the, ol dXXoi : or, with stronger 
opposition, ol erepoL (the other party). 
Ought, verbals in Tsog, 121. 
. What you ought, a dei, 125. 

Ours,) y) ^P°S> 115 > N « 
Out of, Ik, gen. f 109. 
Over, i)7rfp, 114. 

Owe, o0£iXw, 6<p\iGKavb>, 46 ; 55 & 56. 
Own, uhoc, 12. 



Painful, dXysipog, 14. 
Paint, ypatpoj, 56. 
Palpitate, do-7raipo>, 23. 
Panegyrise, sytcufiiaZu), 42. 
Path, of'juo^, m. or/, 6, 21. 
Peacock, rawg, 7, 27. 
People, 6t]/xog, 120. 
Perceive, aiaOavo/Jiai, 43, 4. 
Persian, Ilfpcrjjc, 4, 16. 
Persuade, 7rei0w, 56. 
Persuasion, \ ^ f , m 
Persuasiveness, J 7 " 
Philip, 6 <fri\nnrog. 
Physician, iarpog. 
Pine, TTiTvg,/., 11, a. 
Pious, evatfirjg, 14. 
Pipe, avpiZo), 42. 



Pitcher, %wrpa, 108. 
Pity (v.), oiKTiipu), 23. 
Place, ro7roc: x^pioj/, 119. 

round, 7repiri9/ifj.i, 99. 

Placer, 0fr^c, 99. 
Placing, 0tfftc, 99. 
Plait, 7rXeK(v, 21. 
Play-on-the-harp, Ki0api£w, 119. 
Pleasure, rjdovr], 4. 
Plough, dpow, 27 (1). 
Pluck, dpenat, 21. 0epi£w, 83. 
Pnyx, n^y| (>}), G. Uvtcvog, 41, 
Poet, 7roir)-7]g, 57. 
Polish, £ £ w, 27 (1). 
Pollute, fxiaivo), 23. 
Poor, 7rrwxoc, 12. 
Porridge, kvkswv, m., 41. 
Possess, per/, of Kraofiai, 126. 
Possessing, Krrjmg. 
Possession, KTij/xa, n., tcrrjcig. 
Possible, SvvaTog, 12. 

: to-be-taught, diCcucrog, 120. 

Post, ralig, 108. 

Potter, x ur P £U ej 108. 

Pour, %£w, 48, 85. 

Power, dvvafiig, /, 117. 

Practise, datceo), 24. 

Praise, irraivth), 27, 2 ; 42. 

Praiser, tTraiverTjg, 120. 

Present, Sofia, n. dwpov : to be — , nap- 

Slfil. 

Preservation, awrripia, 4. 
Preserve one's purity, KaQaptvu), 118. 
Prevent, kwXvuj. 
Priest, lepevg, 66. 
Prison, Stff^iorijpiov, ~) 19n 
Prisoner 1 , decrfj.u}Trjg, J 
Proclaim, nrjpvcrcru), 22. 
Prodigy, Tepag, 11, a. 
Produce, Kaprrog, m., 84, N. 
Profit, 6vLvt]fii, 46, 52. 
Proof, irudu), 63. 
Proper-to-be-eaten, 112. 
Prophet, fxavrig, 11, a. 
Provide myself with, TrapacrKeva^ofxai, 
87. 

Prudent, auxppuv, 13. 
Public, &r)noaiog, 120. 
Pulse-broth, XeiciOog, m., 6, 21. 
Punish, jco\a£w, fut. mid. ^j/p:tow, 43. 
Punished (to be) ■=. suffer punishment, 

diKTjv Sidojfii, 100. 
Pure, KaQapog, 118. 

air, alQrjp, 10. 

Purity, KaOapoTrjg, G. ^roc, 118. 
Pursue, diojicoj, 56 : its fut. 42, 151. 
Put-down, KarariOrjfxi, 99. 

— to, 7vpoaTi9r)ixi, 99. 

— round, 7rtpiri9t]fii, 99. 

— up, dvariOrjfjLL, 99. 

a-StOp-tO, 7TCtV(D. 



INDEX. 



149 



Q. 

Quail, 6prv% (vyog), in. 10. 
Quarrel, vsikeoj, 27 (1). 



R. 

Race, ysvog, eoc, 11. 
Rage, Korsw, 27 (1). 
Rail at, Xoidoptio, ace, 24, 100. 
Raise, dvLarrjfii, 103. 
Rank, ralig, 81, N. 
Raven, tcopaZ, to., 8, P. 
Raze, KaraoKa-KTb), 108. 
Razing, Karacncacpi], 108. 
Reap, 0£pt£w, 22, 87. 

((^ood or er?7) from, aTroXauw, 42. 

Rebel. See Revolt. 

Receive, \ap/3avw, 45, 39. KOjUi£ojuai, 

22. rvyxavw, 120. 

■ benefit, ovivajiai, 46 : 116 (4). 

by lot { — get by lot), Xayya- 

vu>, 45, 38. 

as one's share, fiupop.ai, 45, 43. 

from, drroXavu), 42. 

Red, IpvOpog, 12. 
Reduce to slavery, SovXouj x , 24. 
Rejoice, x aI P w ? 48, 83. 
Relating to art, ts.xvikoq, 117. 
Relax, dvir\\ii, 108. 
Relaxation, avtcj^, 108. 
Remember, fitfivr)fj,ai, 126 : 45, 45. 
Remind, fj.i[j.vrj<rKU), 45, 45. 
Removal, iitraoracng, "^102 
Remove, (intrans.) (itTacrTTjvai, J 

, (trans.) peOicrTrjui, 103. 

Render, cnrodidiofii, 100. 

Repel, dX^ofjiai, 109. 

Reproach, dvtidog, n. 

Resound, jSpf^w, 23. 

Rest (the), 6 dXXog, 82. L. xxxvu. (3.) 

Restrain-by-punishment, icoXa^u), 74. 

Resurrection, dvaaraaig, 102. 

Revenge myself, dXelo^iai, 109. 

Revel, fcw/xa£a>, 42. 

Revolt, dirooTaGig, 102. reH>, 102. 

Revolt, make to, 103. 

Reward, yepag, 65. 

Rhetorician, prjrujp. 

Right, bpBog, 12. 

Rightly, 6p0wc, 114. 

River, TroTa^og. 

Road, 6Sog,f. 

Roar, /3pspw, 75. 

Root, pi£a, 4. 

Rose, podov, 59. 

Rot (trans.), irvdoi, 63. 



Rouse up, eyapw, 112. 

Rout (an army), rpf7ra», 21. 

Royal, fiaaiXiKog, 12. 

Run, rpe X u, 47, 77 [0ew, 27 (3)]. 

Run away, didpaanui, 44, 20. 

from, d7rodidpa<TKOj, 111. 

through, diarptxuj, 123. 



S. 

Sacred, lepog, 12. 
Sacrifice, 27 (2). 
Safety, auirtipta. 
Sail, irXtw, 27 (3). 

round, TrtpnrXtu), 123. 

Same, 6 avrog. 

Say, Xsyw. (Said, tiVov, 44, 23.) They 

say, (pacri, 40, 149. 
Scientific, r£;\;vi/coc, "1 117 
Scientifically, Ttx vlKa> g, J 
Scimitar, aKivaKijg, 118. 

Scoff, <7KW7TTU), 42. 

Scourge, jxacmyou), 85, *N. 

Scythian, SicvOjjg, 4, 16. 

Sea, BaXacraa^ 4. 

Seasonable, evicawog, 12. 

Seat (u.), 45.' l£avw, 30. 

Secretly, aor. part, of XavQavo), 115. 

Secure, j3t(3aiog, 12. 

Sedition, araaig, 102. 

See, opaw, oipoiiai, ddov, 46, 53. 

Seed, <T7repixa, 108. 

Seems, it, dorcfi, 117. 

Seize, ap7ra£u>, 42. 

Self-satisfied, ovOddrjg, 63. 

Sell, 7rw\£w, 66. a7ro£o<70at, 100. 

, iwrpacrKu), 47, 64. 

Send forth, t?j/n, 40. 

away, d^irj/xi, 104. 

up, dvaj/xi, 108. 

Separate (intr.), diaarrjvai, 102. 

Serpent, o0ic, 64. 

Servant, Qtparruv, 61. 

Set out, Tropevofiai, 125. 

Sew, pcnrTw, 107. 

together, ovppaTrro), 108- 

Shade, c/aa, 4. 

Shake, (raw, 24, 98. 

Shame, aia^vvu), 23. 

Shameless, avai^rjc, 13. 

Sharp, 6%vg, 64. 

Sharpen, 6£i;vw, 23. 

Shepherd, 7Toifxr]v, 10. 

Ship, vauc, 109. 

Shine, (paivo[iai, 48, 81. 

Shoot, "1 . , , A . 
o ff? I a^iq/u, 104. 



More frequently Kara-dovXow. 



150 



INDEX. 



Should [see 78 (3)], dv with the opt. 

verbal in reog, 121. 
Show, (paivui, 48, 81. 
Shrub, QafjLvog, to. or/. 6, 21. 
Silent, to be, <7iw7raw, 42, 151. 
Silver, dpyvpog, (—money) dpyvpiov, 

6. 

Sin, afj-apravoj, 43, 7« ajuapna, 109. 
Sing, acro/xai, 42. 
Sink, owa>, 27 (2). 
Sit, t£w, iZavoj, 45, 30. 
Skin, pivog, m. or/., 6, 21. 
Slacken, dvit]p.i, 108. 
Slackening, di/£<rtc, 108 : see Relaxa- 
tion. 

Slave, dovXog, 109. 

Sleep, v7tvoq (6), 64. verb, 44, 17 

Slip, a, dXiffOrj/xa, 116: to slip, 6Xi- 

<r9aiv(o, 46. 
Slippery, 6X«70f?poc, 116. 
Smear, ajuaw, 47, 72. 
Smell give forth a smell), o£w, 46, 

46. 

(= perceive a smell), 6<r<ppaivo- 

[xai, 46, 54. 

Smllling,} 6 ^^ 116 - 
Smooth, Xtiog, 12. 
Snatch, apiraZu), 42. 
So, ovrwg, 112. 
So as, ware, 101. 
So great, 122. 
Soft, [xaXaicog, 12. 
Soldier, aTparnorrjg, 78, N. 
Some one, rig, 15. 
Son, tuoc, G. viov or vitoc, 41. 
Son-of-Atreus, 'Arptidrjg, 4. 
Song, ctoidi]. 
Soothe, OtXyu), 58. 
Soul, i\)V)^r}, 4. 
Sound, ?7X W > 63. 
South-wind, vorog, 6. 
Sow, (nreipu), 107- 
Speak, Xtyw. 
Spear, dopy, 41. 
Speech, Xoyog, 59. 
Spit, Trrww, 27 (1). 
Sport, 7rai£w, 46, 57. 
Spread (a couch) =z strew, aroptvvvni, 
47, 73. 

out, irsravvvfii, 46, 59. 

Sprout, )^x a(Trava , 43 12: 119. 
Spring up, / r » 5 

Squeeze, 6Xij3(o, 21. 
Stag, eXatyog, 55. 
Stain, fiiaivo), 23. 



Stain with blood, aljuarow, 24. 
Stand, ivrauai (see Lesson xlvii.), 39 
(4). 

by, 7rapa<jrr}vai, "| 102. See 

up, dvaarr\vai, I L. xlvii., 

■ round, 7repi<jrt]vai, j and p. 39 

apart, diaffTrjvai, J (4). 

Standing (the act of), oraaig, 102. 

away (the act of),d7roora<7fc, 

102. 

up (the act of), dvaaraaig, 

102. 

open, dve(pya, 26. 

away, dirooTrjvai, 102. 

Star, cktttjp, 13, 40. 
State, 7ro\ic (ewe). 
Statue, avSptiag, 9. 
Statute, OtcTfiog, to.: pi. n. } 6. 
Steal, KXt7TT(o, 42 : 21. 
Steward, ra/iiag, 57- 
Still, srt. 

Stir up, lyeipw, 112. 

Stitch together, (rvppaiTTit), 108. 

Stone, Xi0O£, to. or /. [Xaag, Xag, G. 

Xaog, to. 41.] 
Stop, Travu), 87. 
Storm, to., 10. 

Straight, 6p0oc, 12. 
Strange, Ztvog, 12. 
Strangle, 7rviya>, 42. 
Stream, psvfia, 118. 
Strength, jticvoc (ro), 63. 
Stretch out, ravvoj, 27 (I). 
Strew, <rropevvv[jii, 47, 73. 
Strife, kpig,f., 66. 

Strike, TrXyvcTu), 47, 66. tvtttco, 48, 

81. Tratw, 24, 98. 
String, xopdW' 

Strong, iaxvpog, 49, 156 (I). 14, 47. 

Stuff, jSuo), 27 (1). 

Subdue, Safxau), 44, 16. 

Such, rotoc, 122. 

a man, "1 « „ . _ 

„ „ > o ceLva. 15. 
a one, J * 

Suffer, Traaxio, 46, 58. 

■ (from disease), Ka/xva), 42: 114, 

N. 

punishment, diKrjv 100. 

Suffice, dpreew, 27. 
Sung of, doiSifiog, 12. 
Support, rpetpu), 21. 
Swallow, %£\i£wv (jJ), 41. 

(verb), KaTa-Kivu), 117- 

Swear, 6/xvvpii, 27 (1). 46, 51. 
Sweet, yXvKve, 11, P. fidvg, 13. 
Swim, veu), 27 (3). 



1 KaQevdu is the regular word for being asleep; (SapOavw) Kara8ap6av(o 
seems to express deep sleep after fatigue, &c. Vomel. 



INDEX. 



151 



T. 

Take (=: carry), /co/xi£w, 22. 

, aipsio, 43, 3. aAicr/cw, 43, 152. 

(— receive), XapfiavoJ, irr. 

up, avaXctfxfiavu), 123. 

Takeable, aXwaifiog, 12. 

Taken, to be, dXiaaofiai, 43, 6. 

Talon, bvv^, m., 61. 

Teach, didactao, 44, 19. To have a 

person taught, didaaicopai, 86. 
Teacher, StdacricaXog, 100. 
Tear, pnyvvpi (trans.); pnyvvpai 

(intrans.), 26. 
Tempei*ate, Gu)(ppu)v, 13. 
Temple, vfwg, 7, 27- vaog, 63. 
Tender, repnv, 11, 36. 
Terrible, deivog. 
Terrify, £/c7rX»?rrw, 47, 66. 
Thales, GaXrjg, G. eu, 41. 
Than, 17, 101. 

That, £Kttj/of 6, 73. £K£ivo£, 15. 
That (tit), iva, 77> 8. [with subj. after 

present, fut. and perf. with kw; opt. 

after past tenses.] 
Their, avrwv (crtyerepog), ~[ n§ 
Their own, kavrwv, avrwv, j 
Themselves (nom.), avroi. 
Thence, UtiOev, 113, N. 
There, s/cet, 124. 
Thing, Trpayfjia, 8, P. 
Think, oiofiai, 46, 47. vofxiZw, 22. 
Thirst, £n//aw, 31, 6. 
This, ods, 15. ovrog, 16. See Lesson 

xxix. Neut. 56. See Lesson xxvi. 
Thither, eKtias, 125. 
Thong, Ipiag, m., 10. 
Thou, av, 16. 
Threaten, a7raX£w, 24. 
Three, rpeig, 15. 
Throw, (3aXXo>, 43, 10. 
away, cnrofiaXXa), 110. dtpinfii, 

104. 

Thrower-away, a, a7ro/3oX£vg, 110. 

Throwing-away, cnrofloXn, 110. 

Thrown-away, to be, a7ro(3Xt)Tog, 110. 

Thy, crog, 115, N. 

Thyself (of), cravrov, 15. 

Tidings, ayyeXia (sing.), 118. 

Timidly (=.fearing), <po(5ovp,tvog, 114. 

Tin, feaff<7tr£po£, 6. 

Tired, to be, kcc/xvw, 114, N. 

To, h'c, 58. 

To Athens, 'AOnva^e, 124. 

Tongue, yXwaaa, 4, 16. 

Too, 101 (2). 

Tooth, dSovg, m., 61. 

Torch, dag, gen. dadog,/., 10. Xvxvog, 

m. ; pi. n., 6. 
Towards, irpog, acc. 
Town, noXig, aarv. 



Traitor, TtpoSorng, 100. 
Treasure, Qnaavpog, 113. 
Tree, dtvSpov, 41. 
Tremble, rpew, 27 (1). 
Ti'ench, OKafifia, 108. 
Trick, rexvrj. 
Trident, rpiaiva, 4. 
Trireme, rpijjp?}^, 63. 
Trophy, rpoTrawv, 103, N. 
True, aXrjOrig, 12. 
Trust, TTtnoiQa, 26. 
Truth, d\jj0«a, 58. ro aXjjfoe, 123. 
Turn, orptcpu), 21 : turn-back (trans.), 
rp£7rto, 21. 

out, cnrofiaivix), 110. 

Twist, orpttpu, 21. 
Two, duo or dyw, 15. 



U. 

Understand, Gvvit]fxi, 104. 
Unjust, adacog, 12. 
Upper-chamber, drwytwv, 7- 
Use, xp«o/iai, 31, 126, Obs. (b) dat. 
— deceit, aTrarau), 105. 
Utter no word, aiyaoj, 42. 

V. 

Vain, av0adijg,63. (profitless) fiaraiog, 
12. 

Venerable, crefivog, 12. 
Venerate, aidtopai, 27. 
Very, /xaXa, 15. 
Vice, icaicia, 4. 
Victory, vio/, 4. 
Vine, dfXTreXog,/., 6. 
Violet, iW, 6. 
Viper, ^i^va, 4. 
Virtue, ap£r>7, 4. 
Voice, (pojvr], 61. 
Vomit, £jU£w, 27- 
Voracious, iroXv^ayog, 12. 
Votive offering, dvaQn/xa, 99. 
Voyage, 7rXoog (7rXovcj, 6, 

W. 

Wail, oi>wfr», Fut. Mid., 42, 72. 

Wake, (trans.) kyeipu), 44, 21. 

Walk, (3a8iZu>, 42. 

Wall, Tsi X og, n., 63, P. 

Ward off, dfivvu), 23. aX(%(o with acc, 

43, 5. 
Warm, Qtppog, 12. 

(v.), GaXiru), 21. 

Wash, Xovw, 86: 45, 41. 
Watch, £yp7jyopa, 26. 
Water, vSup (n.), G. vSarog, 41. 
Wave, icu/ia, 10. 



152 



INDEX. 



Way, KtXtvOog, m.: pi. n., 6. 

Wealth, irXovrog, 108. 

Wealthy, nXovaiog, 108. 

Weasel, yaXr), 5, 18. 

Weave, ttXckw, 21. 

Weep for, tcXauo (Att. fcXaw), 27. 

Well, et», 73, N. 

West-wind, Z,e^vpog. 

When ? Trort; 110. 

Whence ? 7ro9tv ; 124. 

Where ? 7rov ; 07rov; 124, L. lxxiii. 

Whip, [iaoTiZ, 9. 

Whistle, cvpit,w, 42. 

White, XevKog, 12. 

Whither ?' Trot ; 124. 

Who, (relat.) 6g, (interrog.) rig ; 15. 

in the world ? rig 7tote ; 64. 

Whosoever, bang, 15. 6g av, 110. 
Why ? ri ; Why in the world ? ri 

iroTt ; 
Wide, tvpvg, 14. 
Wife, yui^, 41. 
Wild-beast, 0»jp, 8, P. 
Wild-olive, Korivog, 6. 
Willing, ffcwv, 11. 
Wine, oivog, 64. 
Wing, 7TTepv%, 9. 
Winter, xftjuwr, m., 10. 
Wisdom, aocpia, 4, 14. 



Wise, aocpog, 62. 

Wither, fxapaivoj, 23. 

Witness, fiaprvg, 41. 

Woman, yvvrj, 41. 

Wonder, a, repag, 65. 

Wonder-at, QavfiaZ,^, 59, N. 

Wonderful, Oav/xaarog, 12, 38. 

Wood, ZvXov, ( = sifea) uX??, 6. 

Word, Xoyoc, 59. 

Work, soyoiA, 6, 20. 

Workman, Ipyarrjg. 

World, Koofxog. In-the-world, 64. 

Worthy, a£iog, 109. 

Would {conditionally), dv with the qp*. 

(See Lesson xxxn.) 
Wound, (SXcnrTii), nrpwcncw J . 
Wretched, aOXtog, 12. 
Write, ypa<pu), 56. 
Wrong (v.), a^(/c£w. 

Y. 

Yoke, Zvyog, m., 6. 

Yolk (of an egg), XtKt9og,f. } 6, 21. 

Young man, vtaviag, 4, 14. 

Young one, vtorrog, 59. 

Your, "1 , n e at 

Yours,) ^ £ po C , 115, N. 



With tenses formed from root rpo, rpwtrw, &c. 



THE END. 



Gilbert & Rivington, Printers, St. John's Square, London. 



